Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1533/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1533/ en-US All rights reserved Sun, 05 Jan 2025 02:08:23 GMT Sun, 05 Jan 2025 02:08:23 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1533/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1533/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1533/ thebookvoice.com no Karson Daugherty bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1533/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228763 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace: Building Effective Relationships in Your Organization Author: Dennis Reina, Michelle Reina Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: February 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Trust is a non-negotiable for high performing relationships and organizations. Yet trust is fragile, and ninety percent of the behaviors that break it are subtle, fleeting, and unintentional. Drs. Dennis and Michelle Reina have rewritten this third edition of their best-selling, award-winning book Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace to empower everyone at every level of responsibility – not just leaders – to build and sustain trust in their workplaces. Updated and completely rewritten with new case studies, tools, tips, and reflections, this third edition is the culmination of the authors' more than 20 years of rigorous research and “in the trenches” trust building experience with hundreds of organizations and thousands of people around the world. As pioneers in the field of trust, Dennis and Michelle tell the truth about what it takes to build sustainable trust in the workplace – trust that withstands the tests of time, geography, and an increasingly volatile and competitive marketplace. In this third edition, the authors provide the most detailed blueprint available for building highly effective, trust-based connections and organizations. Drs. Dennis and Michelle Reina have devoted their careers to trust because they believe that people don't just want and need trustworthy relationships – they have a fundamental right to them. In this rewritten third edition of Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace, the authors reveal their practical, proven approaches to accessing this right to trust - one thought, intention, and behavior at a time. Dennis Reina, Michelle Reina Sun, 01 Feb 2015 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228763 thebookvoice.com 6:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace: Building Effective Relationships in Your Organization Author: Dennis Reina, Michelle Reina Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: February 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Trust is a non-negotiable for high performing relationships and organizations. Yet trust is fragile, and ninety percent of the behaviors that break it are subtle, fleeting, and unintentional. Drs. Dennis and Michelle Reina have rewritten this third edition of their best-selling, award-winning book Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace to empower everyone at every level of responsibility – not just leaders – to build and sustain trust in their workplaces. Updated and completely rewritten with new case studies, tools, tips, and reflections, this third edition is the culmination of the authors' more than 20 years of rigorous research and “in the trenches” trust building experience with hundreds of organizations and thousands of people around the world. As pioneers in the field of trust, Dennis and Michelle tell the truth about what it takes to build sustainable trust in the workplace – trust that withstands the tests of time, geography, and an increasingly volatile and competitive marketplace. In this third edition, the authors provide the most detailed blueprint available for building highly effective, trust-based connections and organizations. Drs. Dennis and Michelle Reina have devoted their careers to trust because they believe that people don't just want and need trustworthy relationships – they have a fundamental right to them. In this rewritten third edition of Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace, the authors reveal their practical, proven approaches to accessing this right to trust - one thought, intention, and behavior at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace: Building Effective Relationships in Your Organization Author: Dennis Reina, Michelle Reina Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: February 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Trust is a non-negotiable for high performing relationships and organizations. Yet trust is fragile, and ninety percent of the behaviors that break it are subtle, fleeting, and unintentional. Drs. Dennis and Michelle Reina have rewritten this third edition of their best-selling, award-winning book Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace to empower everyone at every level of responsibility – not just leaders – to build and sustain trust in their workplaces. Updated and completely rewritten with new case studies, tools, tips, and reflections, this third edition is the culmination of the authors' more than 20 years of rigorous research and “in the trenches” trust building experience with hundreds of organizations and thousands of people around the world. As pioneers in the field of trust, Dennis and Michelle tell the truth about what it takes to build sustainable trust in the workplace – trust that withstands the tests of time, geography, and an increasingly volatile and competitive marketplace. In this third edition, the authors provide the most detailed blueprint available for building highly effective, trust-based connections and organizations. Drs. Dennis and Michelle Reina have devoted their careers to trust because they believe that people don't just want and need trustworthy relationships – they have a fundamental right to them. In this rewritten third edition of Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace, the authors reveal their practical, proven approaches to accessing this right to trust - one thought, intention, and behavior at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226439 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Above a Toxic Workplace: Taking Care of Yourself in an Unhealthy Environment Author: Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You can rise above. You do have options. Do you work in a toxic environment or have a toxic boss? You’re not alone! Today, unattainable expectations, emotional harassment, and demands to do more with less often leave employees overworked, underpaid, insecure, and out of options. Must you continue to put up with poisonous people in a morale-crushing environment? In Rising Above a Toxic Workplace, you’ll learn how to endure, cope, or quit if necessary. Drawing from authentic — sometimes horrific — real-life stories, authors Gary Chapman, Paul White, and Harold Myra blend their expertise to give you practical guidance, empowering insight, and realistic hope. You’ll discover: - how workplaces can become unhealthy and how to avoid getting wounded; - what drives toxic leaders and why they are so damaging to those around them; - essential tips for maintaining your sanity while dealing with dysfunctional colleagues; and - counsel on how to decide when to leave — for your own mental, emotional, and physical well-being. Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Wed, 14 Jan 2015 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226439 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Above a Toxic Workplace: Taking Care of Yourself in an Unhealthy Environment Author: Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You can rise above. You do have options. Do you work in a toxic environment or have a toxic boss? You’re not alone! Today, unattainable expectations, emotional harassment, and demands to do more with less often leave employees overworked, underpaid, insecure, and out of options. Must you continue to put up with poisonous people in a morale-crushing environment? In Rising Above a Toxic Workplace, you’ll learn how to endure, cope, or quit if necessary. Drawing from authentic — sometimes horrific — real-life stories, authors Gary Chapman, Paul White, and Harold Myra blend their expertise to give you practical guidance, empowering insight, and realistic hope. You’ll discover: - how workplaces can become unhealthy and how to avoid getting wounded; - what drives toxic leaders and why they are so damaging to those around them; - essential tips for maintaining your sanity while dealing with dysfunctional colleagues; and - counsel on how to decide when to leave — for your own mental, emotional, and physical well-being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Above a Toxic Workplace: Taking Care of Yourself in an Unhealthy Environment Author: Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You can rise above. You do have options. Do you work in a toxic environment or have a toxic boss? You’re not alone! Today, unattainable expectations, emotional harassment, and demands to do more with less often leave employees overworked, underpaid, insecure, and out of options. Must you continue to put up with poisonous people in a morale-crushing environment? In Rising Above a Toxic Workplace, you’ll learn how to endure, cope, or quit if necessary. Drawing from authentic — sometimes horrific — real-life stories, authors Gary Chapman, Paul White, and Harold Myra blend their expertise to give you practical guidance, empowering insight, and realistic hope. You’ll discover: - how workplaces can become unhealthy and how to avoid getting wounded; - what drives toxic leaders and why they are so damaging to those around them; - essential tips for maintaining your sanity while dealing with dysfunctional colleagues; and - counsel on how to decide when to leave — for your own mental, emotional, and physical well-being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sync or Swim: A Fable About Workplace Communication and Coming Together in a Crisis Author: Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Narrator: Aimee Lilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Before you can lead change, you must first learn to communicate effectively. Sync or Swim will help you: - break through apathy and cynicism to inspire teamwork; - empower and energize frustrated colleagues; and - create an engaging work environment. Based on principles successfully used by major corporations, health organizations, colleges and universities, government agencies, churches, and nonprofits. Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226438 thebookvoice.com 1:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sync or Swim: A Fable About Workplace Communication and Coming Together in a Crisis Author: Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Narrator: Aimee Lilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Before you can lead change, you must first learn to communicate effectively. Sync or Swim will help you: - break through apathy and cynicism to inspire teamwork; - empower and energize frustrated colleagues; and - create an engaging work environment. Based on principles successfully used by major corporations, health organizations, colleges and universities, government agencies, churches, and nonprofits. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sync or Swim: A Fable About Workplace Communication and Coming Together in a Crisis Author: Paul White, Harold Myra, Gary Chapman Narrator: Aimee Lilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 31 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Before you can lead change, you must first learn to communicate effectively. Sync or Swim will help you: - break through apathy and cynicism to inspire teamwork; - empower and energize frustrated colleagues; and - create an engaging work environment. Based on principles successfully used by major corporations, health organizations, colleges and universities, government agencies, churches, and nonprofits. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226311 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership Author: John Baldoni Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leaders today need to be mindful of their circumstances as well as mindful of their own strengths and shortcomings. They need to have the disposition to succeed as well as the inner resourcefulness to persevere. Leaders must be willing to do things differently but also draw on tried and true traits, such as courage and gumption. Moxie is a concept that the modern leader is wise to adopt—one part courage, one part can-do spirit, and one part recognition. In Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership, author John Baldoni uses concrete, tried-and-true steps to bring out the inner leader in everyone. For management and employees alike, Moxie provides a roadmap to inspire innovation and effective leadership. Whether you’re already at the helm of your organization or still looking for a way up the ladder, Moxie is the leadership tool you can’t do without. Built on the MOXIE framework, leaders learn how Motivation, Opportunity, an “X” factor, Innovation, and Engagement work together for success. John Baldoni Thu, 01 Jan 2015 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226311 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership Author: John Baldoni Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leaders today need to be mindful of their circumstances as well as mindful of their own strengths and shortcomings. They need to have the disposition to succeed as well as the inner resourcefulness to persevere. Leaders must be willing to do things differently but also draw on tried and true traits, such as courage and gumption. Moxie is a concept that the modern leader is wise to adopt—one part courage, one part can-do spirit, and one part recognition. In Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership, author John Baldoni uses concrete, tried-and-true steps to bring out the inner leader in everyone. For management and employees alike, Moxie provides a roadmap to inspire innovation and effective leadership. Whether you’re already at the helm of your organization or still looking for a way up the ladder, Moxie is the leadership tool you can’t do without. Built on the MOXIE framework, leaders learn how Motivation, Opportunity, an “X” factor, Innovation, and Engagement work together for success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership Author: John Baldoni Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leaders today need to be mindful of their circumstances as well as mindful of their own strengths and shortcomings. They need to have the disposition to succeed as well as the inner resourcefulness to persevere. Leaders must be willing to do things differently but also draw on tried and true traits, such as courage and gumption. Moxie is a concept that the modern leader is wise to adopt—one part courage, one part can-do spirit, and one part recognition. In Moxie: The Secret to Bold and Gutsy Leadership, author John Baldoni uses concrete, tried-and-true steps to bring out the inner leader in everyone. For management and employees alike, Moxie provides a roadmap to inspire innovation and effective leadership. Whether you’re already at the helm of your organization or still looking for a way up the ladder, Moxie is the leadership tool you can’t do without. Built on the MOXIE framework, leaders learn how Motivation, Opportunity, an “X” factor, Innovation, and Engagement work together for success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Positive Confrontation: The Skills You Need to Handle Conflicts at Work, at Home, Online, and in Life Author: Barbara Pachter Narrator: Barbara Pachter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When slighted, misunderstood, cut in front of, annoyed, taken advantage of, or treated rudely, most people avoid their bosses, ignore coworkers, change hairdressers, complain to friends, pound their fists, or rant on social media. They often miss the most positive, effective alternative of all: confronting positively. Now, for everyone who was never taught or never realized that between 'bully' and 'wimp' is a range of behavior that is positive, dignified, and effective for dealing with life's bothersome situations, there is The Power of Positive Confrontation. This book teaches you the vital skills you need to confront others, communicate effectively, and live a more conflict-free life. In this updated edition, communications expert Barbara Pachter shares a practical, step-by-step guide to tackling conflicts in any situation, including a new section on navigating sticky situations online. The Power of Positive Confrontation reveals: The consequences of not confronting or of confronting negatively How to accurately assess what is bothering you and why Three essential steps of polite and powerful confrontation Vital verbal and nonverbal skills that make or break communication, including common language pitfalls Strategies for assertive communication, whether face to face, in writing, by phone, or online Barbara Pachter Thu, 01 Jan 2015 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226310 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Positive Confrontation: The Skills You Need to Handle Conflicts at Work, at Home, Online, and in Life Author: Barbara Pachter Narrator: Barbara Pachter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When slighted, misunderstood, cut in front of, annoyed, taken advantage of, or treated rudely, most people avoid their bosses, ignore coworkers, change hairdressers, complain to friends, pound their fists, or rant on social media. They often miss the most positive, effective alternative of all: confronting positively. Now, for everyone who was never taught or never realized that between 'bully' and 'wimp' is a range of behavior that is positive, dignified, and effective for dealing with life's bothersome situations, there is The Power of Positive Confrontation. This book teaches you the vital skills you need to confront others, communicate effectively, and live a more conflict-free life. In this updated edition, communications expert Barbara Pachter shares a practical, step-by-step guide to tackling conflicts in any situation, including a new section on navigating sticky situations online. The Power of Positive Confrontation reveals: The consequences of not confronting or of confronting negatively How to accurately assess what is bothering you and why Three essential steps of polite and powerful confrontation Vital verbal and nonverbal skills that make or break communication, including common language pitfalls Strategies for assertive communication, whether face to face, in writing, by phone, or online Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Positive Confrontation: The Skills You Need to Handle Conflicts at Work, at Home, Online, and in Life Author: Barbara Pachter Narrator: Barbara Pachter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When slighted, misunderstood, cut in front of, annoyed, taken advantage of, or treated rudely, most people avoid their bosses, ignore coworkers, change hairdressers, complain to friends, pound their fists, or rant on social media. They often miss the most positive, effective alternative of all: confronting positively. Now, for everyone who was never taught or never realized that between 'bully' and 'wimp' is a range of behavior that is positive, dignified, and effective for dealing with life's bothersome situations, there is The Power of Positive Confrontation. This book teaches you the vital skills you need to confront others, communicate effectively, and live a more conflict-free life. In this updated edition, communications expert Barbara Pachter shares a practical, step-by-step guide to tackling conflicts in any situation, including a new section on navigating sticky situations online. The Power of Positive Confrontation reveals: The consequences of not confronting or of confronting negatively How to accurately assess what is bothering you and why Three essential steps of polite and powerful confrontation Vital verbal and nonverbal skills that make or break communication, including common language pitfalls Strategies for assertive communication, whether face to face, in writing, by phone, or online https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Place to Work: The Art and Science of Creating an Extraordinary Workplace Author: Ron Friedman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For readers of Malcolm Gladwell, Daniel Pink, and Freakonomics, comes a captivating and surprising journey through the science of workplace excellence. Why do successful companies reward failure? What can casinos teach us about building a happy workplace? How do you design an office that enhances both attention to detail and creativity? In The Best Place to Work, award-winning psychologist Ron Friedman, Ph.D. uses the latest research from the fields of motivation, creativity, behavioral economics, neuroscience, and management to reveal what really makes us successful at work. Combining powerful stories with cutting edge findings, Friedman shows leaders at every level how they can use scientifically-proven techniques to promote smarter thinking, greater innovation, and stronger performance. Among the many surprising insights, Friedman explains how learning to think like a hostage negotiator can help you diffuse a workplace argument, why placing a fish bowl near your desk can elevate your thinking, and how incorporating strategic distractions into your schedule can help you reach smarter decisions. Along the way, the book introduces the inventor who created the cubicle, the president who brought down the world’s most dangerous criminal, and the teenager who single-handedly transformed professional tennis—vivid stories that offer unexpected revelations on achieving workplace excellence. Brimming with counterintuitive insights and actionable recommendations, The Best Place to Work offers employees and executives alike game-changing advice for working smarter and turning any organization—regardless of its size, budgets, or ambitions—into an extraordinary workplace. Ron Friedman Thu, 01 Jan 2015 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226294 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Place to Work: The Art and Science of Creating an Extraordinary Workplace Author: Ron Friedman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For readers of Malcolm Gladwell, Daniel Pink, and Freakonomics, comes a captivating and surprising journey through the science of workplace excellence. Why do successful companies reward failure? What can casinos teach us about building a happy workplace? How do you design an office that enhances both attention to detail and creativity? In The Best Place to Work, award-winning psychologist Ron Friedman, Ph.D. uses the latest research from the fields of motivation, creativity, behavioral economics, neuroscience, and management to reveal what really makes us successful at work. Combining powerful stories with cutting edge findings, Friedman shows leaders at every level how they can use scientifically-proven techniques to promote smarter thinking, greater innovation, and stronger performance. Among the many surprising insights, Friedman explains how learning to think like a hostage negotiator can help you diffuse a workplace argument, why placing a fish bowl near your desk can elevate your thinking, and how incorporating strategic distractions into your schedule can help you reach smarter decisions. Along the way, the book introduces the inventor who created the cubicle, the president who brought down the world’s most dangerous criminal, and the teenager who single-handedly transformed professional tennis—vivid stories that offer unexpected revelations on achieving workplace excellence. Brimming with counterintuitive insights and actionable recommendations, The Best Place to Work offers employees and executives alike game-changing advice for working smarter and turning any organization—regardless of its size, budgets, or ambitions—into an extraordinary workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Place to Work: The Art and Science of Creating an Extraordinary Workplace Author: Ron Friedman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For readers of Malcolm Gladwell, Daniel Pink, and Freakonomics, comes a captivating and surprising journey through the science of workplace excellence. Why do successful companies reward failure? What can casinos teach us about building a happy workplace? How do you design an office that enhances both attention to detail and creativity? In The Best Place to Work, award-winning psychologist Ron Friedman, Ph.D. uses the latest research from the fields of motivation, creativity, behavioral economics, neuroscience, and management to reveal what really makes us successful at work. Combining powerful stories with cutting edge findings, Friedman shows leaders at every level how they can use scientifically-proven techniques to promote smarter thinking, greater innovation, and stronger performance. Among the many surprising insights, Friedman explains how learning to think like a hostage negotiator can help you diffuse a workplace argument, why placing a fish bowl near your desk can elevate your thinking, and how incorporating strategic distractions into your schedule can help you reach smarter decisions. Along the way, the book introduces the inventor who created the cubicle, the president who brought down the world’s most dangerous criminal, and the teenager who single-handedly transformed professional tennis—vivid stories that offer unexpected revelations on achieving workplace excellence. Brimming with counterintuitive insights and actionable recommendations, The Best Place to Work offers employees and executives alike game-changing advice for working smarter and turning any organization—regardless of its size, budgets, or ambitions—into an extraordinary workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Primal Teams: Harnessing the Power of Emotions to Fuel Extraordinary Performance Author: Jackie Barretta Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Emotion, more than anything else, spells the difference between stellar and mediocre team performance. Fear, anger, frustration, and other negative feelings, can en danger a group’s dynamic. But positive emotions have the power to transform it into a high-performance engine, where everyone operates at their peak. Their minds sharpen. They find creative solutions. They get great results. Thanks to discoveries in neuroscience and psychology, we now know that emotions operate independently from our logical minds. They can’t be reasoned away. They must be dealt with directly. Drawing on the latest research, Primal Teams shows how any one can control potentially damaging emotions, while triggering the kind of passion and energy that supercharge performance. Illustrated with compelling examples, this groundbreaking guide reveals how to: Transform fear and negativity • Energize primal emotional systems • Activate insight and intuition • Foster emotional bonds and team spirit • Connect the team to a deeper purpose • And more Emotions determine whether a group works with energy and enthusiasm or just goes through the motions. With the array of insights and practical tools in this book, anyone can inspire an unprecedented level of performance. Jackie Barretta Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223987 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Primal Teams: Harnessing the Power of Emotions to Fuel Extraordinary Performance Author: Jackie Barretta Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Emotion, more than anything else, spells the difference between stellar and mediocre team performance. Fear, anger, frustration, and other negative feelings, can en danger a group’s dynamic. But positive emotions have the power to transform it into a high-performance engine, where everyone operates at their peak. Their minds sharpen. They find creative solutions. They get great results. Thanks to discoveries in neuroscience and psychology, we now know that emotions operate independently from our logical minds. They can’t be reasoned away. They must be dealt with directly. Drawing on the latest research, Primal Teams shows how any one can control potentially damaging emotions, while triggering the kind of passion and energy that supercharge performance. Illustrated with compelling examples, this groundbreaking guide reveals how to: Transform fear and negativity • Energize primal emotional systems • Activate insight and intuition • Foster emotional bonds and team spirit • Connect the team to a deeper purpose • And more Emotions determine whether a group works with energy and enthusiasm or just goes through the motions. With the array of insights and practical tools in this book, anyone can inspire an unprecedented level of performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Primal Teams: Harnessing the Power of Emotions to Fuel Extraordinary Performance Author: Jackie Barretta Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Emotion, more than anything else, spells the difference between stellar and mediocre team performance. Fear, anger, frustration, and other negative feelings, can en danger a group’s dynamic. But positive emotions have the power to transform it into a high-performance engine, where everyone operates at their peak. Their minds sharpen. They find creative solutions. They get great results. Thanks to discoveries in neuroscience and psychology, we now know that emotions operate independently from our logical minds. They can’t be reasoned away. They must be dealt with directly. Drawing on the latest research, Primal Teams shows how any one can control potentially damaging emotions, while triggering the kind of passion and energy that supercharge performance. Illustrated with compelling examples, this groundbreaking guide reveals how to: Transform fear and negativity • Energize primal emotional systems • Activate insight and intuition • Foster emotional bonds and team spirit • Connect the team to a deeper purpose • And more Emotions determine whether a group works with energy and enthusiasm or just goes through the motions. With the array of insights and practical tools in this book, anyone can inspire an unprecedented level of performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work: A Guide for Leaders and Organizations Author: Tracy Brower Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell, Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations accomplish results when they powerfully engage employees and capture their discretionary time. This is more important than ever during this period where employees are facing unprecedented time poverty. Technology has blurred the lines between employees’ work and personal lives, and they are faced with the challenges of successfully navigating and integrating work and personal demands. When organizations provide the right benefits, policies, and cultural practices, they win and they serve employees in the process. Using examples and real-world experiences from senior executives and employees, author Tracy Brower tells listeners the importance of work-life supports and how they lead to more engaged and fulfilled employees. Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work is your go-to guide to work-life support, providing easy-to-read strategies for building and implementing your organization’s strategies to harness work-life supports, increasing positive impact to your bottom line. Tracy Brower Sat, 01 Nov 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223683 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work: A Guide for Leaders and Organizations Author: Tracy Brower Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell, Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations accomplish results when they powerfully engage employees and capture their discretionary time. This is more important than ever during this period where employees are facing unprecedented time poverty. Technology has blurred the lines between employees’ work and personal lives, and they are faced with the challenges of successfully navigating and integrating work and personal demands. When organizations provide the right benefits, policies, and cultural practices, they win and they serve employees in the process. Using examples and real-world experiences from senior executives and employees, author Tracy Brower tells listeners the importance of work-life supports and how they lead to more engaged and fulfilled employees. Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work is your go-to guide to work-life support, providing easy-to-read strategies for building and implementing your organization’s strategies to harness work-life supports, increasing positive impact to your bottom line. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work: A Guide for Leaders and Organizations Author: Tracy Brower Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell, Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations accomplish results when they powerfully engage employees and capture their discretionary time. This is more important than ever during this period where employees are facing unprecedented time poverty. Technology has blurred the lines between employees’ work and personal lives, and they are faced with the challenges of successfully navigating and integrating work and personal demands. When organizations provide the right benefits, policies, and cultural practices, they win and they serve employees in the process. Using examples and real-world experiences from senior executives and employees, author Tracy Brower tells listeners the importance of work-life supports and how they lead to more engaged and fulfilled employees. Bring Work to Life by Bringing Life to Work is your go-to guide to work-life support, providing easy-to-read strategies for building and implementing your organization’s strategies to harness work-life supports, increasing positive impact to your bottom line. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Motivating People Doesn't Work...and What Does: The New Science of Leading, Energizing, and Engaging Author: Susan Fowler Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Top leadership researcher, consultant, and coach Susan Fowler says stop trying to motivate people! It’s frustrating for everyone involved and it just doesn’t work. You can’t motivate people—they are already motivated but generally in superficial and short-term ways. In this book, Fowler builds upon the latest scientific research on the nature of human motivation to lay out a tested model and course of action that will help leaders guide their people toward the kind of motivation that not only increases productivity and engagement but that gives them a profound sense of purpose and fulfillment. Fowler argues that leaders still depend on traditional carrot-and-stick techniques because they haven’t understood their alternatives and don’t know what skills are necessary to apply the new science of motivation. Her Optimal Motivation process shows leaders how to move people away from dependence on external rewards and help them discover how their jobs can meet the deeper psychological needs—for autonomy, relatedness, and competence—that science tells us result in meaningful and sustainable motivation. Optimal Motivation has been proven in organizations all over the world—Fowler’s clients include Microsoft, CVS, NASA, the Catholic Leadership Institute, H&R Block, Mattel, and dozens more. Throughout the book, she illustrates how each step of the process works using real-life examples. Susan Fowler ’s book is the groundbreaking answer for leaders who want to get motivation right! Susan Fowler Wed, 01 Oct 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221682 thebookvoice.com 4:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Motivating People Doesn't Work...and What Does: The New Science of Leading, Energizing, and Engaging Author: Susan Fowler Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Top leadership researcher, consultant, and coach Susan Fowler says stop trying to motivate people! It’s frustrating for everyone involved and it just doesn’t work. You can’t motivate people—they are already motivated but generally in superficial and short-term ways. In this book, Fowler builds upon the latest scientific research on the nature of human motivation to lay out a tested model and course of action that will help leaders guide their people toward the kind of motivation that not only increases productivity and engagement but that gives them a profound sense of purpose and fulfillment. Fowler argues that leaders still depend on traditional carrot-and-stick techniques because they haven’t understood their alternatives and don’t know what skills are necessary to apply the new science of motivation. Her Optimal Motivation process shows leaders how to move people away from dependence on external rewards and help them discover how their jobs can meet the deeper psychological needs—for autonomy, relatedness, and competence—that science tells us result in meaningful and sustainable motivation. Optimal Motivation has been proven in organizations all over the world—Fowler’s clients include Microsoft, CVS, NASA, the Catholic Leadership Institute, H&R Block, Mattel, and dozens more. Throughout the book, she illustrates how each step of the process works using real-life examples. Susan Fowler ’s book is the groundbreaking answer for leaders who want to get motivation right! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Motivating People Doesn't Work...and What Does: The New Science of Leading, Energizing, and Engaging Author: Susan Fowler Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Top leadership researcher, consultant, and coach Susan Fowler says stop trying to motivate people! It’s frustrating for everyone involved and it just doesn’t work. You can’t motivate people—they are already motivated but generally in superficial and short-term ways. In this book, Fowler builds upon the latest scientific research on the nature of human motivation to lay out a tested model and course of action that will help leaders guide their people toward the kind of motivation that not only increases productivity and engagement but that gives them a profound sense of purpose and fulfillment. Fowler argues that leaders still depend on traditional carrot-and-stick techniques because they haven’t understood their alternatives and don’t know what skills are necessary to apply the new science of motivation. Her Optimal Motivation process shows leaders how to move people away from dependence on external rewards and help them discover how their jobs can meet the deeper psychological needs—for autonomy, relatedness, and competence—that science tells us result in meaningful and sustainable motivation. Optimal Motivation has been proven in organizations all over the world—Fowler’s clients include Microsoft, CVS, NASA, the Catholic Leadership Institute, H&R Block, Mattel, and dozens more. Throughout the book, she illustrates how each step of the process works using real-life examples. Susan Fowler ’s book is the groundbreaking answer for leaders who want to get motivation right! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Succession: Mastering the Make-or-Break Process of Leadership Transition Author: Noel M. Tichy Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Starting out at GE, where he headed up the company’s leadership institute and revamped the leadership pipeline under Jack Welch, Noel Tichy has served as a trusted advisor on management succession to such leading companies as Royal Dutch Shell, Nokia, Intel, Ford, Mercedes-Benz, Merck and Caterpillar.Now Tichy draws on decades of hands-on experience working with CEOs and boards to provide a framework for building a smart, effective transition pipeline, whether for a multi-billion dollar conglomerate, a family business, a small start-up, or a non-profit.Through revealing case studies like Hewlett Packard, IBM, Yahoo, P&G, Intel, and J.C. Penney, he examines why some companies fail and others succeed in training and sustaining the next generation of senior leaders. He highlights the common mistakes that can generate embarrassing headlines and may even call an organization’s survival into question, and reveals the best practices of those who got it right. Tichy also positions leadership talent development and succession where they belong: at the top of every leader’s agenda. Noel M. Tichy Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221343 thebookvoice.com 13:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Succession: Mastering the Make-or-Break Process of Leadership Transition Author: Noel M. Tichy Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Starting out at GE, where he headed up the company’s leadership institute and revamped the leadership pipeline under Jack Welch, Noel Tichy has served as a trusted advisor on management succession to such leading companies as Royal Dutch Shell, Nokia, Intel, Ford, Mercedes-Benz, Merck and Caterpillar.Now Tichy draws on decades of hands-on experience working with CEOs and boards to provide a framework for building a smart, effective transition pipeline, whether for a multi-billion dollar conglomerate, a family business, a small start-up, or a non-profit.Through revealing case studies like Hewlett Packard, IBM, Yahoo, P&G, Intel, and J.C. Penney, he examines why some companies fail and others succeed in training and sustaining the next generation of senior leaders. He highlights the common mistakes that can generate embarrassing headlines and may even call an organization’s survival into question, and reveals the best practices of those who got it right. Tichy also positions leadership talent development and succession where they belong: at the top of every leader’s agenda. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Succession: Mastering the Make-or-Break Process of Leadership Transition Author: Noel M. Tichy Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Starting out at GE, where he headed up the company’s leadership institute and revamped the leadership pipeline under Jack Welch, Noel Tichy has served as a trusted advisor on management succession to such leading companies as Royal Dutch Shell, Nokia, Intel, Ford, Mercedes-Benz, Merck and Caterpillar.Now Tichy draws on decades of hands-on experience working with CEOs and boards to provide a framework for building a smart, effective transition pipeline, whether for a multi-billion dollar conglomerate, a family business, a small start-up, or a non-profit.Through revealing case studies like Hewlett Packard, IBM, Yahoo, P&G, Intel, and J.C. Penney, he examines why some companies fail and others succeed in training and sustaining the next generation of senior leaders. He highlights the common mistakes that can generate embarrassing headlines and may even call an organization’s survival into question, and reveals the best practices of those who got it right. Tichy also positions leadership talent development and succession where they belong: at the top of every leader’s agenda. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220530 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leap: The Science of Trust and Why It Matters Author: Ulrich Boser Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We’re not supposed to trust others. Look at the headlines. Read the blogs. Study the survey data. It seems that everyone is wary, that everyone is just looking out for themselves. But a sense of social trust and togetherness can be restored. In The Leap, best-selling author Ulrich Boser shows how the emerging research on trust can improve our lives, rebuild our economy, and strengthen society. As part of this engaging and deeply reported narrative, Boser visits a radio soap opera in Rwanda that aims to restore the country’s broken trust, profiles the man who brought honesty to one of the most corrupt cities in Latin America, and explains how a college dropout managed to con his way into American high society. Boser even goes skydiving to see if the experience will increase his levels of oxytocin, the so-called “trust hormone.” A powerful mix of hard science and compelling storytelling, The Leap explores how we trust, why we trust, and what we can all do to deepen social trust. The book includes insightful policy recommendations along with surprising new data on the state of social trust in America today. Ulrich Boser Tue, 16 Sep 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220530 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leap: The Science of Trust and Why It Matters Author: Ulrich Boser Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We’re not supposed to trust others. Look at the headlines. Read the blogs. Study the survey data. It seems that everyone is wary, that everyone is just looking out for themselves. But a sense of social trust and togetherness can be restored. In The Leap, best-selling author Ulrich Boser shows how the emerging research on trust can improve our lives, rebuild our economy, and strengthen society. As part of this engaging and deeply reported narrative, Boser visits a radio soap opera in Rwanda that aims to restore the country’s broken trust, profiles the man who brought honesty to one of the most corrupt cities in Latin America, and explains how a college dropout managed to con his way into American high society. Boser even goes skydiving to see if the experience will increase his levels of oxytocin, the so-called “trust hormone.” A powerful mix of hard science and compelling storytelling, The Leap explores how we trust, why we trust, and what we can all do to deepen social trust. The book includes insightful policy recommendations along with surprising new data on the state of social trust in America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leap: The Science of Trust and Why It Matters Author: Ulrich Boser Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We’re not supposed to trust others. Look at the headlines. Read the blogs. Study the survey data. It seems that everyone is wary, that everyone is just looking out for themselves. But a sense of social trust and togetherness can be restored. In The Leap, best-selling author Ulrich Boser shows how the emerging research on trust can improve our lives, rebuild our economy, and strengthen society. As part of this engaging and deeply reported narrative, Boser visits a radio soap opera in Rwanda that aims to restore the country’s broken trust, profiles the man who brought honesty to one of the most corrupt cities in Latin America, and explains how a college dropout managed to con his way into American high society. Boser even goes skydiving to see if the experience will increase his levels of oxytocin, the so-called “trust hormone.” A powerful mix of hard science and compelling storytelling, The Leap explores how we trust, why we trust, and what we can all do to deepen social trust. The book includes insightful policy recommendations along with surprising new data on the state of social trust in America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217907 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing What Others Don't: The Remarkable Ways We Gain Insights Author: Gary Klein Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Insights—like Darwin's understanding of the way evolution actually works, and Watson and Crick's breakthrough discoveries about the structure of DNA-can change the world. We also need insights into the everyday things that frustrate and confuse us so that we can more effectively solve problems and get things done. Yet we know very little about when, why, or how insights are formed—or what blocks them. In Seeing What Others Don't, renowned cognitive psychologist Gary Klein unravels the mystery.Klein is a keen observer of people in their natural settings—scientists, businesspeople, firefighters, police officers, soldiers, family members, friends, himself—and uses a marvelous variety of stories to illuminate his research into what insights are and how they happen. What, for example, enabled Harry Markopolos to put the finger on Bernie Madoff? How did Dr. Michael Gottlieb make the connections between different patients that allowed him to publish the first announcement of the AIDS epidemic? What did Admiral Yamamoto see (and what did the Americans miss) in a 1940 British attack on the Italian fleet that enabled him to develop the strategy of attack at Pearl Harbor? How did a 'smokejumper' see that setting another fire would save his life, while those who ignored his insight perished? How did Martin Chalfie come up with a million-dollar idea (and a Nobel Prize) for a natural flashlight that enabled researchers to look inside living organisms to watch biological processes in action?Klein also dissects impediments to insight, such as when organizations claim to value employee creativity and to encourage breakthroughs but in reality block disruptive ideas and prioritize avoidance of mistakes. Or when information technology systems are 'dumb by design' and block potential discoveries.Both scientifically sophisticated and fun to listen to, Seeing What Others Don't shows that insight is not just a 'eureka!' moment but a whole new way of understanding. Gary Klein Tue, 02 Sep 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217907 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing What Others Don't: The Remarkable Ways We Gain Insights Author: Gary Klein Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Insights—like Darwin's understanding of the way evolution actually works, and Watson and Crick's breakthrough discoveries about the structure of DNA-can change the world. We also need insights into the everyday things that frustrate and confuse us so that we can more effectively solve problems and get things done. Yet we know very little about when, why, or how insights are formed—or what blocks them. In Seeing What Others Don't, renowned cognitive psychologist Gary Klein unravels the mystery.Klein is a keen observer of people in their natural settings—scientists, businesspeople, firefighters, police officers, soldiers, family members, friends, himself—and uses a marvelous variety of stories to illuminate his research into what insights are and how they happen. What, for example, enabled Harry Markopolos to put the finger on Bernie Madoff? How did Dr. Michael Gottlieb make the connections between different patients that allowed him to publish the first announcement of the AIDS epidemic? What did Admiral Yamamoto see (and what did the Americans miss) in a 1940 British attack on the Italian fleet that enabled him to develop the strategy of attack at Pearl Harbor? How did a 'smokejumper' see that setting another fire would save his life, while those who ignored his insight perished? How did Martin Chalfie come up with a million-dollar idea (and a Nobel Prize) for a natural flashlight that enabled researchers to look inside living organisms to watch biological processes in action?Klein also dissects impediments to insight, such as when organizations claim to value employee creativity and to encourage breakthroughs but in reality block disruptive ideas and prioritize avoidance of mistakes. Or when information technology systems are 'dumb by design' and block potential discoveries.Both scientifically sophisticated and fun to listen to, Seeing What Others Don't shows that insight is not just a 'eureka!' moment but a whole new way of understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing What Others Don't: The Remarkable Ways We Gain Insights Author: Gary Klein Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Insights—like Darwin's understanding of the way evolution actually works, and Watson and Crick's breakthrough discoveries about the structure of DNA-can change the world. We also need insights into the everyday things that frustrate and confuse us so that we can more effectively solve problems and get things done. Yet we know very little about when, why, or how insights are formed—or what blocks them. In Seeing What Others Don't, renowned cognitive psychologist Gary Klein unravels the mystery.Klein is a keen observer of people in their natural settings—scientists, businesspeople, firefighters, police officers, soldiers, family members, friends, himself—and uses a marvelous variety of stories to illuminate his research into what insights are and how they happen. What, for example, enabled Harry Markopolos to put the finger on Bernie Madoff? How did Dr. Michael Gottlieb make the connections between different patients that allowed him to publish the first announcement of the AIDS epidemic? What did Admiral Yamamoto see (and what did the Americans miss) in a 1940 British attack on the Italian fleet that enabled him to develop the strategy of attack at Pearl Harbor? How did a 'smokejumper' see that setting another fire would save his life, while those who ignored his insight perished? How did Martin Chalfie come up with a million-dollar idea (and a Nobel Prize) for a natural flashlight that enabled researchers to look inside living organisms to watch biological processes in action?Klein also dissects impediments to insight, such as when organizations claim to value employee creativity and to encourage breakthroughs but in reality block disruptive ideas and prioritize avoidance of mistakes. Or when information technology systems are 'dumb by design' and block potential discoveries.Both scientifically sophisticated and fun to listen to, Seeing What Others Don't shows that insight is not just a 'eureka!' moment but a whole new way of understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217493 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The I in Team: Missing Ingredients for Team Success Author: Michael Mcmillian, John J. Murphy Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: August 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Cultivating high-performance teamwork is like growing a garden. We get out of it what we put into it. The i in Team challenges common misperceptions about teamwork and exposes the critical ingredients missing from many of today's teams, businesses, and organizations. In it, authors Michael McMillan and John Murphy show you how to experience a paradigm shift, transcending independent thinking and unleashing interdependent power. This audiobook will show you how to tap the unique potential, inputs and talents of the individuals on your team, while creating more intrigue, involvement and interaction among team members. In listening to The i in Team, you'll discover that not only is there an 'i' in team, there are many. Michael Mcmillian, John J. Murphy Fri, 01 Aug 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217493 thebookvoice.com 1:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The I in Team: Missing Ingredients for Team Success Author: Michael Mcmillian, John J. Murphy Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: August 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Cultivating high-performance teamwork is like growing a garden. We get out of it what we put into it. The i in Team challenges common misperceptions about teamwork and exposes the critical ingredients missing from many of today's teams, businesses, and organizations. In it, authors Michael McMillan and John Murphy show you how to experience a paradigm shift, transcending independent thinking and unleashing interdependent power. This audiobook will show you how to tap the unique potential, inputs and talents of the individuals on your team, while creating more intrigue, involvement and interaction among team members. In listening to The i in Team, you'll discover that not only is there an 'i' in team, there are many. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The I in Team: Missing Ingredients for Team Success Author: Michael Mcmillian, John J. Murphy Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: August 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Cultivating high-performance teamwork is like growing a garden. We get out of it what we put into it. The i in Team challenges common misperceptions about teamwork and exposes the critical ingredients missing from many of today's teams, businesses, and organizations. In it, authors Michael McMillan and John Murphy show you how to experience a paradigm shift, transcending independent thinking and unleashing interdependent power. This audiobook will show you how to tap the unique potential, inputs and talents of the individuals on your team, while creating more intrigue, involvement and interaction among team members. In listening to The i in Team, you'll discover that not only is there an 'i' in team, there are many. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Happier: Inspiring an Engaged Workplace Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Julie Ann Sullivan Narrator: Julie Ann Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: July 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This recording of the live presentation of 'Work Happier: Inspiring an Engaged Workplace' offers listeners practical methods for achieving a happier environment at work, at home, and at play. All of life is interconnected. What affects one part seeps into the others. In addition, research shows that happier workplace environments are more productive, safer, and more profitable. Julie Ann Sullivan's presentation will help you create a workplace environment where people are productive, engaged, and appreciated. When people are given a new way of thinking, they have a better attitude toward work and life. This audio program is filled with a good measure of motivation and humor. Julie Ann's ideas will build a positive and productive environment into every business. Julie Ann Sullivan Wed, 16 Jul 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217443 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Happier: Inspiring an Engaged Workplace Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Julie Ann Sullivan Narrator: Julie Ann Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: July 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This recording of the live presentation of 'Work Happier: Inspiring an Engaged Workplace' offers listeners practical methods for achieving a happier environment at work, at home, and at play. All of life is interconnected. What affects one part seeps into the others. In addition, research shows that happier workplace environments are more productive, safer, and more profitable. Julie Ann Sullivan's presentation will help you create a workplace environment where people are productive, engaged, and appreciated. When people are given a new way of thinking, they have a better attitude toward work and life. This audio program is filled with a good measure of motivation and humor. Julie Ann's ideas will build a positive and productive environment into every business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Happier: Inspiring an Engaged Workplace Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Julie Ann Sullivan Narrator: Julie Ann Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: July 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This recording of the live presentation of 'Work Happier: Inspiring an Engaged Workplace' offers listeners practical methods for achieving a happier environment at work, at home, and at play. All of life is interconnected. What affects one part seeps into the others. In addition, research shows that happier workplace environments are more productive, safer, and more profitable. Julie Ann Sullivan's presentation will help you create a workplace environment where people are productive, engaged, and appreciated. When people are given a new way of thinking, they have a better attitude toward work and life. This audio program is filled with a good measure of motivation and humor. Julie Ann's ideas will build a positive and productive environment into every business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217394 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Freedom: How to Work With Virtual Staff to Buy More Time, Become More Productive, and Build Your Dream Business Author: Chris Ducker Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Entrepreneurs often suffer from 'superhero syndrome'—the misconception that to be successful, they must do everything themselves. They are not only the boss but also the salesperson, HR manager, copywriter, operations manager, online marketing guru, and so much more. It's no wonder so many people give up the dream of starting a business—it's just too much for one person to handle. But outsourcing expert and 'Virtual CEO' Chris Ducker knows how you can get the help you need with resources you can afford. Virtual Freedom is the step-by-step guide every entrepreneur needs to build his or her business with the asset of working with virtual employees. Focusing on business growth, Ducker explains every detail you need to grasp, from figuring out which jobs you should outsource to finding, hiring, training, motivating, and managing virtual assistants. Chris Ducker Tue, 29 Jul 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217394 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Freedom: How to Work With Virtual Staff to Buy More Time, Become More Productive, and Build Your Dream Business Author: Chris Ducker Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Entrepreneurs often suffer from 'superhero syndrome'—the misconception that to be successful, they must do everything themselves. They are not only the boss but also the salesperson, HR manager, copywriter, operations manager, online marketing guru, and so much more. It's no wonder so many people give up the dream of starting a business—it's just too much for one person to handle. But outsourcing expert and 'Virtual CEO' Chris Ducker knows how you can get the help you need with resources you can afford. Virtual Freedom is the step-by-step guide every entrepreneur needs to build his or her business with the asset of working with virtual employees. Focusing on business growth, Ducker explains every detail you need to grasp, from figuring out which jobs you should outsource to finding, hiring, training, motivating, and managing virtual assistants. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Freedom: How to Work With Virtual Staff to Buy More Time, Become More Productive, and Build Your Dream Business Author: Chris Ducker Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Entrepreneurs often suffer from 'superhero syndrome'—the misconception that to be successful, they must do everything themselves. They are not only the boss but also the salesperson, HR manager, copywriter, operations manager, online marketing guru, and so much more. It's no wonder so many people give up the dream of starting a business—it's just too much for one person to handle. But outsourcing expert and 'Virtual CEO' Chris Ducker knows how you can get the help you need with resources you can afford. Virtual Freedom is the step-by-step guide every entrepreneur needs to build his or her business with the asset of working with virtual employees. Focusing on business growth, Ducker explains every detail you need to grasp, from figuring out which jobs you should outsource to finding, hiring, training, motivating, and managing virtual assistants. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213940 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alliance: Managing Talent in the Networked Age Author: Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha, Reid Hoffman Narrator: Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Introducing the new, realistic loyalty pact between employer and employee. The employer-employee relationship is broken, and managers face a seemingly impossible dilemma: the old model of guaranteed long-term employment no longer works in a business environment defined by continuous change, but neither does a system in which every employee acts like a free agent. The solution? Stop thinking of employees as either family or free agents. Think of them instead as allies. As a manager you want your employees to help transform the company for the future. And your employees want the firm to help transform their careers. But this win-win scenario will only happen if both sides trust each other enough to commit to mutual investment and mutual benefit. Sadly, trust in the business world is hovering at an all-time low. We can rebuild that lost trust with straight talk that recognizes the realities of the modern economy. So paradoxically, the alliance begins with managers acknowledging that great employees might leave the company, and with employees being honest about their own career aspirations. By putting this new alliance at the heart of your talent-management strategy, you'll not only bring back trust, you'll be able to recruit and retain the entrepreneurial individuals you need to adapt to a fast-changing world. These individuals—flexible, creative, and with a bias toward action—thrive when they're on a specific 'tour of duty,' when they have a mission that's mutually beneficial to employee and company that can be completed in a realistic period of time. Coauthored by the founder of LinkedIn, this bold but practical guide for managers and executives will give you the tools you need to recruit, manage, and retain the kind of employees who will make your company thrive in today's world of constant innovation and fast-paced change. Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha, Reid Hoffman Tue, 08 Jul 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213940 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alliance: Managing Talent in the Networked Age Author: Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha, Reid Hoffman Narrator: Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Introducing the new, realistic loyalty pact between employer and employee. The employer-employee relationship is broken, and managers face a seemingly impossible dilemma: the old model of guaranteed long-term employment no longer works in a business environment defined by continuous change, but neither does a system in which every employee acts like a free agent. The solution? Stop thinking of employees as either family or free agents. Think of them instead as allies. As a manager you want your employees to help transform the company for the future. And your employees want the firm to help transform their careers. But this win-win scenario will only happen if both sides trust each other enough to commit to mutual investment and mutual benefit. Sadly, trust in the business world is hovering at an all-time low. We can rebuild that lost trust with straight talk that recognizes the realities of the modern economy. So paradoxically, the alliance begins with managers acknowledging that great employees might leave the company, and with employees being honest about their own career aspirations. By putting this new alliance at the heart of your talent-management strategy, you'll not only bring back trust, you'll be able to recruit and retain the entrepreneurial individuals you need to adapt to a fast-changing world. These individuals—flexible, creative, and with a bias toward action—thrive when they're on a specific 'tour of duty,' when they have a mission that's mutually beneficial to employee and company that can be completed in a realistic period of time. Coauthored by the founder of LinkedIn, this bold but practical guide for managers and executives will give you the tools you need to recruit, manage, and retain the kind of employees who will make your company thrive in today's world of constant innovation and fast-paced change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alliance: Managing Talent in the Networked Age Author: Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha, Reid Hoffman Narrator: Chris Yeh, Ben Casnocha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Introducing the new, realistic loyalty pact between employer and employee. The employer-employee relationship is broken, and managers face a seemingly impossible dilemma: the old model of guaranteed long-term employment no longer works in a business environment defined by continuous change, but neither does a system in which every employee acts like a free agent. The solution? Stop thinking of employees as either family or free agents. Think of them instead as allies. As a manager you want your employees to help transform the company for the future. And your employees want the firm to help transform their careers. But this win-win scenario will only happen if both sides trust each other enough to commit to mutual investment and mutual benefit. Sadly, trust in the business world is hovering at an all-time low. We can rebuild that lost trust with straight talk that recognizes the realities of the modern economy. So paradoxically, the alliance begins with managers acknowledging that great employees might leave the company, and with employees being honest about their own career aspirations. By putting this new alliance at the heart of your talent-management strategy, you'll not only bring back trust, you'll be able to recruit and retain the entrepreneurial individuals you need to adapt to a fast-changing world. These individuals—flexible, creative, and with a bias toward action—thrive when they're on a specific 'tour of duty,' when they have a mission that's mutually beneficial to employee and company that can be completed in a realistic period of time. Coauthored by the founder of LinkedIn, this bold but practical guide for managers and executives will give you the tools you need to recruit, manage, and retain the kind of employees who will make your company thrive in today's world of constant innovation and fast-paced change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213590 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork: Embrace Them and Empower Your Team Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.27 of Total 52 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to build and maintain champion level teams, then lead your team to the peak level of success regardless of the field you're in. Individual all-stars can only take you so far. Ultimately, success--whether in business, family, church, athletic teams, or any other organization--is entirely dependent on teamwork. But how does one build that team? Leadership expert and bestselling author John C. Maxwell knows that building and maintaining a successful team is no simple task. Even people who have taken their teams to the highest level in their field have difficulty re-creating what accounted for their successes. In his practical, down-to-earth style, Maxwell shares the vital principles of team building that are necessary for success in any type of organization. In The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork, Dr. Maxwell shows how: - The Law of High Morale inspired a 50-year-old man who couldn't even swim to train for the toughest triathlon in the world; - The Law of the Big Picture prompted a former US president to travel across the country by bus, sleep in a basement, and do manual labor; - Playing by The Law of the Scoreboard enabled one web-based company to keep growing and make money while thousands of other Internet businesses failed; - Ignoring The Law of the Price Tag caused one of the world's largest retailers to close its doors after 128 years in business; - And much more! Building a successful team has plagued leaders since the beginning of time. Is the key a strong work ethic? Is it “chemistry”? The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork will empower you--whether coach or player, teacher or student, CEO or non-profit volunteer--with the “how-tos“ and attitudes for building a successful team. John C. Maxwell Tue, 25 Oct 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213590 thebookvoice.com 2:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork: Embrace Them and Empower Your Team Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.27 of Total 52 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to build and maintain champion level teams, then lead your team to the peak level of success regardless of the field you're in. Individual all-stars can only take you so far. Ultimately, success--whether in business, family, church, athletic teams, or any other organization--is entirely dependent on teamwork. But how does one build that team? Leadership expert and bestselling author John C. Maxwell knows that building and maintaining a successful team is no simple task. Even people who have taken their teams to the highest level in their field have difficulty re-creating what accounted for their successes. In his practical, down-to-earth style, Maxwell shares the vital principles of team building that are necessary for success in any type of organization. In The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork, Dr. Maxwell shows how: - The Law of High Morale inspired a 50-year-old man who couldn't even swim to train for the toughest triathlon in the world; - The Law of the Big Picture prompted a former US president to travel across the country by bus, sleep in a basement, and do manual labor; - Playing by The Law of the Scoreboard enabled one web-based company to keep growing and make money while thousands of other Internet businesses failed; - Ignoring The Law of the Price Tag caused one of the world's largest retailers to close its doors after 128 years in business; - And much more! Building a successful team has plagued leaders since the beginning of time. Is the key a strong work ethic? Is it “chemistry”? The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork will empower you--whether coach or player, teacher or student, CEO or non-profit volunteer--with the “how-tos“ and attitudes for building a successful team. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork: Embrace Them and Empower Your Team Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.27 of Total 52 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to build and maintain champion level teams, then lead your team to the peak level of success regardless of the field you're in. Individual all-stars can only take you so far. Ultimately, success--whether in business, family, church, athletic teams, or any other organization--is entirely dependent on teamwork. But how does one build that team? Leadership expert and bestselling author John C. Maxwell knows that building and maintaining a successful team is no simple task. Even people who have taken their teams to the highest level in their field have difficulty re-creating what accounted for their successes. In his practical, down-to-earth style, Maxwell shares the vital principles of team building that are necessary for success in any type of organization. In The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork, Dr. Maxwell shows how: - The Law of High Morale inspired a 50-year-old man who couldn't even swim to train for the toughest triathlon in the world; - The Law of the Big Picture prompted a former US president to travel across the country by bus, sleep in a basement, and do manual labor; - Playing by The Law of the Scoreboard enabled one web-based company to keep growing and make money while thousands of other Internet businesses failed; - Ignoring The Law of the Price Tag caused one of the world's largest retailers to close its doors after 128 years in business; - And much more! Building a successful team has plagued leaders since the beginning of time. Is the key a strong work ethic? Is it “chemistry”? The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork will empower you--whether coach or player, teacher or student, CEO or non-profit volunteer--with the “how-tos“ and attitudes for building a successful team. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213589 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player: Becoming the Kind of Person Every Team Wants Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.05 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: John C. Maxwell breaks down the personal characteristics necessary for becoming an effective team player. Leadership expert John C. Maxwell follows his bestselling The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork with this powerfully succinct companion book. Stating that great team players are developed from the inside out, Maxwell identifies the seventeen qualities that make up an in-demand team player while outlining how to embody those qualities. In The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player, Maxwell outlines the successes of team players who have been: - Intentional – making every action count toward a long-term goal - Relational – focused on others - Selfless – willing to take a subordinate role for the sake of the team - Tenacious – hardworking and optimistic in the face of setbacks This instructional resource shows how these qualities, among many others, impact the team and its success. If you want to have a better team, you have to develop better players. The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player is not feel-good platitudes and abstract thinking, but concrete actions designed to improve the value of every team player. John C. Maxwell Tue, 25 Oct 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213589 thebookvoice.com 2:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player: Becoming the Kind of Person Every Team Wants Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.05 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: John C. Maxwell breaks down the personal characteristics necessary for becoming an effective team player. Leadership expert John C. Maxwell follows his bestselling The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork with this powerfully succinct companion book. Stating that great team players are developed from the inside out, Maxwell identifies the seventeen qualities that make up an in-demand team player while outlining how to embody those qualities. In The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player, Maxwell outlines the successes of team players who have been: - Intentional – making every action count toward a long-term goal - Relational – focused on others - Selfless – willing to take a subordinate role for the sake of the team - Tenacious – hardworking and optimistic in the face of setbacks This instructional resource shows how these qualities, among many others, impact the team and its success. If you want to have a better team, you have to develop better players. The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player is not feel-good platitudes and abstract thinking, but concrete actions designed to improve the value of every team player. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player: Becoming the Kind of Person Every Team Wants Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.05 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: John C. Maxwell breaks down the personal characteristics necessary for becoming an effective team player. Leadership expert John C. Maxwell follows his bestselling The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork with this powerfully succinct companion book. Stating that great team players are developed from the inside out, Maxwell identifies the seventeen qualities that make up an in-demand team player while outlining how to embody those qualities. In The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player, Maxwell outlines the successes of team players who have been: - Intentional – making every action count toward a long-term goal - Relational – focused on others - Selfless – willing to take a subordinate role for the sake of the team - Tenacious – hardworking and optimistic in the face of setbacks This instructional resource shows how these qualities, among many others, impact the team and its success. If you want to have a better team, you have to develop better players. The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player is not feel-good platitudes and abstract thinking, but concrete actions designed to improve the value of every team player. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Factory Man: How One Furniture Maker Battled Offshoring, Stayed Local - and Helped Save an American Town Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 15, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller about one man's battle to save hundreds of jobs by demonstrating the greatness of American business. The Bassett Furniture Company was once the world's biggest wood furniture manufacturer. Run by the same powerful Virginia family for generations, it was also the center of life in Bassett, Virginia. But beginning in the 1980s, the first waves of Asian competition hit, and ultimately Bassett was forced to send its production overseas. One man fought back: John Bassett III, a shrewd and determined third-generation factory man, now chairman of Vaughan-Bassett Furniture Co, which employs more than 700 Virginians and has sales of more than $90 million. In Factory Man, Beth Macy brings to life Bassett's deeply personal furniture and family story, along with a host of characters from an industry that was as cutthroat as it was colorful. As she shows how he uses legal maneuvers, factory efficiencies, and sheer grit and cunning to save hundreds of jobs, she also reveals the truth about modern industry in America. Beth Macy Tue, 15 Jul 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213461 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Factory Man: How One Furniture Maker Battled Offshoring, Stayed Local - and Helped Save an American Town Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 15, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller about one man's battle to save hundreds of jobs by demonstrating the greatness of American business. The Bassett Furniture Company was once the world's biggest wood furniture manufacturer. Run by the same powerful Virginia family for generations, it was also the center of life in Bassett, Virginia. But beginning in the 1980s, the first waves of Asian competition hit, and ultimately Bassett was forced to send its production overseas. One man fought back: John Bassett III, a shrewd and determined third-generation factory man, now chairman of Vaughan-Bassett Furniture Co, which employs more than 700 Virginians and has sales of more than $90 million. In Factory Man, Beth Macy brings to life Bassett's deeply personal furniture and family story, along with a host of characters from an industry that was as cutthroat as it was colorful. As she shows how he uses legal maneuvers, factory efficiencies, and sheer grit and cunning to save hundreds of jobs, she also reveals the truth about modern industry in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Factory Man: How One Furniture Maker Battled Offshoring, Stayed Local - and Helped Save an American Town Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 15, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller about one man's battle to save hundreds of jobs by demonstrating the greatness of American business. The Bassett Furniture Company was once the world's biggest wood furniture manufacturer. Run by the same powerful Virginia family for generations, it was also the center of life in Bassett, Virginia. But beginning in the 1980s, the first waves of Asian competition hit, and ultimately Bassett was forced to send its production overseas. One man fought back: John Bassett III, a shrewd and determined third-generation factory man, now chairman of Vaughan-Bassett Furniture Co, which employs more than 700 Virginians and has sales of more than $90 million. In Factory Man, Beth Macy brings to life Bassett's deeply personal furniture and family story, along with a host of characters from an industry that was as cutthroat as it was colorful. As she shows how he uses legal maneuvers, factory efficiencies, and sheer grit and cunning to save hundreds of jobs, she also reveals the truth about modern industry in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Waves: Be the One to Start Change at Work and in Life Author: Patti Johnson Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make Waves encourages listeners to step up and be the one to initiate change in their work and lives. Author Patti Johnson walks listeners through the tools and techniques that they can use to create change in their own situations. Johnson elaborates on these tools even further to give listeners a sense of how to encourage and instill these “wave-making” behaviors in others within their organization. Using several diverse case studies as illustrative examples, Make Waves highlights the important steps that individuals at any level can take toward positive change. By reinforcing listeners' desires to contribute and make a difference, Johnson connects on an individual level and bridges the gap between that desire and the actions necessary to realize bigger changes. Change can be big or small. It is the act of stepping up that Johnson embraces, as well as the ripple effect on those around. Interviews with famous Wave Makers, as well as everyday people, illustrate why it is important to be the one to start change. Wave Makers profiled include: Clint Hurdle: Manager of the Pittsburgh Pirates; believes in positive attitude and culture and changes the MLB clubhouse; this year leading the Pirates to their first winning season since 1992. Charley Johnson: Started Pay It Forward foundation. Joe Nussbaum: Started Big Event at Texas A&M when in college in the ’80s and has continued to grow; largest one-day college community service day in the country and has been adopted by over seventy universities. Emma Scheffler: High school soccer player who started Insulin Angels, a nonprofit for children diagnosed with diabetes, after her own diagnosis; feared her dream of college soccer was over, so engaged other students and local hospitals after thinking about how to make her diagnosis a positive. Allen Stephenson: Started Southern Tide at twenty-two-years old when in med school and followed a passion to create a clothing line; built momentum by creating interest and participation on southern college campuses; they are now growing rapidly and it started with a great polo shirt. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Patti Johnson Sun, 01 Jun 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213235 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Waves: Be the One to Start Change at Work and in Life Author: Patti Johnson Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make Waves encourages listeners to step up and be the one to initiate change in their work and lives. Author Patti Johnson walks listeners through the tools and techniques that they can use to create change in their own situations. Johnson elaborates on these tools even further to give listeners a sense of how to encourage and instill these “wave-making” behaviors in others within their organization. Using several diverse case studies as illustrative examples, Make Waves highlights the important steps that individuals at any level can take toward positive change. By reinforcing listeners' desires to contribute and make a difference, Johnson connects on an individual level and bridges the gap between that desire and the actions necessary to realize bigger changes. Change can be big or small. It is the act of stepping up that Johnson embraces, as well as the ripple effect on those around. Interviews with famous Wave Makers, as well as everyday people, illustrate why it is important to be the one to start change. Wave Makers profiled include: Clint Hurdle: Manager of the Pittsburgh Pirates; believes in positive attitude and culture and changes the MLB clubhouse; this year leading the Pirates to their first winning season since 1992. Charley Johnson: Started Pay It Forward foundation. Joe Nussbaum: Started Big Event at Texas A&M when in college in the ’80s and has continued to grow; largest one-day college community service day in the country and has been adopted by over seventy universities. Emma Scheffler: High school soccer player who started Insulin Angels, a nonprofit for children diagnosed with diabetes, after her own diagnosis; feared her dream of college soccer was over, so engaged other students and local hospitals after thinking about how to make her diagnosis a positive. Allen Stephenson: Started Southern Tide at twenty-two-years old when in med school and followed a passion to create a clothing line; built momentum by creating interest and participation on southern college campuses; they are now growing rapidly and it started with a great polo shirt. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Waves: Be the One to Start Change at Work and in Life Author: Patti Johnson Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make Waves encourages listeners to step up and be the one to initiate change in their work and lives. Author Patti Johnson walks listeners through the tools and techniques that they can use to create change in their own situations. Johnson elaborates on these tools even further to give listeners a sense of how to encourage and instill these “wave-making” behaviors in others within their organization. Using several diverse case studies as illustrative examples, Make Waves highlights the important steps that individuals at any level can take toward positive change. By reinforcing listeners' desires to contribute and make a difference, Johnson connects on an individual level and bridges the gap between that desire and the actions necessary to realize bigger changes. Change can be big or small. It is the act of stepping up that Johnson embraces, as well as the ripple effect on those around. Interviews with famous Wave Makers, as well as everyday people, illustrate why it is important to be the one to start change. Wave Makers profiled include: Clint Hurdle: Manager of the Pittsburgh Pirates; believes in positive attitude and culture and changes the MLB clubhouse; this year leading the Pirates to their first winning season since 1992. Charley Johnson: Started Pay It Forward foundation. Joe Nussbaum: Started Big Event at Texas A&M when in college in the ’80s and has continued to grow; largest one-day college community service day in the country and has been adopted by over seventy universities. Emma Scheffler: High school soccer player who started Insulin Angels, a nonprofit for children diagnosed with diabetes, after her own diagnosis; feared her dream of college soccer was over, so engaged other students and local hospitals after thinking about how to make her diagnosis a positive. Allen Stephenson: Started Southern Tide at twenty-two-years old when in med school and followed a passion to create a clothing line; built momentum by creating interest and participation on southern college campuses; they are now growing rapidly and it started with a great polo shirt. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212091 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Executive Presence: The Missing Link Between Merit and Success Author: Sylvia Ann Hewlett Narrator: Rosalind Ashford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you “leadership material?” More importantly, do others perceive you to be? Sylvia Ann Hewlett, a noted expert on workplace power and influence, shows you how to identify and embody the Executive Presence (EP) that you need to succeed. You can have the experience and qualifications of a leader, but without executive presence, you won't advance. EP is an amalgam of qualities that true leaders exude, a presence that telegraphs you're in charge or deserve to be. Articulating those qualities isn't easy, however. Based on a nationwide survey of college graduates working across a range of sectors and occupations, Sylvia Hewlett and the Center for Talent Innovation discovered that EP is a dynamic, cohesive mix of appearance, communication, and gravitas. While these elements are not equal, to have true EP, you must know how to use all of them to your advantage. Filled with eye-opening insights, analysis, and practical advice for both men and women, mixed with illustrative examples from executives learning to use the EP, Executive Presence will help you make the leap from working like an executive to feeling like an executive. Sylvia Ann Hewlett Tue, 03 Jun 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212091 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Executive Presence: The Missing Link Between Merit and Success Author: Sylvia Ann Hewlett Narrator: Rosalind Ashford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you “leadership material?” More importantly, do others perceive you to be? Sylvia Ann Hewlett, a noted expert on workplace power and influence, shows you how to identify and embody the Executive Presence (EP) that you need to succeed. You can have the experience and qualifications of a leader, but without executive presence, you won't advance. EP is an amalgam of qualities that true leaders exude, a presence that telegraphs you're in charge or deserve to be. Articulating those qualities isn't easy, however. Based on a nationwide survey of college graduates working across a range of sectors and occupations, Sylvia Hewlett and the Center for Talent Innovation discovered that EP is a dynamic, cohesive mix of appearance, communication, and gravitas. While these elements are not equal, to have true EP, you must know how to use all of them to your advantage. Filled with eye-opening insights, analysis, and practical advice for both men and women, mixed with illustrative examples from executives learning to use the EP, Executive Presence will help you make the leap from working like an executive to feeling like an executive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Executive Presence: The Missing Link Between Merit and Success Author: Sylvia Ann Hewlett Narrator: Rosalind Ashford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you “leadership material?” More importantly, do others perceive you to be? Sylvia Ann Hewlett, a noted expert on workplace power and influence, shows you how to identify and embody the Executive Presence (EP) that you need to succeed. You can have the experience and qualifications of a leader, but without executive presence, you won't advance. EP is an amalgam of qualities that true leaders exude, a presence that telegraphs you're in charge or deserve to be. Articulating those qualities isn't easy, however. Based on a nationwide survey of college graduates working across a range of sectors and occupations, Sylvia Hewlett and the Center for Talent Innovation discovered that EP is a dynamic, cohesive mix of appearance, communication, and gravitas. While these elements are not equal, to have true EP, you must know how to use all of them to your advantage. Filled with eye-opening insights, analysis, and practical advice for both men and women, mixed with illustrative examples from executives learning to use the EP, Executive Presence will help you make the leap from working like an executive to feeling like an executive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forces for Good: The Six Practices of High-Impact Non-Profits Author: Leslie R. Crutchfield, Heather McLeod Grant Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What makes great nonprofits great? Not large budgets. Not snazzy marketing. Not perfect management. The answer is not what you might think. Great nonprofits spend as much time working with institutions outside their four walls as they do managing their internal operations. They use the power of leverage to become greater forces for good. This landmark book reveals the six powerful practices of 12 high-impact nonprofits and tells their compelling stories. Leslie Crutchfield and Heather McLeod Grant spent four years surveying thousands of nonprofit leaders, conducting hundreds of interviews, and studying in-depth a dozen high-impact organizations to uncover their secrets to success. Their quest took them from the well-known (Habitat for Humanity) to the less well-known (YouthBuild USA) and to the unexpected (the Exploratorium). What the authors discovered surprised them. How did seeing a pile of McDonald's trash lead Environmental Defense's president to join forces with business instead of treating it as the enemy? Why did a school bus driver prompt Self-Help Credit Union to move from serving low-income groups in North Carolina to launching a national advocacy campaign against predatory lenders? And how did Teach For America turn the teachers it places in underserved public schools into a national vanguard for education reform? At a time when the social sector has grown to more than $1 trillion, understanding what leads to impact is essential. Whether you're a nonprofit leader, philanthropist, business executive, board member, volunteer, or simply interested in changing the world, this book will inspire you to be a stronger force for good. Leslie R. Crutchfield, Heather McLeod Grant Thu, 17 Apr 2008 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211866 thebookvoice.com 9:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forces for Good: The Six Practices of High-Impact Non-Profits Author: Leslie R. Crutchfield, Heather McLeod Grant Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What makes great nonprofits great? Not large budgets. Not snazzy marketing. Not perfect management. The answer is not what you might think. Great nonprofits spend as much time working with institutions outside their four walls as they do managing their internal operations. They use the power of leverage to become greater forces for good. This landmark book reveals the six powerful practices of 12 high-impact nonprofits and tells their compelling stories. Leslie Crutchfield and Heather McLeod Grant spent four years surveying thousands of nonprofit leaders, conducting hundreds of interviews, and studying in-depth a dozen high-impact organizations to uncover their secrets to success. Their quest took them from the well-known (Habitat for Humanity) to the less well-known (YouthBuild USA) and to the unexpected (the Exploratorium). What the authors discovered surprised them. How did seeing a pile of McDonald's trash lead Environmental Defense's president to join forces with business instead of treating it as the enemy? Why did a school bus driver prompt Self-Help Credit Union to move from serving low-income groups in North Carolina to launching a national advocacy campaign against predatory lenders? And how did Teach For America turn the teachers it places in underserved public schools into a national vanguard for education reform? At a time when the social sector has grown to more than $1 trillion, understanding what leads to impact is essential. Whether you're a nonprofit leader, philanthropist, business executive, board member, volunteer, or simply interested in changing the world, this book will inspire you to be a stronger force for good. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forces for Good: The Six Practices of High-Impact Non-Profits Author: Leslie R. Crutchfield, Heather McLeod Grant Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What makes great nonprofits great? Not large budgets. Not snazzy marketing. Not perfect management. The answer is not what you might think. Great nonprofits spend as much time working with institutions outside their four walls as they do managing their internal operations. They use the power of leverage to become greater forces for good. This landmark book reveals the six powerful practices of 12 high-impact nonprofits and tells their compelling stories. Leslie Crutchfield and Heather McLeod Grant spent four years surveying thousands of nonprofit leaders, conducting hundreds of interviews, and studying in-depth a dozen high-impact organizations to uncover their secrets to success. Their quest took them from the well-known (Habitat for Humanity) to the less well-known (YouthBuild USA) and to the unexpected (the Exploratorium). What the authors discovered surprised them. How did seeing a pile of McDonald's trash lead Environmental Defense's president to join forces with business instead of treating it as the enemy? Why did a school bus driver prompt Self-Help Credit Union to move from serving low-income groups in North Carolina to launching a national advocacy campaign against predatory lenders? And how did Teach For America turn the teachers it places in underserved public schools into a national vanguard for education reform? At a time when the social sector has grown to more than $1 trillion, understanding what leads to impact is essential. Whether you're a nonprofit leader, philanthropist, business executive, board member, volunteer, or simply interested in changing the world, this book will inspire you to be a stronger force for good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisibles: The Power of Anonymous Work in an Age of Relentless Self-Promotion Author: David Zweig Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What do fact-checkers, anesthesiologists, U.N. interpreters, and structural engineers have in common? When they do their jobs poorly, the consequences can be catastrophic for their organizations. But when they do their jobs perfectly . . . they're invisible. For most of us, the better we perform the more attention we receive. Yet for many “Invisibles”—skilled professionals whose role is critical to whatever enterprise they’re a part of—it’s the opposite: the better they do their jobs the more they disappear. In fact, often it’s only when something goes wrong that they are noticed at all. Millions of these Invisibles are hidden in every industry. You may be one yourself. And despite our culture’s increasing celebration of fame in our era of superstar CEOs and assorted varieties of “genius”—they’re fine with remaining anonymous. David Zweig takes us into the behind-the-scenes worlds that Invisibles inhabit. He interviews top experts in unusual fields to reveal the quiet workers behind public successes. Combining in-depth profiles with insights from psychology, sociology, and business, Zweig uncovers how these hidden professionals reap deep fulfillment by relishing the challenges their work presents. Zweig bypasses diplomats and joins an elite interpreter in a closed-door meeting at the U.N., where the media and public are never allowed. He ascends China’s tallest skyscraper while it’s still under construction, without the architect, guided instead by the project’s lead structural engineer. He even brings us on stage during a Radiohead concert, escorted not by a member of the band, but by their chief guitar technician. Along the way, Zweig reveals that Invisibles have a lot to teach the rest of society about satisfaction and achievement. What has been lost amid the noise of self-promotion today is that not everyone can, or should, or even wants to be in the spotlight. This inspiring and illuminating book shows that recognition isn’t all it’s cracked up to be, and invisibility can be viewed as a mark of honor and a source of a truly rich life. David Zweig Tue, 01 Jul 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211856 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisibles: The Power of Anonymous Work in an Age of Relentless Self-Promotion Author: David Zweig Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What do fact-checkers, anesthesiologists, U.N. interpreters, and structural engineers have in common? When they do their jobs poorly, the consequences can be catastrophic for their organizations. But when they do their jobs perfectly . . . they're invisible. For most of us, the better we perform the more attention we receive. Yet for many “Invisibles”—skilled professionals whose role is critical to whatever enterprise they’re a part of—it’s the opposite: the better they do their jobs the more they disappear. In fact, often it’s only when something goes wrong that they are noticed at all. Millions of these Invisibles are hidden in every industry. You may be one yourself. And despite our culture’s increasing celebration of fame in our era of superstar CEOs and assorted varieties of “genius”—they’re fine with remaining anonymous. David Zweig takes us into the behind-the-scenes worlds that Invisibles inhabit. He interviews top experts in unusual fields to reveal the quiet workers behind public successes. Combining in-depth profiles with insights from psychology, sociology, and business, Zweig uncovers how these hidden professionals reap deep fulfillment by relishing the challenges their work presents. Zweig bypasses diplomats and joins an elite interpreter in a closed-door meeting at the U.N., where the media and public are never allowed. He ascends China’s tallest skyscraper while it’s still under construction, without the architect, guided instead by the project’s lead structural engineer. He even brings us on stage during a Radiohead concert, escorted not by a member of the band, but by their chief guitar technician. Along the way, Zweig reveals that Invisibles have a lot to teach the rest of society about satisfaction and achievement. What has been lost amid the noise of self-promotion today is that not everyone can, or should, or even wants to be in the spotlight. This inspiring and illuminating book shows that recognition isn’t all it’s cracked up to be, and invisibility can be viewed as a mark of honor and a source of a truly rich life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisibles: The Power of Anonymous Work in an Age of Relentless Self-Promotion Author: David Zweig Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What do fact-checkers, anesthesiologists, U.N. interpreters, and structural engineers have in common? When they do their jobs poorly, the consequences can be catastrophic for their organizations. But when they do their jobs perfectly . . . they're invisible. For most of us, the better we perform the more attention we receive. Yet for many “Invisibles”—skilled professionals whose role is critical to whatever enterprise they’re a part of—it’s the opposite: the better they do their jobs the more they disappear. In fact, often it’s only when something goes wrong that they are noticed at all. Millions of these Invisibles are hidden in every industry. You may be one yourself. And despite our culture’s increasing celebration of fame in our era of superstar CEOs and assorted varieties of “genius”—they’re fine with remaining anonymous. David Zweig takes us into the behind-the-scenes worlds that Invisibles inhabit. He interviews top experts in unusual fields to reveal the quiet workers behind public successes. Combining in-depth profiles with insights from psychology, sociology, and business, Zweig uncovers how these hidden professionals reap deep fulfillment by relishing the challenges their work presents. Zweig bypasses diplomats and joins an elite interpreter in a closed-door meeting at the U.N., where the media and public are never allowed. He ascends China’s tallest skyscraper while it’s still under construction, without the architect, guided instead by the project’s lead structural engineer. He even brings us on stage during a Radiohead concert, escorted not by a member of the band, but by their chief guitar technician. Along the way, Zweig reveals that Invisibles have a lot to teach the rest of society about satisfaction and achievement. What has been lost amid the noise of self-promotion today is that not everyone can, or should, or even wants to be in the spotlight. This inspiring and illuminating book shows that recognition isn’t all it’s cracked up to be, and invisibility can be viewed as a mark of honor and a source of a truly rich life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forget a Mentor, Find a Sponsor: The New Way to Fast-Track Your Career Author: Sylvia Ann Hewlett Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Who’s pulling for you? Who’s got your back? Who’s putting your hat in the ring? Odds are this person is not a mentor but a sponsor. Mentors can build your self-esteem and provide a sounding board—but they’re not your ticket to the top. If you’re interested in fast-tracking your career, what you need is a sponsor—a senior-level champion who believes in your potential and is willing to advocate for you as you pursue that next raise or promotion. In this powerful yet practical book, economist and thought leader Sylvia Ann Hewlett—author of ten critically acclaimed books, including the groundbreaking Off-Ramps and On-Ramps—shows why sponsors are your proven link to success. Mixing solid data with vivid real-life narratives, Hewlett reveals the “two-way street” that makes sponsorship such a strong and mutually beneficial alliance. The seven-step map at the heart of this book allows you to chart your course toward your greatest goals. Whether you’re looking to lead a company or drive a community campaign, Forget a Mentor, Find a Sponsor will help you forge the relationships that truly have the power to deliver you to your destination. Sylvia Ann Hewlett Thu, 01 May 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211625 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forget a Mentor, Find a Sponsor: The New Way to Fast-Track Your Career Author: Sylvia Ann Hewlett Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Who’s pulling for you? Who’s got your back? Who’s putting your hat in the ring? Odds are this person is not a mentor but a sponsor. Mentors can build your self-esteem and provide a sounding board—but they’re not your ticket to the top. If you’re interested in fast-tracking your career, what you need is a sponsor—a senior-level champion who believes in your potential and is willing to advocate for you as you pursue that next raise or promotion. In this powerful yet practical book, economist and thought leader Sylvia Ann Hewlett—author of ten critically acclaimed books, including the groundbreaking Off-Ramps and On-Ramps—shows why sponsors are your proven link to success. Mixing solid data with vivid real-life narratives, Hewlett reveals the “two-way street” that makes sponsorship such a strong and mutually beneficial alliance. The seven-step map at the heart of this book allows you to chart your course toward your greatest goals. Whether you’re looking to lead a company or drive a community campaign, Forget a Mentor, Find a Sponsor will help you forge the relationships that truly have the power to deliver you to your destination. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forget a Mentor, Find a Sponsor: The New Way to Fast-Track Your Career Author: Sylvia Ann Hewlett Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Who’s pulling for you? Who’s got your back? Who’s putting your hat in the ring? Odds are this person is not a mentor but a sponsor. Mentors can build your self-esteem and provide a sounding board—but they’re not your ticket to the top. If you’re interested in fast-tracking your career, what you need is a sponsor—a senior-level champion who believes in your potential and is willing to advocate for you as you pursue that next raise or promotion. In this powerful yet practical book, economist and thought leader Sylvia Ann Hewlett—author of ten critically acclaimed books, including the groundbreaking Off-Ramps and On-Ramps—shows why sponsors are your proven link to success. Mixing solid data with vivid real-life narratives, Hewlett reveals the “two-way street” that makes sponsorship such a strong and mutually beneficial alliance. The seven-step map at the heart of this book allows you to chart your course toward your greatest goals. Whether you’re looking to lead a company or drive a community campaign, Forget a Mentor, Find a Sponsor will help you forge the relationships that truly have the power to deliver you to your destination. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Bigger: Developing a Successful Big Data Strategy for Your Business Author: Mark Van Rijmenam Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Big data--the enormous amount of data that is created as virtually every movement, transaction, and choice we make becomes digitized--is revolutionizing business. Offering real-world insight and explanations, this book provides a roadmap for organizations looking to develop a profitable big data strategy...and reveals why it's not something they can leave to the I.T. department. Sharing best practices from companies that have implemented a big data strategy including Walmart, InterContinental Hotel Group, Walt Disney, and Shell, Think Bigger covers the most important big data trends affecting organizations, as well as key technologies like Hadoop and MapReduce, and several crucial types of analyses. In addition, the audiobook offers guidance on how to ensure security, and respect the privacy rights of consumers. It also examines in detail how big data is impacting specific industries--and where opportunities can be found. Big data is changing the way businesses--and even governments--are operated and managed. Think Bigger is an essential resource for anyone who wants to ensure that their company isn't left in the dust. Mark Van Rijmenam Thu, 01 May 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211623 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Bigger: Developing a Successful Big Data Strategy for Your Business Author: Mark Van Rijmenam Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Big data--the enormous amount of data that is created as virtually every movement, transaction, and choice we make becomes digitized--is revolutionizing business. Offering real-world insight and explanations, this book provides a roadmap for organizations looking to develop a profitable big data strategy...and reveals why it's not something they can leave to the I.T. department. Sharing best practices from companies that have implemented a big data strategy including Walmart, InterContinental Hotel Group, Walt Disney, and Shell, Think Bigger covers the most important big data trends affecting organizations, as well as key technologies like Hadoop and MapReduce, and several crucial types of analyses. In addition, the audiobook offers guidance on how to ensure security, and respect the privacy rights of consumers. It also examines in detail how big data is impacting specific industries--and where opportunities can be found. Big data is changing the way businesses--and even governments--are operated and managed. Think Bigger is an essential resource for anyone who wants to ensure that their company isn't left in the dust. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Bigger: Developing a Successful Big Data Strategy for Your Business Author: Mark Van Rijmenam Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Big data--the enormous amount of data that is created as virtually every movement, transaction, and choice we make becomes digitized--is revolutionizing business. Offering real-world insight and explanations, this book provides a roadmap for organizations looking to develop a profitable big data strategy...and reveals why it's not something they can leave to the I.T. department. Sharing best practices from companies that have implemented a big data strategy including Walmart, InterContinental Hotel Group, Walt Disney, and Shell, Think Bigger covers the most important big data trends affecting organizations, as well as key technologies like Hadoop and MapReduce, and several crucial types of analyses. In addition, the audiobook offers guidance on how to ensure security, and respect the privacy rights of consumers. It also examines in detail how big data is impacting specific industries--and where opportunities can be found. Big data is changing the way businesses--and even governments--are operated and managed. Think Bigger is an essential resource for anyone who wants to ensure that their company isn't left in the dust. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Boot Camp: How to Resolve Conflict, Satisfy Customers, and Make Better Deals Author: Ed Brodow Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We find ourselves engaged in various kinds of negotiations every day, from trying to land a new account or win a promotion at work, to buying a house or a car, or bargaining down a cell phone bill, or settling a dispute with a friend or spouse. In this groundbreaking book, negotiation expert Ed Brodow shows us how to settle conflicts amicably to reach a win-win solution every time. Using the no-nonsense, results-oriented boot camp approach, Brodow drills listeners on the basic skills needed to master the art of negotiation. With a wealth of examples from real-life encounters, Brodow demonstrates how to negotiate for things most listeners never knew were negotiable. He reveals how to develop the skills and the confidence we need to negotiate successfully and achieve our goals at work and in our personal lives. Ed Brodow Tue, 26 Dec 2006 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Boot Camp: How to Resolve Conflict, Satisfy Customers, and Make Better Deals Author: Ed Brodow Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We find ourselves engaged in various kinds of negotiations every day, from trying to land a new account or win a promotion at work, to buying a house or a car, or bargaining down a cell phone bill, or settling a dispute with a friend or spouse. In this groundbreaking book, negotiation expert Ed Brodow shows us how to settle conflicts amicably to reach a win-win solution every time. Using the no-nonsense, results-oriented boot camp approach, Brodow drills listeners on the basic skills needed to master the art of negotiation. With a wealth of examples from real-life encounters, Brodow demonstrates how to negotiate for things most listeners never knew were negotiable. He reveals how to develop the skills and the confidence we need to negotiate successfully and achieve our goals at work and in our personal lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Boot Camp: How to Resolve Conflict, Satisfy Customers, and Make Better Deals Author: Ed Brodow Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We find ourselves engaged in various kinds of negotiations every day, from trying to land a new account or win a promotion at work, to buying a house or a car, or bargaining down a cell phone bill, or settling a dispute with a friend or spouse. In this groundbreaking book, negotiation expert Ed Brodow shows us how to settle conflicts amicably to reach a win-win solution every time. Using the no-nonsense, results-oriented boot camp approach, Brodow drills listeners on the basic skills needed to master the art of negotiation. With a wealth of examples from real-life encounters, Brodow demonstrates how to negotiate for things most listeners never knew were negotiable. He reveals how to develop the skills and the confidence we need to negotiate successfully and achieve our goals at work and in our personal lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211432 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inclusion Dividend: Why Investing in Diversity & Inclusion Pays Off Author: Mason Donovan, Mark Kaplan Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today's increasingly diverse, global, interconnected business world, diversity and inclusion is no longer just the right thing to do, it is a core leadership competency and central to the success of business. Working effectively across differences such as gender, culture, generational, race, and sexual orientation not only leads to a more productive, innovative corporate culture, but also to a better engagement with customers and clients. The Inclusion Dividend provides a framework to tap the bottom line impact that results from an inclusive culture. Most leaders have the intent to be inclusive, but translating that into a truly inclusive outcome with employees, customers and other stakeholders requires a focused change effort. The authors provide straightforward advice on how to achieve the kind of meritocracy that will result in a tangible dividend and move companies ahead of the competition. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Mason Donovan, Mark Kaplan Thu, 01 May 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211432 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inclusion Dividend: Why Investing in Diversity & Inclusion Pays Off Author: Mason Donovan, Mark Kaplan Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today's increasingly diverse, global, interconnected business world, diversity and inclusion is no longer just the right thing to do, it is a core leadership competency and central to the success of business. Working effectively across differences such as gender, culture, generational, race, and sexual orientation not only leads to a more productive, innovative corporate culture, but also to a better engagement with customers and clients. The Inclusion Dividend provides a framework to tap the bottom line impact that results from an inclusive culture. Most leaders have the intent to be inclusive, but translating that into a truly inclusive outcome with employees, customers and other stakeholders requires a focused change effort. The authors provide straightforward advice on how to achieve the kind of meritocracy that will result in a tangible dividend and move companies ahead of the competition. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inclusion Dividend: Why Investing in Diversity & Inclusion Pays Off Author: Mason Donovan, Mark Kaplan Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today's increasingly diverse, global, interconnected business world, diversity and inclusion is no longer just the right thing to do, it is a core leadership competency and central to the success of business. Working effectively across differences such as gender, culture, generational, race, and sexual orientation not only leads to a more productive, innovative corporate culture, but also to a better engagement with customers and clients. The Inclusion Dividend provides a framework to tap the bottom line impact that results from an inclusive culture. Most leaders have the intent to be inclusive, but translating that into a truly inclusive outcome with employees, customers and other stakeholders requires a focused change effort. The authors provide straightforward advice on how to achieve the kind of meritocracy that will result in a tangible dividend and move companies ahead of the competition. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil Author: Christine Bader Narrator: Christine Bader, Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is an invisible army of people deep inside the world’s biggest and best-known companies, pushing for safer and more responsible practices. They are trying to prevent the next Rana Plaza factory collapse, the next Deepwater Horizon explosion, the next Foxconn labor abuses. Obviously, they don’t always succeed. Christine Bader was one of those people. She loved BP and then-CEO John Browne’s lofty rhetoric on climate change and human rights -- until a string of fatal BP accidents, Browne’s abrupt resignation under a cloud of scandal, and the start of Tony Hayward’s tenure as chief executive, which would end with the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Bader’s story of working deep inside the belly of the beast is unique in its details, but not in its themes: of feeling like an outsider both inside the company (accused of being a closet activist) and out (assumed to be a corporate shill); of getting mixed messages from senior management; of being frustrated with corporate life but committed to pushing for change from within. The Evolution of a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil is based on Bader’s experience with BP and then with a United Nations effort to prevent and address human rights abuses linked to business. Using her story as its skeleton, Bader weaves in the stories of other “Corporate Idealists” working inside some of the world's biggest and best-known companies. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Christine Bader Tue, 01 Apr 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil Author: Christine Bader Narrator: Christine Bader, Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is an invisible army of people deep inside the world’s biggest and best-known companies, pushing for safer and more responsible practices. They are trying to prevent the next Rana Plaza factory collapse, the next Deepwater Horizon explosion, the next Foxconn labor abuses. Obviously, they don’t always succeed. Christine Bader was one of those people. She loved BP and then-CEO John Browne’s lofty rhetoric on climate change and human rights -- until a string of fatal BP accidents, Browne’s abrupt resignation under a cloud of scandal, and the start of Tony Hayward’s tenure as chief executive, which would end with the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Bader’s story of working deep inside the belly of the beast is unique in its details, but not in its themes: of feeling like an outsider both inside the company (accused of being a closet activist) and out (assumed to be a corporate shill); of getting mixed messages from senior management; of being frustrated with corporate life but committed to pushing for change from within. The Evolution of a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil is based on Bader’s experience with BP and then with a United Nations effort to prevent and address human rights abuses linked to business. Using her story as its skeleton, Bader weaves in the stories of other “Corporate Idealists” working inside some of the world's biggest and best-known companies. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil Author: Christine Bader Narrator: Christine Bader, Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is an invisible army of people deep inside the world’s biggest and best-known companies, pushing for safer and more responsible practices. They are trying to prevent the next Rana Plaza factory collapse, the next Deepwater Horizon explosion, the next Foxconn labor abuses. Obviously, they don’t always succeed. Christine Bader was one of those people. She loved BP and then-CEO John Browne’s lofty rhetoric on climate change and human rights -- until a string of fatal BP accidents, Browne’s abrupt resignation under a cloud of scandal, and the start of Tony Hayward’s tenure as chief executive, which would end with the Deepwater Horizon disaster. Bader’s story of working deep inside the belly of the beast is unique in its details, but not in its themes: of feeling like an outsider both inside the company (accused of being a closet activist) and out (assumed to be a corporate shill); of getting mixed messages from senior management; of being frustrated with corporate life but committed to pushing for change from within. The Evolution of a Corporate Idealist: Girl Meets Oil is based on Bader’s experience with BP and then with a United Nations effort to prevent and address human rights abuses linked to business. Using her story as its skeleton, Bader weaves in the stories of other “Corporate Idealists” working inside some of the world's biggest and best-known companies. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: WTF?: What's the Future of Business?: Changing the Way Businesses Create Experiences Author: Brian Solis Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Rethink your business model to incorporate the power of 'user' experiences What’s the Future of Business? will galvanize a new movement that aligns the tenets of user experience with the vision of innovative leadership to improve business performance, engagement, and relationships for a new generation of consumerism. It provides an overview of real-world experiences versus 'user' experiences in relation to products, services, mobile, social media, and commerce, among others. This audiobook explains why experience is everything and how the future of business will come down to shared experiences. Brian Solis is globally recognized as one of the most prominent thought leaders and published authors in new media, and is the author of Engage! and The End of Business as Usual! Discover how user experience design affects your business, and how you can harness its power for meaningful revenue growth. Brian Solis Tue, 01 Apr 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210094 thebookvoice.com 4:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: WTF?: What's the Future of Business?: Changing the Way Businesses Create Experiences Author: Brian Solis Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Rethink your business model to incorporate the power of 'user' experiences What’s the Future of Business? will galvanize a new movement that aligns the tenets of user experience with the vision of innovative leadership to improve business performance, engagement, and relationships for a new generation of consumerism. It provides an overview of real-world experiences versus 'user' experiences in relation to products, services, mobile, social media, and commerce, among others. This audiobook explains why experience is everything and how the future of business will come down to shared experiences. Brian Solis is globally recognized as one of the most prominent thought leaders and published authors in new media, and is the author of Engage! and The End of Business as Usual! Discover how user experience design affects your business, and how you can harness its power for meaningful revenue growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: WTF?: What's the Future of Business?: Changing the Way Businesses Create Experiences Author: Brian Solis Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Rethink your business model to incorporate the power of 'user' experiences What’s the Future of Business? will galvanize a new movement that aligns the tenets of user experience with the vision of innovative leadership to improve business performance, engagement, and relationships for a new generation of consumerism. It provides an overview of real-world experiences versus 'user' experiences in relation to products, services, mobile, social media, and commerce, among others. This audiobook explains why experience is everything and how the future of business will come down to shared experiences. Brian Solis is globally recognized as one of the most prominent thought leaders and published authors in new media, and is the author of Engage! and The End of Business as Usual! Discover how user experience design affects your business, and how you can harness its power for meaningful revenue growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decoded Company: Know Your Talent Better Than You Know Your Customers Author: Rahaf Harfoush, Jay Goldman, Aaron Goldstein, Leerom Segal Narrator: Jay Goldman, Leerom Segal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As consumers we intuitively understand the benefits of being decoded Google amazes us by generating answers before we’ve even finished asking a question. Facebook curates our uniquely individual newsfeeds. Spotify and Netflix use learning algorithms to customize our experience. At home, we choose companies that have figured out how to personalize our news, shopping, entertainment, travel, and learning needs. At most workplaces, it's still one-size-fits-all policies, processes, and tools. Yet companies like Google, Starbucks, and Whole Foods have turned their algorithms inward to decode their talent. Their goal is not to get the better of their talent, but to empower the best from their people. The Decoded Company distills how this process works into three transformative ideas. · Technology Can be a Coach, personalizing processes to the individual based on experience and offering training interventions precisely at the teachable moment. · Data Can Be a Sixth Sense, codifying organizational battle scars using actual code that watches your blind spots and gives your people a decision making superpower. · The third is that Engineered Ecosystems will prevail over hierarchies, reducing bureaucracy, increasing transparency, and be wildly inspiring to teams. Rahaf Harfoush, Jay Goldman, Aaron Goldstein, Leerom Segal Sat, 01 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210089 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decoded Company: Know Your Talent Better Than You Know Your Customers Author: Rahaf Harfoush, Jay Goldman, Aaron Goldstein, Leerom Segal Narrator: Jay Goldman, Leerom Segal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As consumers we intuitively understand the benefits of being decoded Google amazes us by generating answers before we’ve even finished asking a question. Facebook curates our uniquely individual newsfeeds. Spotify and Netflix use learning algorithms to customize our experience. At home, we choose companies that have figured out how to personalize our news, shopping, entertainment, travel, and learning needs. At most workplaces, it's still one-size-fits-all policies, processes, and tools. Yet companies like Google, Starbucks, and Whole Foods have turned their algorithms inward to decode their talent. Their goal is not to get the better of their talent, but to empower the best from their people. The Decoded Company distills how this process works into three transformative ideas. · Technology Can be a Coach, personalizing processes to the individual based on experience and offering training interventions precisely at the teachable moment. · Data Can Be a Sixth Sense, codifying organizational battle scars using actual code that watches your blind spots and gives your people a decision making superpower. · The third is that Engineered Ecosystems will prevail over hierarchies, reducing bureaucracy, increasing transparency, and be wildly inspiring to teams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decoded Company: Know Your Talent Better Than You Know Your Customers Author: Rahaf Harfoush, Jay Goldman, Aaron Goldstein, Leerom Segal Narrator: Jay Goldman, Leerom Segal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As consumers we intuitively understand the benefits of being decoded Google amazes us by generating answers before we’ve even finished asking a question. Facebook curates our uniquely individual newsfeeds. Spotify and Netflix use learning algorithms to customize our experience. At home, we choose companies that have figured out how to personalize our news, shopping, entertainment, travel, and learning needs. At most workplaces, it's still one-size-fits-all policies, processes, and tools. Yet companies like Google, Starbucks, and Whole Foods have turned their algorithms inward to decode their talent. Their goal is not to get the better of their talent, but to empower the best from their people. The Decoded Company distills how this process works into three transformative ideas. · Technology Can be a Coach, personalizing processes to the individual based on experience and offering training interventions precisely at the teachable moment. · Data Can Be a Sixth Sense, codifying organizational battle scars using actual code that watches your blind spots and gives your people a decision making superpower. · The third is that Engineered Ecosystems will prevail over hierarchies, reducing bureaucracy, increasing transparency, and be wildly inspiring to teams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Team of Leaders: Empowering Every Member to Take Ownership, Demonstrate Initiative, and Deliver Results Author: Stewart Liff, Paul Gustavson Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Workplace teams are supposed to harness employees' talents to tackle challenges. But the reality often falls short... Now imagine having a team where everyone steps up and performs all of the leadership tasks. Imagine a team that is constantly sharing knowledge and pushing the envelope--one that does long term planning and produces outstanding performance. A Team of Leaders shows readers how to design systems that nurture the leadership potential of every employee--the key to creating high-performance teams. The book's proven principles and techniques include: ? The Five-Stage Team Development Model that maps the transition from traditional to self-directed teams ? Best practices in team process design ? A Team Value Creation Tool that allows members to appreciate the significance of what they contribute each day ? Visual Management ? And more Filled with real-world examples, this fresh approach transforms passive groups of disparate people into effective teams of leaders--workplace teams that work! Stewart Liff, Paul Gustavson Tue, 01 Apr 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210088 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Team of Leaders: Empowering Every Member to Take Ownership, Demonstrate Initiative, and Deliver Results Author: Stewart Liff, Paul Gustavson Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Workplace teams are supposed to harness employees' talents to tackle challenges. But the reality often falls short... Now imagine having a team where everyone steps up and performs all of the leadership tasks. Imagine a team that is constantly sharing knowledge and pushing the envelope--one that does long term planning and produces outstanding performance. A Team of Leaders shows readers how to design systems that nurture the leadership potential of every employee--the key to creating high-performance teams. The book's proven principles and techniques include: ? The Five-Stage Team Development Model that maps the transition from traditional to self-directed teams ? Best practices in team process design ? A Team Value Creation Tool that allows members to appreciate the significance of what they contribute each day ? Visual Management ? And more Filled with real-world examples, this fresh approach transforms passive groups of disparate people into effective teams of leaders--workplace teams that work! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Team of Leaders: Empowering Every Member to Take Ownership, Demonstrate Initiative, and Deliver Results Author: Stewart Liff, Paul Gustavson Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Workplace teams are supposed to harness employees' talents to tackle challenges. But the reality often falls short... Now imagine having a team where everyone steps up and performs all of the leadership tasks. Imagine a team that is constantly sharing knowledge and pushing the envelope--one that does long term planning and produces outstanding performance. A Team of Leaders shows readers how to design systems that nurture the leadership potential of every employee--the key to creating high-performance teams. The book's proven principles and techniques include: ? The Five-Stage Team Development Model that maps the transition from traditional to self-directed teams ? Best practices in team process design ? A Team Value Creation Tool that allows members to appreciate the significance of what they contribute each day ? Visual Management ? And more Filled with real-world examples, this fresh approach transforms passive groups of disparate people into effective teams of leaders--workplace teams that work! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cubed: A Secret History of the Workplace Author: Nikil Saval Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You mean this place we go to five days a week has a history? Cubed reveals the unexplored yet surprising story of the places where most of the world's work—our work—gets done. From 'Bartleby the Scrivener' to The Office, from the steno pool to the open-plan cubicle farm, Cubed is a fascinating, often funny, and sometimes disturbing anatomy of the white-collar world and how it came to be the way it is—and what it might become. In the mid-nineteenth century clerks worked in small, dank spaces called “counting-houses.” These were all-male enclaves, where work was just paperwork. Most Americans considered clerks to be questionable dandies, who didn’t do “real work.” But the joke was on them: as the great historical shifts from agricultural to industrial economies took place, and then from industrial to information economies, the organization of the workplace evolved along with them—and the clerks took over. Offices became rationalized, designed for both greater efficiency in the accomplishments of clerical work and the enhancement of worker productivity. Women entered the office by the millions, and revolutionized the social world from within. Skyscrapers filled with office space came to tower over cities everywhere. Cubed opens our eyes to what is a truly 'secret history' of changes so obvious and ubiquitous that we've hardly noticed them. From the wood-paneled executive suite to the advent of the cubicles where 60% of Americans now work (and 93% of them dislike it) to a not-too-distant future where we might work anywhere at any time (and perhaps all the time), Cubed excavates from popular books, movies, comic strips (Dilbert!), and a vast amount of management literature and business history, the reasons why our workplaces are the way they are—and how they might be better. Nikil Saval Tue, 22 Apr 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210025 thebookvoice.com 12:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cubed: A Secret History of the Workplace Author: Nikil Saval Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You mean this place we go to five days a week has a history? Cubed reveals the unexplored yet surprising story of the places where most of the world's work—our work—gets done. From 'Bartleby the Scrivener' to The Office, from the steno pool to the open-plan cubicle farm, Cubed is a fascinating, often funny, and sometimes disturbing anatomy of the white-collar world and how it came to be the way it is—and what it might become. In the mid-nineteenth century clerks worked in small, dank spaces called “counting-houses.” These were all-male enclaves, where work was just paperwork. Most Americans considered clerks to be questionable dandies, who didn’t do “real work.” But the joke was on them: as the great historical shifts from agricultural to industrial economies took place, and then from industrial to information economies, the organization of the workplace evolved along with them—and the clerks took over. Offices became rationalized, designed for both greater efficiency in the accomplishments of clerical work and the enhancement of worker productivity. Women entered the office by the millions, and revolutionized the social world from within. Skyscrapers filled with office space came to tower over cities everywhere. Cubed opens our eyes to what is a truly 'secret history' of changes so obvious and ubiquitous that we've hardly noticed them. From the wood-paneled executive suite to the advent of the cubicles where 60% of Americans now work (and 93% of them dislike it) to a not-too-distant future where we might work anywhere at any time (and perhaps all the time), Cubed excavates from popular books, movies, comic strips (Dilbert!), and a vast amount of management literature and business history, the reasons why our workplaces are the way they are—and how they might be better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cubed: A Secret History of the Workplace Author: Nikil Saval Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You mean this place we go to five days a week has a history? Cubed reveals the unexplored yet surprising story of the places where most of the world's work—our work—gets done. From 'Bartleby the Scrivener' to The Office, from the steno pool to the open-plan cubicle farm, Cubed is a fascinating, often funny, and sometimes disturbing anatomy of the white-collar world and how it came to be the way it is—and what it might become. In the mid-nineteenth century clerks worked in small, dank spaces called “counting-houses.” These were all-male enclaves, where work was just paperwork. Most Americans considered clerks to be questionable dandies, who didn’t do “real work.” But the joke was on them: as the great historical shifts from agricultural to industrial economies took place, and then from industrial to information economies, the organization of the workplace evolved along with them—and the clerks took over. Offices became rationalized, designed for both greater efficiency in the accomplishments of clerical work and the enhancement of worker productivity. Women entered the office by the millions, and revolutionized the social world from within. Skyscrapers filled with office space came to tower over cities everywhere. Cubed opens our eyes to what is a truly 'secret history' of changes so obvious and ubiquitous that we've hardly noticed them. From the wood-paneled executive suite to the advent of the cubicles where 60% of Americans now work (and 93% of them dislike it) to a not-too-distant future where we might work anywhere at any time (and perhaps all the time), Cubed excavates from popular books, movies, comic strips (Dilbert!), and a vast amount of management literature and business history, the reasons why our workplaces are the way they are—and how they might be better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovation Prowess: Leadership Strategies for Accelerating Growth (Wharton Executive Essentials) Author: George S. Day Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A framework for achieving superior rates of organic growth Achieving superior growth through innovation is a top strategic priority for all companies. Yet most management teams struggle to reach their firm's ambitious growth targets and suffer slow growth. What distinguishes these growth laggards from growth leaders like Ibm, Nike, Lego, American Express, Amazon, and Samsung that realize their full potential for growth? Wharton professor George S. Day shows that growth leaders use their innovation prowess to accelerate their growth at a faster rate. In this essential guide, Day reveals how to build this prowess by combining discipline in growth-seeking activities with an organizational ability to innovate. Day shows managers how to set a growth strategy that is realistic while still stretching the organization; search for the best growth opportunities along the full spectrum of 14 growth pathways; aim their growth-seeking activities toward the creation of new customer value; learn to profit from the uncertainty of innovation by successfully assessing and containing risk; build the organizational muscle to implement an ambitious growth strategy; and move faster from ideas to impact. With the strategies, processes, and methods discussed in Innovation Prowess, leaders can build a tested and comprehensive strategy for driving organic growth year after year. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. George S. Day Sat, 01 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208737 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovation Prowess: Leadership Strategies for Accelerating Growth (Wharton Executive Essentials) Author: George S. Day Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A framework for achieving superior rates of organic growth Achieving superior growth through innovation is a top strategic priority for all companies. Yet most management teams struggle to reach their firm's ambitious growth targets and suffer slow growth. What distinguishes these growth laggards from growth leaders like Ibm, Nike, Lego, American Express, Amazon, and Samsung that realize their full potential for growth? Wharton professor George S. Day shows that growth leaders use their innovation prowess to accelerate their growth at a faster rate. In this essential guide, Day reveals how to build this prowess by combining discipline in growth-seeking activities with an organizational ability to innovate. Day shows managers how to set a growth strategy that is realistic while still stretching the organization; search for the best growth opportunities along the full spectrum of 14 growth pathways; aim their growth-seeking activities toward the creation of new customer value; learn to profit from the uncertainty of innovation by successfully assessing and containing risk; build the organizational muscle to implement an ambitious growth strategy; and move faster from ideas to impact. With the strategies, processes, and methods discussed in Innovation Prowess, leaders can build a tested and comprehensive strategy for driving organic growth year after year. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovation Prowess: Leadership Strategies for Accelerating Growth (Wharton Executive Essentials) Author: George S. Day Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A framework for achieving superior rates of organic growth Achieving superior growth through innovation is a top strategic priority for all companies. Yet most management teams struggle to reach their firm's ambitious growth targets and suffer slow growth. What distinguishes these growth laggards from growth leaders like Ibm, Nike, Lego, American Express, Amazon, and Samsung that realize their full potential for growth? Wharton professor George S. Day shows that growth leaders use their innovation prowess to accelerate their growth at a faster rate. In this essential guide, Day reveals how to build this prowess by combining discipline in growth-seeking activities with an organizational ability to innovate. Day shows managers how to set a growth strategy that is realistic while still stretching the organization; search for the best growth opportunities along the full spectrum of 14 growth pathways; aim their growth-seeking activities toward the creation of new customer value; learn to profit from the uncertainty of innovation by successfully assessing and containing risk; build the organizational muscle to implement an ambitious growth strategy; and move faster from ideas to impact. With the strategies, processes, and methods discussed in Innovation Prowess, leaders can build a tested and comprehensive strategy for driving organic growth year after year. Gildan Media is proud to bring you another Wharton Digital Press Audiobook. These notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chocolate Conversation: Lead Bittersweet Change, Transform Your Business Author: Rose Fass Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The single factor that determines success or failure in big business today is conversation. Great leaders use public and private conversation to send a clear message, cultivate a common worldview, set high standards and reachable goals, and uncover concerns that can undermine an organization. So what conversation are you, as a leader, having with your team? Experienced change consultant Rose Fass explains how too often we think we’re having the same conversation – about “dark chocolate,” for instance – only to be referring to three different things: milk, white, or bittersweet varieties. She shows us how to first establish common ground that leads to an effective discourse for addressing relevance, growth, and scaling: the three most important issues she sees in business today. In a light-hearted and humorous way, Fass shows how leaders can avoid a meltdown and instead drive transformation through the way they communicate in a language that all stakeholders can understand. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Rose Fass Sat, 01 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208555 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chocolate Conversation: Lead Bittersweet Change, Transform Your Business Author: Rose Fass Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The single factor that determines success or failure in big business today is conversation. Great leaders use public and private conversation to send a clear message, cultivate a common worldview, set high standards and reachable goals, and uncover concerns that can undermine an organization. So what conversation are you, as a leader, having with your team? Experienced change consultant Rose Fass explains how too often we think we’re having the same conversation – about “dark chocolate,” for instance – only to be referring to three different things: milk, white, or bittersweet varieties. She shows us how to first establish common ground that leads to an effective discourse for addressing relevance, growth, and scaling: the three most important issues she sees in business today. In a light-hearted and humorous way, Fass shows how leaders can avoid a meltdown and instead drive transformation through the way they communicate in a language that all stakeholders can understand. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chocolate Conversation: Lead Bittersweet Change, Transform Your Business Author: Rose Fass Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The single factor that determines success or failure in big business today is conversation. Great leaders use public and private conversation to send a clear message, cultivate a common worldview, set high standards and reachable goals, and uncover concerns that can undermine an organization. So what conversation are you, as a leader, having with your team? Experienced change consultant Rose Fass explains how too often we think we’re having the same conversation – about “dark chocolate,” for instance – only to be referring to three different things: milk, white, or bittersweet varieties. She shows us how to first establish common ground that leads to an effective discourse for addressing relevance, growth, and scaling: the three most important issues she sees in business today. In a light-hearted and humorous way, Fass shows how leaders can avoid a meltdown and instead drive transformation through the way they communicate in a language that all stakeholders can understand. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialized!: How the Most Successful Businesses Harness the Power of Social Author: Mark Fidelman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Most companies today realize the imperative to connect with their customers, employees, and partners through social technologies - Facebook, Twitter, Google+, YouTube, and elsewhere. But a huge challenge is still in the way: how to build programs and teams for accomplishing all that. While organizations have been fixated on how to use the latest social tool, they've lost sight of how to create a business strategy capable of adjusting to the next wave of technology around the corner. The author has identified the strategies and tactics of the world's best social business organizations--from leaders at IBM, Microsoft, Salesforce.com to those at Google, JetBlue, and several small businesses. He also provides a never before revealed playbook that businesses can use today to start increasing revenue immediately and for the long term. For corporations to successfully transform into social business enterprises they must shift the focus from computers and tools to developing skills and attitudes around social technologies. Socialized! represents a 'playbook' on how to create such a high-performing social enterprise. Filled with clear strategies and real-life stories from visionaries and change makers, the book is designed to help business leaders create an adaptable, agile, more profitable business thereby ensuring success against the competition. You will learn how to: • Create and nurture a high performing 'digital village' or internal social network • Connect with your 'digital network' and build a community of brand advocates • Manage 'Darwin's Funnel' or a sales and marketing funnel with a social wrapper Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Mark Fidelman Sat, 01 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208553 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialized!: How the Most Successful Businesses Harness the Power of Social Author: Mark Fidelman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Most companies today realize the imperative to connect with their customers, employees, and partners through social technologies - Facebook, Twitter, Google+, YouTube, and elsewhere. But a huge challenge is still in the way: how to build programs and teams for accomplishing all that. While organizations have been fixated on how to use the latest social tool, they've lost sight of how to create a business strategy capable of adjusting to the next wave of technology around the corner. The author has identified the strategies and tactics of the world's best social business organizations--from leaders at IBM, Microsoft, Salesforce.com to those at Google, JetBlue, and several small businesses. He also provides a never before revealed playbook that businesses can use today to start increasing revenue immediately and for the long term. For corporations to successfully transform into social business enterprises they must shift the focus from computers and tools to developing skills and attitudes around social technologies. Socialized! represents a 'playbook' on how to create such a high-performing social enterprise. Filled with clear strategies and real-life stories from visionaries and change makers, the book is designed to help business leaders create an adaptable, agile, more profitable business thereby ensuring success against the competition. You will learn how to: • Create and nurture a high performing 'digital village' or internal social network • Connect with your 'digital network' and build a community of brand advocates • Manage 'Darwin's Funnel' or a sales and marketing funnel with a social wrapper Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialized!: How the Most Successful Businesses Harness the Power of Social Author: Mark Fidelman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Most companies today realize the imperative to connect with their customers, employees, and partners through social technologies - Facebook, Twitter, Google+, YouTube, and elsewhere. But a huge challenge is still in the way: how to build programs and teams for accomplishing all that. While organizations have been fixated on how to use the latest social tool, they've lost sight of how to create a business strategy capable of adjusting to the next wave of technology around the corner. The author has identified the strategies and tactics of the world's best social business organizations--from leaders at IBM, Microsoft, Salesforce.com to those at Google, JetBlue, and several small businesses. He also provides a never before revealed playbook that businesses can use today to start increasing revenue immediately and for the long term. For corporations to successfully transform into social business enterprises they must shift the focus from computers and tools to developing skills and attitudes around social technologies. Socialized! represents a 'playbook' on how to create such a high-performing social enterprise. Filled with clear strategies and real-life stories from visionaries and change makers, the book is designed to help business leaders create an adaptable, agile, more profitable business thereby ensuring success against the competition. You will learn how to: • Create and nurture a high performing 'digital village' or internal social network • Connect with your 'digital network' and build a community of brand advocates • Manage 'Darwin's Funnel' or a sales and marketing funnel with a social wrapper Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Chain: Project Management and the Theory of Constraints Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Alexander Cendese, Tavia Gilbert, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A young, untested team of problem solvers challenged with saving their company moves from board room to classroom in search of answers—and finds them in through lively, open discourse with their innovative professor. This gripping, fast-paced business novel does for project management what Eliyahu M. Goldratt’s other novels have done for production and marketing. Eliyahu Goldratt Tue, 18 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208353 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Chain: Project Management and the Theory of Constraints Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Alexander Cendese, Tavia Gilbert, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A young, untested team of problem solvers challenged with saving their company moves from board room to classroom in search of answers—and finds them in through lively, open discourse with their innovative professor. This gripping, fast-paced business novel does for project management what Eliyahu M. Goldratt’s other novels have done for production and marketing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Chain: Project Management and the Theory of Constraints Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Alexander Cendese, Tavia Gilbert, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A young, untested team of problem solvers challenged with saving their company moves from board room to classroom in search of answers—and finds them in through lively, open discourse with their innovative professor. This gripping, fast-paced business novel does for project management what Eliyahu M. Goldratt’s other novels have done for production and marketing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Luck: Marketing, Production, and the Theory of Constraints Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Using the unique business-novel format, It’s Not Luck continues the story of The Goal protagonist Alex Rogo as he navigates a new set of challenges facing the now over-diversified and under-profitable UniCo, where he has risen to the rank of division manager. With an engaging voice and dynamic plot, Goldratt shows how to apply his Theory of Constraints (TOC) to achieve ongoing improvement in sales and marketing, inventory control, and production distribution. In addition, he introduces techniques for successful conflict resolution on both a business and a personal level. Eliyahu Goldratt Tue, 18 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208352 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Luck: Marketing, Production, and the Theory of Constraints Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Using the unique business-novel format, It’s Not Luck continues the story of The Goal protagonist Alex Rogo as he navigates a new set of challenges facing the now over-diversified and under-profitable UniCo, where he has risen to the rank of division manager. With an engaging voice and dynamic plot, Goldratt shows how to apply his Theory of Constraints (TOC) to achieve ongoing improvement in sales and marketing, inventory control, and production distribution. In addition, he introduces techniques for successful conflict resolution on both a business and a personal level. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Luck: Marketing, Production, and the Theory of Constraints Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Using the unique business-novel format, It’s Not Luck continues the story of The Goal protagonist Alex Rogo as he navigates a new set of challenges facing the now over-diversified and under-profitable UniCo, where he has risen to the rank of division manager. With an engaging voice and dynamic plot, Goldratt shows how to apply his Theory of Constraints (TOC) to achieve ongoing improvement in sales and marketing, inventory control, and production distribution. In addition, he introduces techniques for successful conflict resolution on both a business and a personal level. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Goal: A Process of Ongoing Improvement - 30th Aniversary Edition Author: Jeff Cox, Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Ensemble Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 202 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 46 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In celebration of thirty years since the first publication of Eliyahu Goldratt’s essential business classic, HighBridge is proud to present an expanded audio edition of The Goal, featuring the original novel, plus case study reviews, and the author’s highly regarded essay “Standing on the Shoulders of Giants.” Also included is an audio archive exclusive featuring Eliyahu Goldratt in conversation about the significance—both personal and professional—of his breakthrough work. Alex Rogo is the manager of a failing manufacturing plant who receives an ultimatum from corporate headquarters: Turn the situation around in three months or the plant will be scrapped. With help from a mysterious mentor, Rogo discovers a revolutionary new way to do business—a way for people in any field of endeavor to increase productivity, profitability, and personal fulfillment. The story of Alex’s fight to save his plant contains a serious message for all managers in industry and explains the ideas which underline the Theory of Constraints (TOC) developed by Dr. Goldratt. First published in 1984, The Goal has changed how America does business. Jeff Cox, Eliyahu Goldratt Tue, 18 Mar 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208349 thebookvoice.com 11:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Goal: A Process of Ongoing Improvement - 30th Aniversary Edition Author: Jeff Cox, Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Ensemble Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 202 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 46 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In celebration of thirty years since the first publication of Eliyahu Goldratt’s essential business classic, HighBridge is proud to present an expanded audio edition of The Goal, featuring the original novel, plus case study reviews, and the author’s highly regarded essay “Standing on the Shoulders of Giants.” Also included is an audio archive exclusive featuring Eliyahu Goldratt in conversation about the significance—both personal and professional—of his breakthrough work. Alex Rogo is the manager of a failing manufacturing plant who receives an ultimatum from corporate headquarters: Turn the situation around in three months or the plant will be scrapped. With help from a mysterious mentor, Rogo discovers a revolutionary new way to do business—a way for people in any field of endeavor to increase productivity, profitability, and personal fulfillment. The story of Alex’s fight to save his plant contains a serious message for all managers in industry and explains the ideas which underline the Theory of Constraints (TOC) developed by Dr. Goldratt. First published in 1984, The Goal has changed how America does business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Goal: A Process of Ongoing Improvement - 30th Aniversary Edition Author: Jeff Cox, Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Ensemble Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 202 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 46 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In celebration of thirty years since the first publication of Eliyahu Goldratt’s essential business classic, HighBridge is proud to present an expanded audio edition of The Goal, featuring the original novel, plus case study reviews, and the author’s highly regarded essay “Standing on the Shoulders of Giants.” Also included is an audio archive exclusive featuring Eliyahu Goldratt in conversation about the significance—both personal and professional—of his breakthrough work. Alex Rogo is the manager of a failing manufacturing plant who receives an ultimatum from corporate headquarters: Turn the situation around in three months or the plant will be scrapped. With help from a mysterious mentor, Rogo discovers a revolutionary new way to do business—a way for people in any field of endeavor to increase productivity, profitability, and personal fulfillment. The story of Alex’s fight to save his plant contains a serious message for all managers in industry and explains the ideas which underline the Theory of Constraints (TOC) developed by Dr. Goldratt. First published in 1984, The Goal has changed how America does business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mogul, Mom, & Maid: The Balancing Act of the Modern Woman Author: Liz O'Donnell Narrator: Susan Iannucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The state of working women has been declared, debunked and debated since the days of Rosie the Riveter. The headlines, and the statistics behind them, however, don’t tell the whole story. The truth is, many women today are breadwinners; and these breadwinners are struggling. They are caught in a perfect storm of male-dominated culture at work, traditional social norms at home, and outdated schedules in the schools. Mogul, Mom, & Maid takes an honest look at how women are balancing home life and career. The pressures of child rearing, coupled with an unfulfilling corporate culture, are too great to be ignored. Author Liz O’Donnell goes beyond statistics and tells the stories of women all across America who are juggling careers, motherhood, marriage, and households. Mogul, Mom, & Maid looks at the choices women are making, the options they have, and the impact these decisions have on themselves, their families, and the businesses that employ them. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Liz O'Donnell Sat, 01 Feb 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207131 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mogul, Mom, & Maid: The Balancing Act of the Modern Woman Author: Liz O'Donnell Narrator: Susan Iannucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The state of working women has been declared, debunked and debated since the days of Rosie the Riveter. The headlines, and the statistics behind them, however, don’t tell the whole story. The truth is, many women today are breadwinners; and these breadwinners are struggling. They are caught in a perfect storm of male-dominated culture at work, traditional social norms at home, and outdated schedules in the schools. Mogul, Mom, & Maid takes an honest look at how women are balancing home life and career. The pressures of child rearing, coupled with an unfulfilling corporate culture, are too great to be ignored. Author Liz O’Donnell goes beyond statistics and tells the stories of women all across America who are juggling careers, motherhood, marriage, and households. Mogul, Mom, & Maid looks at the choices women are making, the options they have, and the impact these decisions have on themselves, their families, and the businesses that employ them. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mogul, Mom, & Maid: The Balancing Act of the Modern Woman Author: Liz O'Donnell Narrator: Susan Iannucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The state of working women has been declared, debunked and debated since the days of Rosie the Riveter. The headlines, and the statistics behind them, however, don’t tell the whole story. The truth is, many women today are breadwinners; and these breadwinners are struggling. They are caught in a perfect storm of male-dominated culture at work, traditional social norms at home, and outdated schedules in the schools. Mogul, Mom, & Maid takes an honest look at how women are balancing home life and career. The pressures of child rearing, coupled with an unfulfilling corporate culture, are too great to be ignored. Author Liz O’Donnell goes beyond statistics and tells the stories of women all across America who are juggling careers, motherhood, marriage, and households. Mogul, Mom, & Maid looks at the choices women are making, the options they have, and the impact these decisions have on themselves, their families, and the businesses that employ them. Gildan Media and Bibliomotion are proud to bring you another Bibliomotion Audiobook. Featuring exceptional content for today’s listener, these notable audiobooks contain the essential tools that can be applied to every facet of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Kidnapped Excellence?: What Stops Us from Giving and Being Our Best Author: John Britt, Ed Jent, Harry Paul Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Most companies talk about excellence, but what does excellence really mean? What specific attitudes and practices lead to excellence? Drawing on years of study and decades of experience, authors Harry Paul, John Britt, and Ed Jent have zeroed in on five core qualities of excellence. In this entertaining and enlightening book, they tell how to give and be your best in each of these five critical dimensions and foster excellence in your organization and in your life. The audiobook begins with a crime being committed: Excellence (personified) has been kidnapped, and Leadership assembles Excellence’s team (Passion, Flexibility, Communication, Competency, and Ownership) and challenges them to work together to get their Excellence back. And who is the culprit? It is Average who has kidnapped Excellence and replaced Excellence’s team with his own: N. Different, N. Ept, N. Flexible, Miss Communication, and Poser. But a mysterious ransom note sparks a struggle between Average and Excellence. Integrated into this tale of organizational excellence is the story of Dave, a delivery man. The kidnapping causes Dave to contemplate his own life and relationships in a way that makes the paths of personal and organizational excellence cross and intertwine. Who Kidnapped Excellence? is a parable that helps organizations and individuals achieve their best in every aspect of their lives. John Britt, Ed Jent, Harry Paul Sat, 01 Feb 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206670 thebookvoice.com 3:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Kidnapped Excellence?: What Stops Us from Giving and Being Our Best Author: John Britt, Ed Jent, Harry Paul Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Most companies talk about excellence, but what does excellence really mean? What specific attitudes and practices lead to excellence? Drawing on years of study and decades of experience, authors Harry Paul, John Britt, and Ed Jent have zeroed in on five core qualities of excellence. In this entertaining and enlightening book, they tell how to give and be your best in each of these five critical dimensions and foster excellence in your organization and in your life. The audiobook begins with a crime being committed: Excellence (personified) has been kidnapped, and Leadership assembles Excellence’s team (Passion, Flexibility, Communication, Competency, and Ownership) and challenges them to work together to get their Excellence back. And who is the culprit? It is Average who has kidnapped Excellence and replaced Excellence’s team with his own: N. Different, N. Ept, N. Flexible, Miss Communication, and Poser. But a mysterious ransom note sparks a struggle between Average and Excellence. Integrated into this tale of organizational excellence is the story of Dave, a delivery man. The kidnapping causes Dave to contemplate his own life and relationships in a way that makes the paths of personal and organizational excellence cross and intertwine. Who Kidnapped Excellence? is a parable that helps organizations and individuals achieve their best in every aspect of their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Kidnapped Excellence?: What Stops Us from Giving and Being Our Best Author: John Britt, Ed Jent, Harry Paul Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Most companies talk about excellence, but what does excellence really mean? What specific attitudes and practices lead to excellence? Drawing on years of study and decades of experience, authors Harry Paul, John Britt, and Ed Jent have zeroed in on five core qualities of excellence. In this entertaining and enlightening book, they tell how to give and be your best in each of these five critical dimensions and foster excellence in your organization and in your life. The audiobook begins with a crime being committed: Excellence (personified) has been kidnapped, and Leadership assembles Excellence’s team (Passion, Flexibility, Communication, Competency, and Ownership) and challenges them to work together to get their Excellence back. And who is the culprit? It is Average who has kidnapped Excellence and replaced Excellence’s team with his own: N. Different, N. Ept, N. Flexible, Miss Communication, and Poser. But a mysterious ransom note sparks a struggle between Average and Excellence. Integrated into this tale of organizational excellence is the story of Dave, a delivery man. The kidnapping causes Dave to contemplate his own life and relationships in a way that makes the paths of personal and organizational excellence cross and intertwine. Who Kidnapped Excellence? is a parable that helps organizations and individuals achieve their best in every aspect of their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders Open Doors: A Radically Simple Leadership Approach to Lift People, Profits, and Performance Author: Bill Treasurer Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leadership is the most overanalyzed, thoroughly dissected, and utterly confused topic in business. In Leaders Open Doors, author Bill Treasurer helps lighten the leadership load by distilling that leaders are simply creators of opportunity for others. Using personal stories and anecdotes, Treasurer presents the idea of open-door leadership–that is, the responsibility that leaders have for noticing, identifying, and creating opportunities for the benefit of people, organizations, and society. Each chapter includes useful and specific tips that can immediately be put into practice. Drawing on two decades of consulting experience, Treasurer introduces six unique opportunity doors: the proving-ground door the thought-shifting door the door to a second chance the doors you open for others the door to personal transformation the door to your open heart Treasurer shows that leadership isn’t a complex and abstract concept. It’s a set of practices and ideals passed from one person to another, across organizations and generations. It is a tradition that makes people’s lives better by opening doors of opportunities for them to thrive, achieve, and lead. Bill Treasurer Sat, 01 Feb 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206662 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders Open Doors: A Radically Simple Leadership Approach to Lift People, Profits, and Performance Author: Bill Treasurer Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leadership is the most overanalyzed, thoroughly dissected, and utterly confused topic in business. In Leaders Open Doors, author Bill Treasurer helps lighten the leadership load by distilling that leaders are simply creators of opportunity for others. Using personal stories and anecdotes, Treasurer presents the idea of open-door leadership–that is, the responsibility that leaders have for noticing, identifying, and creating opportunities for the benefit of people, organizations, and society. Each chapter includes useful and specific tips that can immediately be put into practice. Drawing on two decades of consulting experience, Treasurer introduces six unique opportunity doors: the proving-ground door the thought-shifting door the door to a second chance the doors you open for others the door to personal transformation the door to your open heart Treasurer shows that leadership isn’t a complex and abstract concept. It’s a set of practices and ideals passed from one person to another, across organizations and generations. It is a tradition that makes people’s lives better by opening doors of opportunities for them to thrive, achieve, and lead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders Open Doors: A Radically Simple Leadership Approach to Lift People, Profits, and Performance Author: Bill Treasurer Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leadership is the most overanalyzed, thoroughly dissected, and utterly confused topic in business. In Leaders Open Doors, author Bill Treasurer helps lighten the leadership load by distilling that leaders are simply creators of opportunity for others. Using personal stories and anecdotes, Treasurer presents the idea of open-door leadership–that is, the responsibility that leaders have for noticing, identifying, and creating opportunities for the benefit of people, organizations, and society. Each chapter includes useful and specific tips that can immediately be put into practice. Drawing on two decades of consulting experience, Treasurer introduces six unique opportunity doors: the proving-ground door the thought-shifting door the door to a second chance the doors you open for others the door to personal transformation the door to your open heart Treasurer shows that leadership isn’t a complex and abstract concept. It’s a set of practices and ideals passed from one person to another, across organizations and generations. It is a tradition that makes people’s lives better by opening doors of opportunities for them to thrive, achieve, and lead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206660 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Young Money: Inside the Hidden World of Wall Street's Post-Crash Recruits Author: Kevin Roose Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Becoming a young Wall Street banker is like pledging the world's most lucrative and soul-crushing fraternity. Every year, thousands of eager college graduates are hired by the world's financial giants, where they're taught the secrets of making obscene amounts of money-- as well as how to dress, talk, date, drink, and schmooze like real financiers. Young Money is the inside story of this well-guarded world. Kevin Roose, New York magazine business writer and author of the critically acclaimed The Unlikely Disciple, spent more than three years shadowing eight entry-level workers at Goldman Sachs, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and other leading investment firms. Roose chronicled their triumphs and disappointments, their million-dollar trades and runaway Excel spreadsheets, and got an unprecedented (and unauthorized) glimpse of the financial world's initiation process. Roose's young bankers are exposed to the exhausting workloads, huge bonuses, and recreational drugs that have always characterized Wall Street life. But they experience something new, too: an industry forever changed by the massive financial collapse of 2008. And as they get their Wall Street educations, they face hard questions about morality, prestige, and the value of their work. Young Money is more than an expose of excess; it's the story of how the financial crisis changed a generation-and remade Wall Street from the bottom up. Kevin Roose Tue, 18 Feb 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206660 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Young Money: Inside the Hidden World of Wall Street's Post-Crash Recruits Author: Kevin Roose Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Becoming a young Wall Street banker is like pledging the world's most lucrative and soul-crushing fraternity. Every year, thousands of eager college graduates are hired by the world's financial giants, where they're taught the secrets of making obscene amounts of money-- as well as how to dress, talk, date, drink, and schmooze like real financiers. Young Money is the inside story of this well-guarded world. Kevin Roose, New York magazine business writer and author of the critically acclaimed The Unlikely Disciple, spent more than three years shadowing eight entry-level workers at Goldman Sachs, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and other leading investment firms. Roose chronicled their triumphs and disappointments, their million-dollar trades and runaway Excel spreadsheets, and got an unprecedented (and unauthorized) glimpse of the financial world's initiation process. Roose's young bankers are exposed to the exhausting workloads, huge bonuses, and recreational drugs that have always characterized Wall Street life. But they experience something new, too: an industry forever changed by the massive financial collapse of 2008. And as they get their Wall Street educations, they face hard questions about morality, prestige, and the value of their work. Young Money is more than an expose of excess; it's the story of how the financial crisis changed a generation-and remade Wall Street from the bottom up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Young Money: Inside the Hidden World of Wall Street's Post-Crash Recruits Author: Kevin Roose Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Becoming a young Wall Street banker is like pledging the world's most lucrative and soul-crushing fraternity. Every year, thousands of eager college graduates are hired by the world's financial giants, where they're taught the secrets of making obscene amounts of money-- as well as how to dress, talk, date, drink, and schmooze like real financiers. Young Money is the inside story of this well-guarded world. Kevin Roose, New York magazine business writer and author of the critically acclaimed The Unlikely Disciple, spent more than three years shadowing eight entry-level workers at Goldman Sachs, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and other leading investment firms. Roose chronicled their triumphs and disappointments, their million-dollar trades and runaway Excel spreadsheets, and got an unprecedented (and unauthorized) glimpse of the financial world's initiation process. Roose's young bankers are exposed to the exhausting workloads, huge bonuses, and recreational drugs that have always characterized Wall Street life. But they experience something new, too: an industry forever changed by the massive financial collapse of 2008. And as they get their Wall Street educations, they face hard questions about morality, prestige, and the value of their work. Young Money is more than an expose of excess; it's the story of how the financial crisis changed a generation-and remade Wall Street from the bottom up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Q-Loop: The Art & Science of Lasting Corporate Change Author: Brian Klapper Narrator: Brandon Cassinelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The business environment has never been more fast-paced and competitive. Survival, let alone success, depends on an organization’s ability to recognize possibilities, innovate, implement change, and sustain that transformation. Yet a paradox exists. How does an established organization filled with long-time employees, a deeply entrenched culture, and a history of drawn-out planning and development cycles become nimble, innovative, and responsive? In The Q-Loop Brian Klapper reveals the “art and science” of lasting transformation based on a proven, repeatable model. Learn how to unlock the potential of your organization’s collective intelligence to create buy-in from top to bottom. The Q-Loop extracts the deep knowledge that resides with front line employees, breaks down their inherent resistance to change, and converts them into passionate advocates who are fully invested in leading the organization to achieve transformational results. Brian Klapper Wed, 01 Jan 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205028 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Q-Loop: The Art & Science of Lasting Corporate Change Author: Brian Klapper Narrator: Brandon Cassinelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The business environment has never been more fast-paced and competitive. Survival, let alone success, depends on an organization’s ability to recognize possibilities, innovate, implement change, and sustain that transformation. Yet a paradox exists. How does an established organization filled with long-time employees, a deeply entrenched culture, and a history of drawn-out planning and development cycles become nimble, innovative, and responsive? In The Q-Loop Brian Klapper reveals the “art and science” of lasting transformation based on a proven, repeatable model. Learn how to unlock the potential of your organization’s collective intelligence to create buy-in from top to bottom. The Q-Loop extracts the deep knowledge that resides with front line employees, breaks down their inherent resistance to change, and converts them into passionate advocates who are fully invested in leading the organization to achieve transformational results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Q-Loop: The Art & Science of Lasting Corporate Change Author: Brian Klapper Narrator: Brandon Cassinelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The business environment has never been more fast-paced and competitive. Survival, let alone success, depends on an organization’s ability to recognize possibilities, innovate, implement change, and sustain that transformation. Yet a paradox exists. How does an established organization filled with long-time employees, a deeply entrenched culture, and a history of drawn-out planning and development cycles become nimble, innovative, and responsive? In The Q-Loop Brian Klapper reveals the “art and science” of lasting transformation based on a proven, repeatable model. Learn how to unlock the potential of your organization’s collective intelligence to create buy-in from top to bottom. The Q-Loop extracts the deep knowledge that resides with front line employees, breaks down their inherent resistance to change, and converts them into passionate advocates who are fully invested in leading the organization to achieve transformational results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204576 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Jobs Strategy: How the Smartest Companies Invest in Employees to Lower Costs and Boost Profits Author: Zeynep Ton Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Almost one in four American working adults has a job that pays less than a living wage. Conventional wisdom says that’s how the world has to work. Bad jobs with low wages, minimal benefits, little training, and chaotic schedules are the only way companies can keep costs down and prices low. If companies were to offer better jobs, customers would have to pay more or companies would have to make less. But in The Good Jobs Strategy, Zeynep Ton, a professor at the MIT Sloan School of Management, makes the compelling case that even in low-cost settings, leaving employees behind—with bad jobs—is a choice, not a necessity. Drawing on more than a decade of research, Ton shows how operational excellence enables companies to offer the lowest prices to customers while ensuring good jobs for their employees and superior results for their investors. Ton describes the elements of the good jobs strategy in a variety of successful companies around the world, including Southwest Airlines, UPS, Toyota, Zappos, and In-N-Out Burger. She focuses on four model retailers—Costco, Mercadona, Trader Joe’s, and QuikTrip—to demonstrate the good jobs strategy at work and reveals four choices that have transformed these companies’ high investment in workers into lower costs, higher profits, and greater customer satisfaction. Full of surprising, counterintuitive insights, the book answers questions such as: How can offering fewer products increase customer satisfaction? Why would having more employees than you need reduce costs and boost profits? How can companies simultaneously standardize work and empower employees? The Good Jobs Strategy outlines an invaluable blueprint for any organization that wants to pursue a sustainable competitive strategy in which everyone—employees, customers, and investors—wins. Zeynep Ton Tue, 14 Jan 2014 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204576 thebookvoice.com 8:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Jobs Strategy: How the Smartest Companies Invest in Employees to Lower Costs and Boost Profits Author: Zeynep Ton Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Almost one in four American working adults has a job that pays less than a living wage. Conventional wisdom says that’s how the world has to work. Bad jobs with low wages, minimal benefits, little training, and chaotic schedules are the only way companies can keep costs down and prices low. If companies were to offer better jobs, customers would have to pay more or companies would have to make less. But in The Good Jobs Strategy, Zeynep Ton, a professor at the MIT Sloan School of Management, makes the compelling case that even in low-cost settings, leaving employees behind—with bad jobs—is a choice, not a necessity. Drawing on more than a decade of research, Ton shows how operational excellence enables companies to offer the lowest prices to customers while ensuring good jobs for their employees and superior results for their investors. Ton describes the elements of the good jobs strategy in a variety of successful companies around the world, including Southwest Airlines, UPS, Toyota, Zappos, and In-N-Out Burger. She focuses on four model retailers—Costco, Mercadona, Trader Joe’s, and QuikTrip—to demonstrate the good jobs strategy at work and reveals four choices that have transformed these companies’ high investment in workers into lower costs, higher profits, and greater customer satisfaction. Full of surprising, counterintuitive insights, the book answers questions such as: How can offering fewer products increase customer satisfaction? Why would having more employees than you need reduce costs and boost profits? How can companies simultaneously standardize work and empower employees? The Good Jobs Strategy outlines an invaluable blueprint for any organization that wants to pursue a sustainable competitive strategy in which everyone—employees, customers, and investors—wins. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Jobs Strategy: How the Smartest Companies Invest in Employees to Lower Costs and Boost Profits Author: Zeynep Ton Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Almost one in four American working adults has a job that pays less than a living wage. Conventional wisdom says that’s how the world has to work. Bad jobs with low wages, minimal benefits, little training, and chaotic schedules are the only way companies can keep costs down and prices low. If companies were to offer better jobs, customers would have to pay more or companies would have to make less. But in The Good Jobs Strategy, Zeynep Ton, a professor at the MIT Sloan School of Management, makes the compelling case that even in low-cost settings, leaving employees behind—with bad jobs—is a choice, not a necessity. Drawing on more than a decade of research, Ton shows how operational excellence enables companies to offer the lowest prices to customers while ensuring good jobs for their employees and superior results for their investors. Ton describes the elements of the good jobs strategy in a variety of successful companies around the world, including Southwest Airlines, UPS, Toyota, Zappos, and In-N-Out Burger. She focuses on four model retailers—Costco, Mercadona, Trader Joe’s, and QuikTrip—to demonstrate the good jobs strategy at work and reveals four choices that have transformed these companies’ high investment in workers into lower costs, higher profits, and greater customer satisfaction. Full of surprising, counterintuitive insights, the book answers questions such as: How can offering fewer products increase customer satisfaction? Why would having more employees than you need reduce costs and boost profits? How can companies simultaneously standardize work and empower employees? The Good Jobs Strategy outlines an invaluable blueprint for any organization that wants to pursue a sustainable competitive strategy in which everyone—employees, customers, and investors—wins. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203101 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Situations Matter: Understanding How Context Transforms Your World Author: Sam Sommers Narrator: Joshua Swanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 29, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An entertaining and engaging' exploration of the invisible forces influencing your life-and how understanding them can improve everything you do. The world around you is pulling your strings, shaping your innermost instincts and your most private thoughts. And you don't even realize it. Every day and in all walks of life, we overlook the enormous power of situations, of context in our lives. That's a mistake, says Sam Sommers in his provocative new book. Just as a museum visitor neglects to notice the frames around paintings, so do people miss the influence of ordinary situations on the way they think and act. But frames- situations- do matter. Your experience viewing the paintings wouldn't be the same without them. The same is true for human nature. In Situations Matter, Sommers argues that by understanding the powerful influence that context has in our lives and using this knowledge to rethink how we see the world, we can be more effective at work, at home, and in daily interactions with others. He describes the pitfalls to avoid and offers insights into making better decisions and smarter observations about the world around us. ' Sam Sommers Thu, 29 Dec 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203101 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Situations Matter: Understanding How Context Transforms Your World Author: Sam Sommers Narrator: Joshua Swanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 29, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An entertaining and engaging' exploration of the invisible forces influencing your life-and how understanding them can improve everything you do. The world around you is pulling your strings, shaping your innermost instincts and your most private thoughts. And you don't even realize it. Every day and in all walks of life, we overlook the enormous power of situations, of context in our lives. That's a mistake, says Sam Sommers in his provocative new book. Just as a museum visitor neglects to notice the frames around paintings, so do people miss the influence of ordinary situations on the way they think and act. But frames- situations- do matter. Your experience viewing the paintings wouldn't be the same without them. The same is true for human nature. In Situations Matter, Sommers argues that by understanding the powerful influence that context has in our lives and using this knowledge to rethink how we see the world, we can be more effective at work, at home, and in daily interactions with others. He describes the pitfalls to avoid and offers insights into making better decisions and smarter observations about the world around us. ' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203101]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Situations Matter: Understanding How Context Transforms Your World Author: Sam Sommers Narrator: Joshua Swanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 29, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An entertaining and engaging' exploration of the invisible forces influencing your life-and how understanding them can improve everything you do. The world around you is pulling your strings, shaping your innermost instincts and your most private thoughts. And you don't even realize it. Every day and in all walks of life, we overlook the enormous power of situations, of context in our lives. That's a mistake, says Sam Sommers in his provocative new book. Just as a museum visitor neglects to notice the frames around paintings, so do people miss the influence of ordinary situations on the way they think and act. But frames- situations- do matter. Your experience viewing the paintings wouldn't be the same without them. The same is true for human nature. In Situations Matter, Sommers argues that by understanding the powerful influence that context has in our lives and using this knowledge to rethink how we see the world, we can be more effective at work, at home, and in daily interactions with others. He describes the pitfalls to avoid and offers insights into making better decisions and smarter observations about the world around us. ' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202859 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practical Drucker: Applying the Wisdom of the World's Greatest Management Thinker Author: William A. Cohen Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Business gurus come and go. But not Peter Drucker, who remains a towering figure, widely regarded to be the father of modern management and the world’s most influential business thinker. Drucker’s uncanny ability to codify management practices and predict future trends has ensured his lasting impact. His dozens of books include the landmark Concept of the Corporation and The Effective Executive, which remains a bestseller decades after its first appearance. Drucker aimed high to illuminate the big picture of organizations, their people, and the global forces affecting them. As such, his focus on the “what to do” eclipsed the “how to do it” that managers and executives crave. Yet crystalline insights into “how” were always there. Scattered throughout his massive oeuvre are solutions to recurring problems and answers to perplexing questions. The Practical Drucker culls 40 of the most important how-to lessons, each interpreted for today’s business challenges and illustrated with fascinating stories and examples. Discover what Drucker had to say about how to: • Engage your workforce in four essential steps • Use the 80/20 rule to improve performance and cut costs • Stay ahead of the competition by actively anticipating change • Build synergy between marketing and selling • Find the just-right price for your product or service • Conduct useful marketing research, and toss out irrelevant data • Embrace profitability, while avoiding the dangers of profit maximization • Make a business case for acting in socially responsible ways • Make the single most important leadership decision • And much more As a student, scholar, and longtime friend of Peter Drucker, author William A. Cohen is uniquely positioned to illuminate these timeless teachings of the management master, which resonate today with as much force and relevance as when they were first articulated. William A. Cohen Sun, 01 Dec 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202859 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practical Drucker: Applying the Wisdom of the World's Greatest Management Thinker Author: William A. Cohen Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Business gurus come and go. But not Peter Drucker, who remains a towering figure, widely regarded to be the father of modern management and the world’s most influential business thinker. Drucker’s uncanny ability to codify management practices and predict future trends has ensured his lasting impact. His dozens of books include the landmark Concept of the Corporation and The Effective Executive, which remains a bestseller decades after its first appearance. Drucker aimed high to illuminate the big picture of organizations, their people, and the global forces affecting them. As such, his focus on the “what to do” eclipsed the “how to do it” that managers and executives crave. Yet crystalline insights into “how” were always there. Scattered throughout his massive oeuvre are solutions to recurring problems and answers to perplexing questions. The Practical Drucker culls 40 of the most important how-to lessons, each interpreted for today’s business challenges and illustrated with fascinating stories and examples. Discover what Drucker had to say about how to: • Engage your workforce in four essential steps • Use the 80/20 rule to improve performance and cut costs • Stay ahead of the competition by actively anticipating change • Build synergy between marketing and selling • Find the just-right price for your product or service • Conduct useful marketing research, and toss out irrelevant data • Embrace profitability, while avoiding the dangers of profit maximization • Make a business case for acting in socially responsible ways • Make the single most important leadership decision • And much more As a student, scholar, and longtime friend of Peter Drucker, author William A. Cohen is uniquely positioned to illuminate these timeless teachings of the management master, which resonate today with as much force and relevance as when they were first articulated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practical Drucker: Applying the Wisdom of the World's Greatest Management Thinker Author: William A. Cohen Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Business gurus come and go. But not Peter Drucker, who remains a towering figure, widely regarded to be the father of modern management and the world’s most influential business thinker. Drucker’s uncanny ability to codify management practices and predict future trends has ensured his lasting impact. His dozens of books include the landmark Concept of the Corporation and The Effective Executive, which remains a bestseller decades after its first appearance. Drucker aimed high to illuminate the big picture of organizations, their people, and the global forces affecting them. As such, his focus on the “what to do” eclipsed the “how to do it” that managers and executives crave. Yet crystalline insights into “how” were always there. Scattered throughout his massive oeuvre are solutions to recurring problems and answers to perplexing questions. The Practical Drucker culls 40 of the most important how-to lessons, each interpreted for today’s business challenges and illustrated with fascinating stories and examples. Discover what Drucker had to say about how to: • Engage your workforce in four essential steps • Use the 80/20 rule to improve performance and cut costs • Stay ahead of the competition by actively anticipating change • Build synergy between marketing and selling • Find the just-right price for your product or service • Conduct useful marketing research, and toss out irrelevant data • Embrace profitability, while avoiding the dangers of profit maximization • Make a business case for acting in socially responsible ways • Make the single most important leadership decision • And much more As a student, scholar, and longtime friend of Peter Drucker, author William A. Cohen is uniquely positioned to illuminate these timeless teachings of the management master, which resonate today with as much force and relevance as when they were first articulated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Your Future the Peter Drucker Way: Developing and Applying a Forward-Focused Mindset Author: Bruce Rosenstein Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 22, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your future begins today.You can dream it. You can plan it. You can try to make it happen. But you can never really prepare for the future unless you have a future-focused mindset. That is the underlying message behind the inspiring words and wisdom of Peter Drucker, the legendary “father of modern management.” Drucker believed that the future must be created—day by day, person by person—rather than be left to chance or fate.This powerful audiobook by Drucker scholar and author Bruce Rosenstein incorporates the master’s time-tested principles into a step-by-step daily plan that will change your life forever. Starting right now, you can: 1. Create a future-focused mindset. Learn how to build a better tomorrow by taking steps today.2. Determine the future by what has already happened. Look for clues in the past to forecast the future.3. Become your own successor. Keep yourself in demand and in control of your destiny.4.Shape the future of your organization. Go beyond the planning stage and create real change.5.Build your future beyond your current workplace. Identify challenges and opportunities in all aspects of your life.Whether you’re a recent college graduate faced with a difficult job market, an ambitious entrepreneur trying to anticipate the Next Big Thing, or a struggling executive weathering a storm of constant global change, Drucker’s surprisingly timely approach to the future will guide you through anything the world throws at you.You’ll discover creative techniques for rolling with the punches and landing on your feet, open-minded strategies for turning your ideas into action, and the latest tools for adapting to new technologies like social media and Internet marketing. You’ll find inspiring advice and insights drawn from personal interviews with Drucker himself and some of the greatest business leaders of our time. Most importantly, you’ll develop your own exciting, forward-thinking approach to the future that will dramatically alter your life, inside and outside the office.This is how you take charge of your destiny. This is how you make your dreams come true. This is how to Create Your Future the Peter Drucker Way. Bruce Rosenstein Fri, 22 Nov 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202677 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Your Future the Peter Drucker Way: Developing and Applying a Forward-Focused Mindset Author: Bruce Rosenstein Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 22, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your future begins today.You can dream it. You can plan it. You can try to make it happen. But you can never really prepare for the future unless you have a future-focused mindset. That is the underlying message behind the inspiring words and wisdom of Peter Drucker, the legendary “father of modern management.” Drucker believed that the future must be created—day by day, person by person—rather than be left to chance or fate.This powerful audiobook by Drucker scholar and author Bruce Rosenstein incorporates the master’s time-tested principles into a step-by-step daily plan that will change your life forever. Starting right now, you can: 1. Create a future-focused mindset. Learn how to build a better tomorrow by taking steps today.2. Determine the future by what has already happened. Look for clues in the past to forecast the future.3. Become your own successor. Keep yourself in demand and in control of your destiny.4.Shape the future of your organization. Go beyond the planning stage and create real change.5.Build your future beyond your current workplace. Identify challenges and opportunities in all aspects of your life.Whether you’re a recent college graduate faced with a difficult job market, an ambitious entrepreneur trying to anticipate the Next Big Thing, or a struggling executive weathering a storm of constant global change, Drucker’s surprisingly timely approach to the future will guide you through anything the world throws at you.You’ll discover creative techniques for rolling with the punches and landing on your feet, open-minded strategies for turning your ideas into action, and the latest tools for adapting to new technologies like social media and Internet marketing. You’ll find inspiring advice and insights drawn from personal interviews with Drucker himself and some of the greatest business leaders of our time. Most importantly, you’ll develop your own exciting, forward-thinking approach to the future that will dramatically alter your life, inside and outside the office.This is how you take charge of your destiny. This is how you make your dreams come true. This is how to Create Your Future the Peter Drucker Way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Your Future the Peter Drucker Way: Developing and Applying a Forward-Focused Mindset Author: Bruce Rosenstein Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 22, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your future begins today.You can dream it. You can plan it. You can try to make it happen. But you can never really prepare for the future unless you have a future-focused mindset. That is the underlying message behind the inspiring words and wisdom of Peter Drucker, the legendary “father of modern management.” Drucker believed that the future must be created—day by day, person by person—rather than be left to chance or fate.This powerful audiobook by Drucker scholar and author Bruce Rosenstein incorporates the master’s time-tested principles into a step-by-step daily plan that will change your life forever. Starting right now, you can: 1. Create a future-focused mindset. Learn how to build a better tomorrow by taking steps today.2. Determine the future by what has already happened. Look for clues in the past to forecast the future.3. Become your own successor. Keep yourself in demand and in control of your destiny.4.Shape the future of your organization. Go beyond the planning stage and create real change.5.Build your future beyond your current workplace. Identify challenges and opportunities in all aspects of your life.Whether you’re a recent college graduate faced with a difficult job market, an ambitious entrepreneur trying to anticipate the Next Big Thing, or a struggling executive weathering a storm of constant global change, Drucker’s surprisingly timely approach to the future will guide you through anything the world throws at you.You’ll discover creative techniques for rolling with the punches and landing on your feet, open-minded strategies for turning your ideas into action, and the latest tools for adapting to new technologies like social media and Internet marketing. You’ll find inspiring advice and insights drawn from personal interviews with Drucker himself and some of the greatest business leaders of our time. Most importantly, you’ll develop your own exciting, forward-thinking approach to the future that will dramatically alter your life, inside and outside the office.This is how you take charge of your destiny. This is how you make your dreams come true. This is how to Create Your Future the Peter Drucker Way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enchantment: The Art of Changing Hearts, Minds, and Actions Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Guy Kawasaki, Dan John Miller, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Enchantment, as defined by bestselling business guru Guy Kawasaki, is not about manipulating people. It transforms situations and relationships. It converts hostility into civility and civility into affinity. It changes the skeptics and cynics into the believers and the undecided into the loyal. Enchantment can happen during a retail transaction, a high-level corporate negotiation, or a Facebook update. And when done right, it's more powerful than traditional persuasion, influence, or marketing techniques.Kawasaki argues that in business and personal interactions, your goal is not merely to get what you want but to bring about a voluntary, enduring, and delightful change in other people. By enlisting their own goals and desires, by being likable and trustworthy, and by framing a cause that others can embrace, you can change hearts, minds, and actions. For instance, enchantment is what enabled . . .* A Peace Corps volunteer to finesse a potentially violent confrontation with armed guerrillas.* A small cable channel (E!) to win the TV broadcast rights to radio superstar Howard Stern.??* A seemingly crazy new running shoe (Vibram Five Fingers) to methodically build a passionate customer base.??* A Canadian crystal maker (Nova Scotian Crystal) to turn observers into buyers.This book explains all the tactics you need to prepare and launch an enchantment campaign; to get the most from both push and pull technologies; and to enchant your customers, your employees, and even your boss. It shows how enchantment can turn difficult decisions your way, at times when intangibles mean more than hard facts. It will help you overcome other people's entrenched habits and defy the not-always-wise 'wisdom of the crowd.'Kawasaki's lessons are drawn from his tenure at one of the most enchanting organizations of all time, Apple, as well as his decades of experience as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist. There are few people in the world more qualified to teach you how to enchant people.As Kawasaki writes, 'Want to change the world? Change caterpillars into butterflies? This takes more than run-of-the-mill relationships. You need to convince people to dream the same dream that you do.' That's a big goal, but one that's possible for all of us. Guy Kawasaki Tue, 08 Mar 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enchantment: The Art of Changing Hearts, Minds, and Actions Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Guy Kawasaki, Dan John Miller, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Enchantment, as defined by bestselling business guru Guy Kawasaki, is not about manipulating people. It transforms situations and relationships. It converts hostility into civility and civility into affinity. It changes the skeptics and cynics into the believers and the undecided into the loyal. Enchantment can happen during a retail transaction, a high-level corporate negotiation, or a Facebook update. And when done right, it's more powerful than traditional persuasion, influence, or marketing techniques.Kawasaki argues that in business and personal interactions, your goal is not merely to get what you want but to bring about a voluntary, enduring, and delightful change in other people. By enlisting their own goals and desires, by being likable and trustworthy, and by framing a cause that others can embrace, you can change hearts, minds, and actions. For instance, enchantment is what enabled . . .* A Peace Corps volunteer to finesse a potentially violent confrontation with armed guerrillas.* A small cable channel (E!) to win the TV broadcast rights to radio superstar Howard Stern.??* A seemingly crazy new running shoe (Vibram Five Fingers) to methodically build a passionate customer base.??* A Canadian crystal maker (Nova Scotian Crystal) to turn observers into buyers.This book explains all the tactics you need to prepare and launch an enchantment campaign; to get the most from both push and pull technologies; and to enchant your customers, your employees, and even your boss. It shows how enchantment can turn difficult decisions your way, at times when intangibles mean more than hard facts. It will help you overcome other people's entrenched habits and defy the not-always-wise 'wisdom of the crowd.'Kawasaki's lessons are drawn from his tenure at one of the most enchanting organizations of all time, Apple, as well as his decades of experience as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist. There are few people in the world more qualified to teach you how to enchant people.As Kawasaki writes, 'Want to change the world? Change caterpillars into butterflies? This takes more than run-of-the-mill relationships. You need to convince people to dream the same dream that you do.' That's a big goal, but one that's possible for all of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enchantment: The Art of Changing Hearts, Minds, and Actions Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Guy Kawasaki, Dan John Miller, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Enchantment, as defined by bestselling business guru Guy Kawasaki, is not about manipulating people. It transforms situations and relationships. It converts hostility into civility and civility into affinity. It changes the skeptics and cynics into the believers and the undecided into the loyal. Enchantment can happen during a retail transaction, a high-level corporate negotiation, or a Facebook update. And when done right, it's more powerful than traditional persuasion, influence, or marketing techniques.Kawasaki argues that in business and personal interactions, your goal is not merely to get what you want but to bring about a voluntary, enduring, and delightful change in other people. By enlisting their own goals and desires, by being likable and trustworthy, and by framing a cause that others can embrace, you can change hearts, minds, and actions. For instance, enchantment is what enabled . . .* A Peace Corps volunteer to finesse a potentially violent confrontation with armed guerrillas.* A small cable channel (E!) to win the TV broadcast rights to radio superstar Howard Stern.??* A seemingly crazy new running shoe (Vibram Five Fingers) to methodically build a passionate customer base.??* A Canadian crystal maker (Nova Scotian Crystal) to turn observers into buyers.This book explains all the tactics you need to prepare and launch an enchantment campaign; to get the most from both push and pull technologies; and to enchant your customers, your employees, and even your boss. It shows how enchantment can turn difficult decisions your way, at times when intangibles mean more than hard facts. It will help you overcome other people's entrenched habits and defy the not-always-wise 'wisdom of the crowd.'Kawasaki's lessons are drawn from his tenure at one of the most enchanting organizations of all time, Apple, as well as his decades of experience as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist. There are few people in the world more qualified to teach you how to enchant people.As Kawasaki writes, 'Want to change the world? Change caterpillars into butterflies? This takes more than run-of-the-mill relationships. You need to convince people to dream the same dream that you do.' That's a big goal, but one that's possible for all of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Change Work: Staying Nimble, Relevant, and Engaged in a World of Constant Change Author: Randy Pennington Narrator: Randy Pennington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 1, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What would happen if you, your team, and your entire organization were constantly focused on adapting, changing, and improving your business? Imagine the results that a nimble and engaged organization could achieve—and how that will help you stay relevant in a competitive marketplace. Make Change Work presents real ideas for thriving in a world of constant change. This isn't just another book that tells you change is coming, so get ready. It is a field guide to help you design and implement a strategy for leading change and delivering meaningful business results. You will learn: How to rate your organization on a scale of Dodos to Coyotes Why change fails and what good change looks like in today's organizations How to be bold in the face of change How to make your company faster, better, cheaper, and friendlier—by simply listening to your customers How to take the uncertainty out of the change process for your employees Six leadership strategies for creating urgency, building support, and ensuring successful change The specific challenges that occur when change isn't a choice (such as a downsizing or merger) How to lead by example and not by decree The future of change Your employees want you to lead them through change and not just shuffle them around on a chessboard. They want to make change work, but in order for them to do that, you need to show your own adaptability, resolve, and resilience. This book will help you establish a clear and purposeful goal, inspire a culture relentlessly focused on customers, and create an environment where your talented team wants to Make Change Work. Randy Pennington Fri, 01 Nov 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201637 thebookvoice.com 3:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Change Work: Staying Nimble, Relevant, and Engaged in a World of Constant Change Author: Randy Pennington Narrator: Randy Pennington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 1, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What would happen if you, your team, and your entire organization were constantly focused on adapting, changing, and improving your business? Imagine the results that a nimble and engaged organization could achieve—and how that will help you stay relevant in a competitive marketplace. Make Change Work presents real ideas for thriving in a world of constant change. This isn't just another book that tells you change is coming, so get ready. It is a field guide to help you design and implement a strategy for leading change and delivering meaningful business results. You will learn: How to rate your organization on a scale of Dodos to Coyotes Why change fails and what good change looks like in today's organizations How to be bold in the face of change How to make your company faster, better, cheaper, and friendlier—by simply listening to your customers How to take the uncertainty out of the change process for your employees Six leadership strategies for creating urgency, building support, and ensuring successful change The specific challenges that occur when change isn't a choice (such as a downsizing or merger) How to lead by example and not by decree The future of change Your employees want you to lead them through change and not just shuffle them around on a chessboard. They want to make change work, but in order for them to do that, you need to show your own adaptability, resolve, and resilience. This book will help you establish a clear and purposeful goal, inspire a culture relentlessly focused on customers, and create an environment where your talented team wants to Make Change Work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Change Work: Staying Nimble, Relevant, and Engaged in a World of Constant Change Author: Randy Pennington Narrator: Randy Pennington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 1, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What would happen if you, your team, and your entire organization were constantly focused on adapting, changing, and improving your business? Imagine the results that a nimble and engaged organization could achieve—and how that will help you stay relevant in a competitive marketplace. Make Change Work presents real ideas for thriving in a world of constant change. This isn't just another book that tells you change is coming, so get ready. It is a field guide to help you design and implement a strategy for leading change and delivering meaningful business results. You will learn: How to rate your organization on a scale of Dodos to Coyotes Why change fails and what good change looks like in today's organizations How to be bold in the face of change How to make your company faster, better, cheaper, and friendlier—by simply listening to your customers How to take the uncertainty out of the change process for your employees Six leadership strategies for creating urgency, building support, and ensuring successful change The specific challenges that occur when change isn't a choice (such as a downsizing or merger) How to lead by example and not by decree The future of change Your employees want you to lead them through change and not just shuffle them around on a chessboard. They want to make change work, but in order for them to do that, you need to show your own adaptability, resolve, and resilience. This book will help you establish a clear and purposeful goal, inspire a culture relentlessly focused on customers, and create an environment where your talented team wants to Make Change Work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Reward Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Bob Nelson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 15, 2007 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Management expert Bob Nelson provides 1001 ways to provide the right reinforcement to get and reward excellent performance. He took the seeds of an idea and turned it into something indispensable for business. Bob Nelson Sun, 15 Apr 2007 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201323 thebookvoice.com 3:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Reward Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Bob Nelson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 15, 2007 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Management expert Bob Nelson provides 1001 ways to provide the right reinforcement to get and reward excellent performance. He took the seeds of an idea and turned it into something indispensable for business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Reward Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Bob Nelson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 15, 2007 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Management expert Bob Nelson provides 1001 ways to provide the right reinforcement to get and reward excellent performance. He took the seeds of an idea and turned it into something indispensable for business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Energize Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Bob Nelson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 15, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bob Nelson presents useful management concepts in a highly accessible and usable way. Bob Nelson Sun, 15 Apr 2007 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201322 thebookvoice.com 3:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Energize Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Bob Nelson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 15, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bob Nelson presents useful management concepts in a highly accessible and usable way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Energize Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Bob Nelson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 15, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bob Nelson presents useful management concepts in a highly accessible and usable way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Big Fast and Do More Good: Start Your Business, Make It Huge, and Change the World Author: Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Narrator: Nico Evers-Swindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get Big Fast and Do More Good is a guide to modern entrepreneurship and accelerated brand-building from the founders of Yes To Inc, the company behind the breakthrough natural beauty brand Yes to Carrots. Ido Leffler and Lance Kalish, two 29-year-old Australians with very different backgrounds and skills, cofounded their company in 2006 with little more than a dream and made it big. Yes to Carrots has become one of the biggest natural beauty brands in the world and is one of the fastest-growing skincare brands. Leffler and Kalish have accomplished it all while maintaining solid principles, investing in meaningful business relation¬ships, giving back to the community, and still making it home in time for dinner. The authors started their business with nothing but chutzpah and great instincts for products with potential. They’ve since made lots of great decisions and some really, really bad ones, and are ready to share their hard-won secret to success: a strong, resilient, trusting partnership coupled with a great sense of humor. Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Tue, 05 Nov 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Big Fast and Do More Good: Start Your Business, Make It Huge, and Change the World Author: Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Narrator: Nico Evers-Swindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get Big Fast and Do More Good is a guide to modern entrepreneurship and accelerated brand-building from the founders of Yes To Inc, the company behind the breakthrough natural beauty brand Yes to Carrots. Ido Leffler and Lance Kalish, two 29-year-old Australians with very different backgrounds and skills, cofounded their company in 2006 with little more than a dream and made it big. Yes to Carrots has become one of the biggest natural beauty brands in the world and is one of the fastest-growing skincare brands. Leffler and Kalish have accomplished it all while maintaining solid principles, investing in meaningful business relation¬ships, giving back to the community, and still making it home in time for dinner. The authors started their business with nothing but chutzpah and great instincts for products with potential. They’ve since made lots of great decisions and some really, really bad ones, and are ready to share their hard-won secret to success: a strong, resilient, trusting partnership coupled with a great sense of humor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Big Fast and Do More Good: Start Your Business, Make It Huge, and Change the World Author: Ido Leffler, Lance Kalish Narrator: Nico Evers-Swindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get Big Fast and Do More Good is a guide to modern entrepreneurship and accelerated brand-building from the founders of Yes To Inc, the company behind the breakthrough natural beauty brand Yes to Carrots. Ido Leffler and Lance Kalish, two 29-year-old Australians with very different backgrounds and skills, cofounded their company in 2006 with little more than a dream and made it big. Yes to Carrots has become one of the biggest natural beauty brands in the world and is one of the fastest-growing skincare brands. Leffler and Kalish have accomplished it all while maintaining solid principles, investing in meaningful business relation¬ships, giving back to the community, and still making it home in time for dinner. The authors started their business with nothing but chutzpah and great instincts for products with potential. They’ve since made lots of great decisions and some really, really bad ones, and are ready to share their hard-won secret to success: a strong, resilient, trusting partnership coupled with a great sense of humor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making It All Work: Winning at the Game of Work and the Business of Life Author: David Allen Narrator: David Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The companion to the blockbuster bestseller, Getting Things Done. Since its publication in 2001, Getting Things Done has become, as Time magazine put it, 'the defining self-help business book' of the decade. Having inspired millions of readers around the world, it clearly spoke to an urgent need in an increasingly time-pressured society. Now, in the highly anticipated sequel Making It All Work, Allen unlocks the full power of his methods across the entire span of life and work. While Getting Things Done functioned as an essential tool kit, Making It All Work is an invaluable road map, providing both bearings to help you determine where you are in life and directions on how to get to where you want to go. David Allen Thu, 22 Jan 2009 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200813 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making It All Work: Winning at the Game of Work and the Business of Life Author: David Allen Narrator: David Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The companion to the blockbuster bestseller, Getting Things Done. Since its publication in 2001, Getting Things Done has become, as Time magazine put it, 'the defining self-help business book' of the decade. Having inspired millions of readers around the world, it clearly spoke to an urgent need in an increasingly time-pressured society. Now, in the highly anticipated sequel Making It All Work, Allen unlocks the full power of his methods across the entire span of life and work. While Getting Things Done functioned as an essential tool kit, Making It All Work is an invaluable road map, providing both bearings to help you determine where you are in life and directions on how to get to where you want to go. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making It All Work: Winning at the Game of Work and the Business of Life Author: David Allen Narrator: David Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The companion to the blockbuster bestseller, Getting Things Done. Since its publication in 2001, Getting Things Done has become, as Time magazine put it, 'the defining self-help business book' of the decade. Having inspired millions of readers around the world, it clearly spoke to an urgent need in an increasingly time-pressured society. Now, in the highly anticipated sequel Making It All Work, Allen unlocks the full power of his methods across the entire span of life and work. While Getting Things Done functioned as an essential tool kit, Making It All Work is an invaluable road map, providing both bearings to help you determine where you are in life and directions on how to get to where you want to go. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200563 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out Think: How Innovative Leaders Drive Exceptional Outcomes Author: G. Shawn Hunter Narrator: G. Shawn Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We've entered a new era. Call it the age of imagination, ideation, conceptualization, creativity, innovation--take your pick. Creativity, mental flexibility, and collaboration have displaced one-dimensional intelligence and isolated determination as core ingredients of competitive advantage. But these methods and mindsets needed to drive innovation are only found by tapping into the discretionary levels of passion, creativity and initiative within us. This is where Out Think leadership comes in. In each chapter a key idea, behavior, or mindset shift is presented. The shift is illustrated through unparalleled interviews with business leaders conducted by the author. Techniques are described to show how the shift or idea can be implemented, with real-world examples. Assessments, exercises, and actionable messaging are highlighted throughout the audio book. Through interviews and collaboration with thought-leaders across industries, Out Think gathers insights, stories, and actionable take-aways, with an emphasis on results, that can drive the change that leaders want and need in their organizations. G. Shawn Hunter Fri, 01 Nov 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200563 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out Think: How Innovative Leaders Drive Exceptional Outcomes Author: G. Shawn Hunter Narrator: G. Shawn Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We've entered a new era. Call it the age of imagination, ideation, conceptualization, creativity, innovation--take your pick. Creativity, mental flexibility, and collaboration have displaced one-dimensional intelligence and isolated determination as core ingredients of competitive advantage. But these methods and mindsets needed to drive innovation are only found by tapping into the discretionary levels of passion, creativity and initiative within us. This is where Out Think leadership comes in. In each chapter a key idea, behavior, or mindset shift is presented. The shift is illustrated through unparalleled interviews with business leaders conducted by the author. Techniques are described to show how the shift or idea can be implemented, with real-world examples. Assessments, exercises, and actionable messaging are highlighted throughout the audio book. Through interviews and collaboration with thought-leaders across industries, Out Think gathers insights, stories, and actionable take-aways, with an emphasis on results, that can drive the change that leaders want and need in their organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out Think: How Innovative Leaders Drive Exceptional Outcomes Author: G. Shawn Hunter Narrator: G. Shawn Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We've entered a new era. Call it the age of imagination, ideation, conceptualization, creativity, innovation--take your pick. Creativity, mental flexibility, and collaboration have displaced one-dimensional intelligence and isolated determination as core ingredients of competitive advantage. But these methods and mindsets needed to drive innovation are only found by tapping into the discretionary levels of passion, creativity and initiative within us. This is where Out Think leadership comes in. In each chapter a key idea, behavior, or mindset shift is presented. The shift is illustrated through unparalleled interviews with business leaders conducted by the author. Techniques are described to show how the shift or idea can be implemented, with real-world examples. Assessments, exercises, and actionable messaging are highlighted throughout the audio book. Through interviews and collaboration with thought-leaders across industries, Out Think gathers insights, stories, and actionable take-aways, with an emphasis on results, that can drive the change that leaders want and need in their organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198504 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 80/20 Manager: The Secret to Working Less and Achieving More Author: Richard Koch Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Richard Koch shows managers how to apply the 80/20 Principle to achieve exceptional results at work -- without stress or long hours. In his bestselling book The 80/20 Principle , Richard Koch showed readers how to put the 80/20 Principle -- the idea that 80 percent of results come from just 20 percent of effort -- into practice in their personal lives. Now in The 80/20 Manager, he demonstrates how to apply the principle to management. An 80/20 manager learns to focus only on the issues that really matter, achieving exceptional results, and feeling successful everyday while working less hard in fewer hours. A large number of managers -- especially in these difficult times -- feel completely overwhelmed. Their inboxes are overflowing and they constantly struggle to finish their to-do lists, leaving little time for the things that really matter. The 80/20 Manager shows a new way to look at management -- and at life -- to enjoy work and build a successful and fulfilling career. Richard Koch Tue, 01 Oct 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198504 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 80/20 Manager: The Secret to Working Less and Achieving More Author: Richard Koch Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Richard Koch shows managers how to apply the 80/20 Principle to achieve exceptional results at work -- without stress or long hours. In his bestselling book The 80/20 Principle , Richard Koch showed readers how to put the 80/20 Principle -- the idea that 80 percent of results come from just 20 percent of effort -- into practice in their personal lives. Now in The 80/20 Manager, he demonstrates how to apply the principle to management. An 80/20 manager learns to focus only on the issues that really matter, achieving exceptional results, and feeling successful everyday while working less hard in fewer hours. A large number of managers -- especially in these difficult times -- feel completely overwhelmed. Their inboxes are overflowing and they constantly struggle to finish their to-do lists, leaving little time for the things that really matter. The 80/20 Manager shows a new way to look at management -- and at life -- to enjoy work and build a successful and fulfilling career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 80/20 Manager: The Secret to Working Less and Achieving More Author: Richard Koch Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Richard Koch shows managers how to apply the 80/20 Principle to achieve exceptional results at work -- without stress or long hours. In his bestselling book The 80/20 Principle , Richard Koch showed readers how to put the 80/20 Principle -- the idea that 80 percent of results come from just 20 percent of effort -- into practice in their personal lives. Now in The 80/20 Manager, he demonstrates how to apply the principle to management. An 80/20 manager learns to focus only on the issues that really matter, achieving exceptional results, and feeling successful everyday while working less hard in fewer hours. A large number of managers -- especially in these difficult times -- feel completely overwhelmed. Their inboxes are overflowing and they constantly struggle to finish their to-do lists, leaving little time for the things that really matter. The 80/20 Manager shows a new way to look at management -- and at life -- to enjoy work and build a successful and fulfilling career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remote: Office Not Required Author: David Heinemeier Hansson, Jason Fried Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic guide to working from home and why we should embrace a virtual office, from the bestselling authors of Rework     “A paradigm-smashing, compulsively readable case for a radically remote workplace.”—Susan Cain, New York Times bestselling author of Quiet   Does working from home—or anywhere else but the office—make sense? In Remote, Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson, the founders of Basecamp, bring new insight to the hotly debated argument. While providing a complete overview of remote work’s challenges, Jason and David persuasively argue that, often, the advantages of working “off-site” far outweigh the drawbacks.   In the past decade, the “under one roof” model of conducting work has been steadily declining, owing to technology that is rapidly creating virtual workspaces. Today the new paradigm is “move work to the workers, rather than workers to the workplace.” Companies see advantages in the way remote work increases their talent pool, reduces turnover, lessens their real estate footprint, and improves their ability to conduct business across multiple time zones. But what about the workers? Jason and David point out that remote work means working at the best job (not just one that is nearby) and achieving a harmonious work-life balance while increasing productivity.   And those are just some of the perks to be gained from leaving the office behind. Remote reveals a multitude of other benefits, along with in-the-trenches tips for easing your way out of the office door where you control how your workday will unfold.   Whether you’re a manager fretting over how to manage workers who “want out” or a worker who wants to achieve a lifestyle upgrade while still being a top performer professionally, this book is your indispensable guide. David Heinemeier Hansson, Jason Fried Tue, 29 Oct 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198212 thebookvoice.com 3:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remote: Office Not Required Author: David Heinemeier Hansson, Jason Fried Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic guide to working from home and why we should embrace a virtual office, from the bestselling authors of Rework     “A paradigm-smashing, compulsively readable case for a radically remote workplace.”—Susan Cain, New York Times bestselling author of Quiet   Does working from home—or anywhere else but the office—make sense? In Remote, Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson, the founders of Basecamp, bring new insight to the hotly debated argument. While providing a complete overview of remote work’s challenges, Jason and David persuasively argue that, often, the advantages of working “off-site” far outweigh the drawbacks.   In the past decade, the “under one roof” model of conducting work has been steadily declining, owing to technology that is rapidly creating virtual workspaces. Today the new paradigm is “move work to the workers, rather than workers to the workplace.” Companies see advantages in the way remote work increases their talent pool, reduces turnover, lessens their real estate footprint, and improves their ability to conduct business across multiple time zones. But what about the workers? Jason and David point out that remote work means working at the best job (not just one that is nearby) and achieving a harmonious work-life balance while increasing productivity.   And those are just some of the perks to be gained from leaving the office behind. Remote reveals a multitude of other benefits, along with in-the-trenches tips for easing your way out of the office door where you control how your workday will unfold.   Whether you’re a manager fretting over how to manage workers who “want out” or a worker who wants to achieve a lifestyle upgrade while still being a top performer professionally, this book is your indispensable guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remote: Office Not Required Author: David Heinemeier Hansson, Jason Fried Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic guide to working from home and why we should embrace a virtual office, from the bestselling authors of Rework     “A paradigm-smashing, compulsively readable case for a radically remote workplace.”—Susan Cain, New York Times bestselling author of Quiet   Does working from home—or anywhere else but the office—make sense? In Remote, Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson, the founders of Basecamp, bring new insight to the hotly debated argument. While providing a complete overview of remote work’s challenges, Jason and David persuasively argue that, often, the advantages of working “off-site” far outweigh the drawbacks.   In the past decade, the “under one roof” model of conducting work has been steadily declining, owing to technology that is rapidly creating virtual workspaces. Today the new paradigm is “move work to the workers, rather than workers to the workplace.” Companies see advantages in the way remote work increases their talent pool, reduces turnover, lessens their real estate footprint, and improves their ability to conduct business across multiple time zones. But what about the workers? Jason and David point out that remote work means working at the best job (not just one that is nearby) and achieving a harmonious work-life balance while increasing productivity.   And those are just some of the perks to be gained from leaving the office behind. Remote reveals a multitude of other benefits, along with in-the-trenches tips for easing your way out of the office door where you control how your workday will unfold.   Whether you’re a manager fretting over how to manage workers who “want out” or a worker who wants to achieve a lifestyle upgrade while still being a top performer professionally, this book is your indispensable guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197940 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Box: A Proven System of Creativity for Breakthrough Results Author: Jacob Goldenberg, Drew Boyd Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The traditional attitude toward creativity in the American business world is to “think outside the box ”: to brainstorm without restraint in hopes of coming up with a breakthrough idea, often in moments of crisis. Sometimes it works, but it’s a problem-specific solution that does nothing to engender creative thinking more generally. Inside the Box demonstrates Systematic Inventive Thinking (SIT), a method that systemizes creativity as part of the corporate culture. SIT requires thinking “inside the box,” working in one’s familiar world to create new ideas independent of specific problems. Dozens of books discuss how to make creative thinking part of a corporate culture, but none takes the innovative and unconventional approach of Inside the Box. SIT’s techniques and principles have instilled creative thinking into such companies as Procter & Gamble, Johnson & Johnson, and other industry leaders. Inside the Box shows how corporations have successfully used SIT in business settings as diverse as medicine, technology, new product development, and food packaging. With “inside the box ” thinking, companies of any size can become sufficiently creative to solve problems even before they develop and to innovate on an ongoing basis. Jacob Goldenberg, Drew Boyd Tue, 11 Jun 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197940 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Box: A Proven System of Creativity for Breakthrough Results Author: Jacob Goldenberg, Drew Boyd Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The traditional attitude toward creativity in the American business world is to “think outside the box ”: to brainstorm without restraint in hopes of coming up with a breakthrough idea, often in moments of crisis. Sometimes it works, but it’s a problem-specific solution that does nothing to engender creative thinking more generally. Inside the Box demonstrates Systematic Inventive Thinking (SIT), a method that systemizes creativity as part of the corporate culture. SIT requires thinking “inside the box,” working in one’s familiar world to create new ideas independent of specific problems. Dozens of books discuss how to make creative thinking part of a corporate culture, but none takes the innovative and unconventional approach of Inside the Box. SIT’s techniques and principles have instilled creative thinking into such companies as Procter & Gamble, Johnson & Johnson, and other industry leaders. Inside the Box shows how corporations have successfully used SIT in business settings as diverse as medicine, technology, new product development, and food packaging. With “inside the box ” thinking, companies of any size can become sufficiently creative to solve problems even before they develop and to innovate on an ongoing basis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Box: A Proven System of Creativity for Breakthrough Results Author: Jacob Goldenberg, Drew Boyd Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The traditional attitude toward creativity in the American business world is to “think outside the box ”: to brainstorm without restraint in hopes of coming up with a breakthrough idea, often in moments of crisis. Sometimes it works, but it’s a problem-specific solution that does nothing to engender creative thinking more generally. Inside the Box demonstrates Systematic Inventive Thinking (SIT), a method that systemizes creativity as part of the corporate culture. SIT requires thinking “inside the box,” working in one’s familiar world to create new ideas independent of specific problems. Dozens of books discuss how to make creative thinking part of a corporate culture, but none takes the innovative and unconventional approach of Inside the Box. SIT’s techniques and principles have instilled creative thinking into such companies as Procter & Gamble, Johnson & Johnson, and other industry leaders. Inside the Box shows how corporations have successfully used SIT in business settings as diverse as medicine, technology, new product development, and food packaging. With “inside the box ” thinking, companies of any size can become sufficiently creative to solve problems even before they develop and to innovate on an ongoing basis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Miss Manners Minds Your Business Author: Judith Martin, Nicholas Ivor Martin Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A witty guide to managing a real life wisely in a work-centered world. What do your colleagues, overlords, underlings, clients, and customers have in common? Not knowing how much they annoy you. Not to mention how much you may be annoying them. The route from cubicle to corner office is strewn with etiquette landmines. And now that the boundaries that once cleanly separated work from personal life are blurred, even polite people don’t recognize the difference between professional and social manners. What do you say to a colleague who has just been fired? How do you maintain a family-friendly office without discriminating against singles? What’s the difference between showing romantic interest and sexual harassment? Which colleagues should be invited to family weddings? When should you be unavailable, at or away from work? Don’t convene a focus group or appeal to Human Resources—consult Miss Manners! With wit and wisdom, Miss Manners restores civility, guiding you around your coworker’s messy cubicle, past your overly prying boss, around the bridal shower for the new temp, and through tedious staff meetings. In Miss Manners Minds Your Business, Judith Martin and her son, executive Nicholas Ivor Martin, equip listeners with the practical, pertinent, and utterly correct advice necessary to win the job, keep the job, and leave the job with sanity and dignity intact. Judith Martin, Nicholas Ivor Martin Tue, 01 Oct 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197074 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Miss Manners Minds Your Business Author: Judith Martin, Nicholas Ivor Martin Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A witty guide to managing a real life wisely in a work-centered world. What do your colleagues, overlords, underlings, clients, and customers have in common? Not knowing how much they annoy you. Not to mention how much you may be annoying them. The route from cubicle to corner office is strewn with etiquette landmines. And now that the boundaries that once cleanly separated work from personal life are blurred, even polite people don’t recognize the difference between professional and social manners. What do you say to a colleague who has just been fired? How do you maintain a family-friendly office without discriminating against singles? What’s the difference between showing romantic interest and sexual harassment? Which colleagues should be invited to family weddings? When should you be unavailable, at or away from work? Don’t convene a focus group or appeal to Human Resources—consult Miss Manners! With wit and wisdom, Miss Manners restores civility, guiding you around your coworker’s messy cubicle, past your overly prying boss, around the bridal shower for the new temp, and through tedious staff meetings. In Miss Manners Minds Your Business, Judith Martin and her son, executive Nicholas Ivor Martin, equip listeners with the practical, pertinent, and utterly correct advice necessary to win the job, keep the job, and leave the job with sanity and dignity intact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Miss Manners Minds Your Business Author: Judith Martin, Nicholas Ivor Martin Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A witty guide to managing a real life wisely in a work-centered world. What do your colleagues, overlords, underlings, clients, and customers have in common? Not knowing how much they annoy you. Not to mention how much you may be annoying them. The route from cubicle to corner office is strewn with etiquette landmines. And now that the boundaries that once cleanly separated work from personal life are blurred, even polite people don’t recognize the difference between professional and social manners. What do you say to a colleague who has just been fired? How do you maintain a family-friendly office without discriminating against singles? What’s the difference between showing romantic interest and sexual harassment? Which colleagues should be invited to family weddings? When should you be unavailable, at or away from work? Don’t convene a focus group or appeal to Human Resources—consult Miss Manners! With wit and wisdom, Miss Manners restores civility, guiding you around your coworker’s messy cubicle, past your overly prying boss, around the bridal shower for the new temp, and through tedious staff meetings. In Miss Manners Minds Your Business, Judith Martin and her son, executive Nicholas Ivor Martin, equip listeners with the practical, pertinent, and utterly correct advice necessary to win the job, keep the job, and leave the job with sanity and dignity intact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Habit: Why We Do What We Do in Life and Business Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 1251 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 98 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 3 MILLION COPIES SOLD • This instant classic explores how we can change our lives by changing our habits. “Few [books] become essential manuals for business and living. The Power of Habit is an exception.”—Financial Times A WALL STREET JOURNAL AND FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In The Power of Habit, award-winning business reporter Charles Duhigg takes us to the thrilling edge of scientific discoveries that explain why habits exist and how they can be changed. Distilling vast amounts of information into engrossing narratives that take us from the boardrooms of Procter & Gamble to the sidelines of the NFL to the front lines of the civil rights movement, Duhigg presents a whole new understanding of human nature and its potential. At its core, The Power of Habit contains an exhilarating argument: The key to exercising regularly, losing weight, being more productive, and achieving success is understanding how habits work. As Duhigg shows, by harnessing this new science, we can transform our businesses, our communities, and our lives. With a new Afterword by the author Charles Duhigg Tue, 28 Feb 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196858 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Habit: Why We Do What We Do in Life and Business Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 1251 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 98 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 3 MILLION COPIES SOLD • This instant classic explores how we can change our lives by changing our habits. “Few [books] become essential manuals for business and living. The Power of Habit is an exception.”—Financial Times A WALL STREET JOURNAL AND FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In The Power of Habit, award-winning business reporter Charles Duhigg takes us to the thrilling edge of scientific discoveries that explain why habits exist and how they can be changed. Distilling vast amounts of information into engrossing narratives that take us from the boardrooms of Procter & Gamble to the sidelines of the NFL to the front lines of the civil rights movement, Duhigg presents a whole new understanding of human nature and its potential. At its core, The Power of Habit contains an exhilarating argument: The key to exercising regularly, losing weight, being more productive, and achieving success is understanding how habits work. As Duhigg shows, by harnessing this new science, we can transform our businesses, our communities, and our lives. With a new Afterword by the author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Habit: Why We Do What We Do in Life and Business Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 1251 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 98 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 3 MILLION COPIES SOLD • This instant classic explores how we can change our lives by changing our habits. “Few [books] become essential manuals for business and living. The Power of Habit is an exception.”—Financial Times A WALL STREET JOURNAL AND FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In The Power of Habit, award-winning business reporter Charles Duhigg takes us to the thrilling edge of scientific discoveries that explain why habits exist and how they can be changed. Distilling vast amounts of information into engrossing narratives that take us from the boardrooms of Procter & Gamble to the sidelines of the NFL to the front lines of the civil rights movement, Duhigg presents a whole new understanding of human nature and its potential. At its core, The Power of Habit contains an exhilarating argument: The key to exercising regularly, losing weight, being more productive, and achieving success is understanding how habits work. As Duhigg shows, by harnessing this new science, we can transform our businesses, our communities, and our lives. With a new Afterword by the author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give and Take: A Revolutionary Approach to Success Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Brian Keith Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking look at why our interactions with others hold the key to success, from the New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Potential, Think Again, and Originals For generations, we have focused on the individual drivers of success: passion, hard work, talent, and luck. But in today’s dramatically reconfigured world, success is increasingly dependent on how we interact with others. In Give and Take, Adam Grant, an award-winning researcher and Wharton’s highest-rated professor, examines the surprising forces that shape why some people rise to the top of the success ladder while others sink to the bottom. Praised by social scientists, business theorists, and corporate leaders, Give and Take opens up an approach to work, interactions, and productivity that is nothing short of revolutionary. Adam Grant Tue, 09 Apr 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196376 thebookvoice.com 11:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give and Take: A Revolutionary Approach to Success Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Brian Keith Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking look at why our interactions with others hold the key to success, from the New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Potential, Think Again, and Originals For generations, we have focused on the individual drivers of success: passion, hard work, talent, and luck. But in today’s dramatically reconfigured world, success is increasingly dependent on how we interact with others. In Give and Take, Adam Grant, an award-winning researcher and Wharton’s highest-rated professor, examines the surprising forces that shape why some people rise to the top of the success ladder while others sink to the bottom. Praised by social scientists, business theorists, and corporate leaders, Give and Take opens up an approach to work, interactions, and productivity that is nothing short of revolutionary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give and Take: A Revolutionary Approach to Success Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Brian Keith Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking look at why our interactions with others hold the key to success, from the New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Potential, Think Again, and Originals For generations, we have focused on the individual drivers of success: passion, hard work, talent, and luck. But in today’s dramatically reconfigured world, success is increasingly dependent on how we interact with others. In Give and Take, Adam Grant, an award-winning researcher and Wharton’s highest-rated professor, examines the surprising forces that shape why some people rise to the top of the success ladder while others sink to the bottom. Praised by social scientists, business theorists, and corporate leaders, Give and Take opens up an approach to work, interactions, and productivity that is nothing short of revolutionary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Green Living Book: Transform Your Lifestyle--Easy Ways to Conserve Energy, Protect Your Family's Health, and Help Save Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Diane Gow McDilda Narrator: Rick Plastina Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Want to learn more about organic food? Curious about alternative power sources? Want to do your part to help save the environment? The way that you live, work, travel, eat, drink, and dress affects the earth and the environment--and this concise, eye-opening book gives you all the tools you need to live a 'green' lifestyle. The Everything Green Living Book shows you how to: ·           Get involved in Earth Day through grassroots efforts or volunteering ·           Build or buy a green house ·           Use and select nontoxic cleaning supplies ·           Reap the benefits of organic foods ·           Utilize nonpollutant modes of transportation ·           Recycle more efficiently and find all-natural clothing and personal care items ·           Educate your children on the green lifestyle   This Earth-conscious audio is your introduction to the green lifestyle— so you can help the Earth prosper for another 4.5 billion years. Diane Gow McDilda Tue, 01 Jan 2008 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194273 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Green Living Book: Transform Your Lifestyle--Easy Ways to Conserve Energy, Protect Your Family's Health, and Help Save Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Diane Gow McDilda Narrator: Rick Plastina Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Want to learn more about organic food? Curious about alternative power sources? Want to do your part to help save the environment? The way that you live, work, travel, eat, drink, and dress affects the earth and the environment--and this concise, eye-opening book gives you all the tools you need to live a 'green' lifestyle. The Everything Green Living Book shows you how to: ·           Get involved in Earth Day through grassroots efforts or volunteering ·           Build or buy a green house ·           Use and select nontoxic cleaning supplies ·           Reap the benefits of organic foods ·           Utilize nonpollutant modes of transportation ·           Recycle more efficiently and find all-natural clothing and personal care items ·           Educate your children on the green lifestyle   This Earth-conscious audio is your introduction to the green lifestyle— so you can help the Earth prosper for another 4.5 billion years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Green Living Book: Transform Your Lifestyle--Easy Ways to Conserve Energy, Protect Your Family's Health, and Help Save Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Diane Gow McDilda Narrator: Rick Plastina Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Want to learn more about organic food? Curious about alternative power sources? Want to do your part to help save the environment? The way that you live, work, travel, eat, drink, and dress affects the earth and the environment--and this concise, eye-opening book gives you all the tools you need to live a 'green' lifestyle. The Everything Green Living Book shows you how to: ·           Get involved in Earth Day through grassroots efforts or volunteering ·           Build or buy a green house ·           Use and select nontoxic cleaning supplies ·           Reap the benefits of organic foods ·           Utilize nonpollutant modes of transportation ·           Recycle more efficiently and find all-natural clothing and personal care items ·           Educate your children on the green lifestyle   This Earth-conscious audio is your introduction to the green lifestyle— so you can help the Earth prosper for another 4.5 billion years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Lies in the Workplace: How to Spot Liars and What to Do About Them Author: Carol Kinsey Goman Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You Work with a Bunch of Liars—Learn What to Do About It Sure, everyone tells little white lies now and then, but real deception in the workplace is a poison that can destroy relationships, careers, and companies. Carol Kinsey Goman, a leading workplace body language expert, combines her own experiences with the latest research to identify fifty subtle physical and vocal cues that will enable you to spot destructive workplace lies. She analyzes the role we play in supporting lies—how our own vanities, desires, self-deceptions, and rationalizations allow us to be duped. And once you detect a lie, she provides tactical advice on how to respond, whether the liar is above, below, or on the same level as you—even if it’s your boss. Carol Kinsey Goman Tue, 09 Jul 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194210 thebookvoice.com 3:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Lies in the Workplace: How to Spot Liars and What to Do About Them Author: Carol Kinsey Goman Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You Work with a Bunch of Liars—Learn What to Do About It Sure, everyone tells little white lies now and then, but real deception in the workplace is a poison that can destroy relationships, careers, and companies. Carol Kinsey Goman, a leading workplace body language expert, combines her own experiences with the latest research to identify fifty subtle physical and vocal cues that will enable you to spot destructive workplace lies. She analyzes the role we play in supporting lies—how our own vanities, desires, self-deceptions, and rationalizations allow us to be duped. And once you detect a lie, she provides tactical advice on how to respond, whether the liar is above, below, or on the same level as you—even if it’s your boss. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Lies in the Workplace: How to Spot Liars and What to Do About Them Author: Carol Kinsey Goman Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You Work with a Bunch of Liars—Learn What to Do About It Sure, everyone tells little white lies now and then, but real deception in the workplace is a poison that can destroy relationships, careers, and companies. Carol Kinsey Goman, a leading workplace body language expert, combines her own experiences with the latest research to identify fifty subtle physical and vocal cues that will enable you to spot destructive workplace lies. She analyzes the role we play in supporting lies—how our own vanities, desires, self-deceptions, and rationalizations allow us to be duped. And once you detect a lie, she provides tactical advice on how to respond, whether the liar is above, below, or on the same level as you—even if it’s your boss. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194069 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Active Coaching Third Edition: Changing Business, Transforming Lives Author: Laura Whitworth, Phillip Sandahl, Karen Kimsey-House, Henry Kimsey-House Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When Co-Active Coaching was first released in 1998, this pioneering work set the stage for what has become a cultural and business phenomenon and helped launch the profession of coaching. Published in more than ten languages now, this book has been used as the definitive resource in dozens of corporate, professional development and university-based coaching programs as well as by thousands of individuals looking to elevate their communication, relationship and coaching skills. This fully revised third edition of Co-Active Coaching has been updated to reflect the expanded vision of the newly updated Co-Active Model and coaching course curriculum at The Coaches Training Institute, the training organization founded and run by the authors for 20 years. The third edition emphasizes evoking transformational change in the client and extends the use of the Co-Active Model into leadership management and its effectiveness throughout organizations. This edition also contains an on-line Coach’s Toolkit (replacing the CD of the second edition), several new coaching demonstrations and more than 35 updated exercises, questionnaires, checklists and reproducible forms. Laura Whitworth, Phillip Sandahl, Karen Kimsey-House, Henry Kimsey-House Tue, 09 Jul 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194069 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Active Coaching Third Edition: Changing Business, Transforming Lives Author: Laura Whitworth, Phillip Sandahl, Karen Kimsey-House, Henry Kimsey-House Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When Co-Active Coaching was first released in 1998, this pioneering work set the stage for what has become a cultural and business phenomenon and helped launch the profession of coaching. Published in more than ten languages now, this book has been used as the definitive resource in dozens of corporate, professional development and university-based coaching programs as well as by thousands of individuals looking to elevate their communication, relationship and coaching skills. This fully revised third edition of Co-Active Coaching has been updated to reflect the expanded vision of the newly updated Co-Active Model and coaching course curriculum at The Coaches Training Institute, the training organization founded and run by the authors for 20 years. The third edition emphasizes evoking transformational change in the client and extends the use of the Co-Active Model into leadership management and its effectiveness throughout organizations. This edition also contains an on-line Coach’s Toolkit (replacing the CD of the second edition), several new coaching demonstrations and more than 35 updated exercises, questionnaires, checklists and reproducible forms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Active Coaching Third Edition: Changing Business, Transforming Lives Author: Laura Whitworth, Phillip Sandahl, Karen Kimsey-House, Henry Kimsey-House Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When Co-Active Coaching was first released in 1998, this pioneering work set the stage for what has become a cultural and business phenomenon and helped launch the profession of coaching. Published in more than ten languages now, this book has been used as the definitive resource in dozens of corporate, professional development and university-based coaching programs as well as by thousands of individuals looking to elevate their communication, relationship and coaching skills. This fully revised third edition of Co-Active Coaching has been updated to reflect the expanded vision of the newly updated Co-Active Model and coaching course curriculum at The Coaches Training Institute, the training organization founded and run by the authors for 20 years. The third edition emphasizes evoking transformational change in the client and extends the use of the Co-Active Model into leadership management and its effectiveness throughout organizations. This edition also contains an on-line Coach’s Toolkit (replacing the CD of the second edition), several new coaching demonstrations and more than 35 updated exercises, questionnaires, checklists and reproducible forms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Successfully with Screwed-Up People Author: Elizabeth B. Brown Narrator: Mimi Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Crazy co-workers stressing you out? Here's the solution. Let’s face it. Some people just don’t listen, don’t care, and aren’t willing to compromise. And you probably work with some of them. The incomprehensible supervisor. The person in the next office who chats more than works. The customer who, by the way, isn’t always right. The good news is, it doesn’t take two people to change a relationship in the workplace. It takes one—you! Now the bestselling author of Living Successfully with Screwed-Up People offers expert advice to help you not only get along with co-workers who get under your skin, but actually succeed at work in spite of them. You’ll learn how to be unflappable, imperturbable, and unflustered in every workplace situation. Less stress at work can start today. So what are you waiting for? Elizabeth B. Brown Sun, 01 Jul 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192649 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Successfully with Screwed-Up People Author: Elizabeth B. Brown Narrator: Mimi Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Crazy co-workers stressing you out? Here's the solution. Let’s face it. Some people just don’t listen, don’t care, and aren’t willing to compromise. And you probably work with some of them. The incomprehensible supervisor. The person in the next office who chats more than works. The customer who, by the way, isn’t always right. The good news is, it doesn’t take two people to change a relationship in the workplace. It takes one—you! Now the bestselling author of Living Successfully with Screwed-Up People offers expert advice to help you not only get along with co-workers who get under your skin, but actually succeed at work in spite of them. You’ll learn how to be unflappable, imperturbable, and unflustered in every workplace situation. Less stress at work can start today. So what are you waiting for? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Successfully with Screwed-Up People Author: Elizabeth B. Brown Narrator: Mimi Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Crazy co-workers stressing you out? Here's the solution. Let’s face it. Some people just don’t listen, don’t care, and aren’t willing to compromise. And you probably work with some of them. The incomprehensible supervisor. The person in the next office who chats more than works. The customer who, by the way, isn’t always right. The good news is, it doesn’t take two people to change a relationship in the workplace. It takes one—you! Now the bestselling author of Living Successfully with Screwed-Up People offers expert advice to help you not only get along with co-workers who get under your skin, but actually succeed at work in spite of them. You’ll learn how to be unflappable, imperturbable, and unflustered in every workplace situation. Less stress at work can start today. So what are you waiting for? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/190826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/190826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Piece of the Sun: The Quest for Fusion Energy Author: Daniel Clery Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 27, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Our rapidly industrializing world has an insatiable hunger for energy and conventional sources are struggling to meet demand. Oil is running out, coal is damaging our climate, many nations are abandoning nuclear, yet solar, wind, and water will never be a complete replacement. The solution, says Daniel Clery in this deeply researched and revelatory audiobook, is to be found in the original energy source: the Sun itself. There, at its center, the fusion of 620 million tons of hydrogen every second generates an unfathomable amount of energy. By replicating even a tiny piece of the Sun’s power on Earth, we can secure all the heat and energy we would ever need. Nuclear fusion scientists have pursued this simple yet extraordinary ambition for decades. Skeptics say it will never work but, as A Piece of the Sun makes clear, large-scale nuclear fusion is scientifically possible—and has many advantages over other options. Fusion is clean, green and virtually limitless and Clery argues passionately and eloquently that the only thing keeping us from proving its worth is our politicians’ shortsightedness. The world energy industry is worth trillions of dollars, divert just a tiny fraction of that into researching fusion and we would soon know if it is workable. Timely and authoritative, A Piece of the Sun is a rousing call-to-arms to seize this chance of avoiding the looming energy crisis. Daniel Clery Thu, 27 Jun 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/190826 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/190826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Piece of the Sun: The Quest for Fusion Energy Author: Daniel Clery Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 27, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Our rapidly industrializing world has an insatiable hunger for energy and conventional sources are struggling to meet demand. Oil is running out, coal is damaging our climate, many nations are abandoning nuclear, yet solar, wind, and water will never be a complete replacement. The solution, says Daniel Clery in this deeply researched and revelatory audiobook, is to be found in the original energy source: the Sun itself. There, at its center, the fusion of 620 million tons of hydrogen every second generates an unfathomable amount of energy. By replicating even a tiny piece of the Sun’s power on Earth, we can secure all the heat and energy we would ever need. Nuclear fusion scientists have pursued this simple yet extraordinary ambition for decades. Skeptics say it will never work but, as A Piece of the Sun makes clear, large-scale nuclear fusion is scientifically possible—and has many advantages over other options. Fusion is clean, green and virtually limitless and Clery argues passionately and eloquently that the only thing keeping us from proving its worth is our politicians’ shortsightedness. The world energy industry is worth trillions of dollars, divert just a tiny fraction of that into researching fusion and we would soon know if it is workable. Timely and authoritative, A Piece of the Sun is a rousing call-to-arms to seize this chance of avoiding the looming energy crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/190826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Piece of the Sun: The Quest for Fusion Energy Author: Daniel Clery Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 27, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Our rapidly industrializing world has an insatiable hunger for energy and conventional sources are struggling to meet demand. Oil is running out, coal is damaging our climate, many nations are abandoning nuclear, yet solar, wind, and water will never be a complete replacement. The solution, says Daniel Clery in this deeply researched and revelatory audiobook, is to be found in the original energy source: the Sun itself. There, at its center, the fusion of 620 million tons of hydrogen every second generates an unfathomable amount of energy. By replicating even a tiny piece of the Sun’s power on Earth, we can secure all the heat and energy we would ever need. Nuclear fusion scientists have pursued this simple yet extraordinary ambition for decades. Skeptics say it will never work but, as A Piece of the Sun makes clear, large-scale nuclear fusion is scientifically possible—and has many advantages over other options. Fusion is clean, green and virtually limitless and Clery argues passionately and eloquently that the only thing keeping us from proving its worth is our politicians’ shortsightedness. The world energy industry is worth trillions of dollars, divert just a tiny fraction of that into researching fusion and we would soon know if it is workable. Timely and authoritative, A Piece of the Sun is a rousing call-to-arms to seize this chance of avoiding the looming energy crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding the Next Steve Jobs: How to Find, Keep, and Nurture Talent Author: Gene Stone, Nolan Bushnell Narrator: Joseph C. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the legendary founder of Atari and Chuck E. Cheese’s and Steve Jobs’s first boss, the secrets to finding, hiring, keeping, and nurturing creative talent.The business world is changing faster than ever, and every day your company faces new complications and difficulties. The only way to resolve these issues is to have a staff of wildly creative people who live as much in the future as the present, who thrive on being different, and whose ideas will guarantee that your company will prosper when other companies fail.A celebrated visionary and iconoclast, Nolan Bushnell founded the groundbreaking gaming company Atari before he went on to found Chuck E. Cheese’s and two dozen other companies. He also happened to launch the career of the late Steve Jobs, along with those of many other bril­liant creatives over the course of his five decades in business.With refreshing candor, keen psychological insight, and robust humor, Bushnell explains in Finding the Next Steve Jobs how to think boldly and differently about companies and organizations—and spe­cifically the people who work within them. For anyone trying to turn a company into the next Atari or Apple, build a more creative workforce, or fashion a career in a changing world, this book will enlighten, challenge, surprise, and amuse. Gene Stone, Nolan Bushnell Tue, 24 Sep 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179618 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding the Next Steve Jobs: How to Find, Keep, and Nurture Talent Author: Gene Stone, Nolan Bushnell Narrator: Joseph C. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the legendary founder of Atari and Chuck E. Cheese’s and Steve Jobs’s first boss, the secrets to finding, hiring, keeping, and nurturing creative talent.The business world is changing faster than ever, and every day your company faces new complications and difficulties. The only way to resolve these issues is to have a staff of wildly creative people who live as much in the future as the present, who thrive on being different, and whose ideas will guarantee that your company will prosper when other companies fail.A celebrated visionary and iconoclast, Nolan Bushnell founded the groundbreaking gaming company Atari before he went on to found Chuck E. Cheese’s and two dozen other companies. He also happened to launch the career of the late Steve Jobs, along with those of many other bril­liant creatives over the course of his five decades in business.With refreshing candor, keen psychological insight, and robust humor, Bushnell explains in Finding the Next Steve Jobs how to think boldly and differently about companies and organizations—and spe­cifically the people who work within them. For anyone trying to turn a company into the next Atari or Apple, build a more creative workforce, or fashion a career in a changing world, this book will enlighten, challenge, surprise, and amuse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding the Next Steve Jobs: How to Find, Keep, and Nurture Talent Author: Gene Stone, Nolan Bushnell Narrator: Joseph C. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the legendary founder of Atari and Chuck E. Cheese’s and Steve Jobs’s first boss, the secrets to finding, hiring, keeping, and nurturing creative talent.The business world is changing faster than ever, and every day your company faces new complications and difficulties. The only way to resolve these issues is to have a staff of wildly creative people who live as much in the future as the present, who thrive on being different, and whose ideas will guarantee that your company will prosper when other companies fail.A celebrated visionary and iconoclast, Nolan Bushnell founded the groundbreaking gaming company Atari before he went on to found Chuck E. Cheese’s and two dozen other companies. He also happened to launch the career of the late Steve Jobs, along with those of many other bril­liant creatives over the course of his five decades in business.With refreshing candor, keen psychological insight, and robust humor, Bushnell explains in Finding the Next Steve Jobs how to think boldly and differently about companies and organizations—and spe­cifically the people who work within them. For anyone trying to turn a company into the next Atari or Apple, build a more creative workforce, or fashion a career in a changing world, this book will enlighten, challenge, surprise, and amuse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177899 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye: How to Get Beyond the One Word That Stands Between You and Success Author: Joseph Azelby, Robert Azelby Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 11, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A simple, engaging, and eminently practical guide to overcoming your weaknesses— your "Buts"—to achieve the career and personal relationships you want Imagine a workplace where all the employees are aware of the things they do—or fail to do—that prevent them from being more productive and valuable. Imagine a company where everyone speaks openly and honestly about his or her weaknesses and is committed to strengthening and overcoming them. Imagine an environment where colleagues help one another become more efficient and less disruptive by speaking the truth about what detracts from the team's efforts and objectives. Imagine a place where the firm's most talented employees know exactly what they need to do to attain a leadership position. This is no fantasy workplace: it can be your business if you listen to Joe Azelby and Bob Azelby, brothers and successful executives in their own right. Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye will help all professionals find their individual BUT—whether it's a lack of skills, a distracting behavior, or a personality quirk that interferes with achieving success. Using road-tested techniques, Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye helps you examine your BUT, understand it, manage it, cover it, and most important, shrink it. It also enables managers to help their employees discover personal weaknesses and to learn how to deliver the direct, honest feedback every worker needs and deserves. Finding your BUT can be tough medicine, but the Azelbys deliver it with a tasty spoonful of sugar. Get ready for success . . . get ready to Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye. Joseph Azelby, Robert Azelby Tue, 11 Jun 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177899 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye: How to Get Beyond the One Word That Stands Between You and Success Author: Joseph Azelby, Robert Azelby Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 11, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A simple, engaging, and eminently practical guide to overcoming your weaknesses— your "Buts"—to achieve the career and personal relationships you want Imagine a workplace where all the employees are aware of the things they do—or fail to do—that prevent them from being more productive and valuable. Imagine a company where everyone speaks openly and honestly about his or her weaknesses and is committed to strengthening and overcoming them. Imagine an environment where colleagues help one another become more efficient and less disruptive by speaking the truth about what detracts from the team's efforts and objectives. Imagine a place where the firm's most talented employees know exactly what they need to do to attain a leadership position. This is no fantasy workplace: it can be your business if you listen to Joe Azelby and Bob Azelby, brothers and successful executives in their own right. Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye will help all professionals find their individual BUT—whether it's a lack of skills, a distracting behavior, or a personality quirk that interferes with achieving success. Using road-tested techniques, Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye helps you examine your BUT, understand it, manage it, cover it, and most important, shrink it. It also enables managers to help their employees discover personal weaknesses and to learn how to deliver the direct, honest feedback every worker needs and deserves. Finding your BUT can be tough medicine, but the Azelbys deliver it with a tasty spoonful of sugar. Get ready for success . . . get ready to Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye: How to Get Beyond the One Word That Stands Between You and Success Author: Joseph Azelby, Robert Azelby Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 11, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A simple, engaging, and eminently practical guide to overcoming your weaknesses— your "Buts"—to achieve the career and personal relationships you want Imagine a workplace where all the employees are aware of the things they do—or fail to do—that prevent them from being more productive and valuable. Imagine a company where everyone speaks openly and honestly about his or her weaknesses and is committed to strengthening and overcoming them. Imagine an environment where colleagues help one another become more efficient and less disruptive by speaking the truth about what detracts from the team's efforts and objectives. Imagine a place where the firm's most talented employees know exactly what they need to do to attain a leadership position. This is no fantasy workplace: it can be your business if you listen to Joe Azelby and Bob Azelby, brothers and successful executives in their own right. Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye will help all professionals find their individual BUT—whether it's a lack of skills, a distracting behavior, or a personality quirk that interferes with achieving success. Using road-tested techniques, Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye helps you examine your BUT, understand it, manage it, cover it, and most important, shrink it. It also enables managers to help their employees discover personal weaknesses and to learn how to deliver the direct, honest feedback every worker needs and deserves. Finding your BUT can be tough medicine, but the Azelbys deliver it with a tasty spoonful of sugar. Get ready for success . . . get ready to Kiss Your BUT Good-Bye. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rumsfeld's Rules: Leadership Lessons in Business, Politics, War, and Life Author: Donald Rumsfeld Narrator: Donald Rumsfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The man once named one of America’s ten “toughest” CEOs by Fortune magazine offers current and future leaders practical advice on how to make their companies and organizations more effective. Throughout his distinguished career—as a naval aviator, a U.S. Congressman, a top aide to four American presidents, a high-level diplomat, a CEO of two Fortune 500 companies, and the only twice-serving Secretary of Defense in American history—Donald Rumsfeld has collected hundreds of pithy, compelling, and often humorous observations about leadership, business, and life. When President Gerald Ford ordered these aphorisms distributed to his White House staff in 1974, the collection became known as ''Rumsfeld's Rules.'' First gathered as three-by-five cards in a shoebox and then typed up and circulated informally over the years, these eminently nonpartisan rules have amused and enlightened presidents, business executives, chiefs of staff, foreign officials, diplomats, and members of Congress.  They earned praise from the Wall Street Journal as ''Required reading,'' and from the New York Times which said: ''Rumsfeld's Rules can be profitably read in any organization…The best reading, though, are his sprightly tips on inoculating oneself against that dread White House disease, the inflated ego.'' Distilled from a career of unusual breadth and accomplishment, and organized under practical topics like hiring people, running a meeting, and dealing with the press, Rumsfeld's Rules can benefit people at every stage in their careers and in every walk of life, from aspiring politicos and industrialists to recent college graduates, teachers, and business leaders. Donald Rumsfeld Tue, 14 May 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175998 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rumsfeld's Rules: Leadership Lessons in Business, Politics, War, and Life Author: Donald Rumsfeld Narrator: Donald Rumsfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The man once named one of America’s ten “toughest” CEOs by Fortune magazine offers current and future leaders practical advice on how to make their companies and organizations more effective. Throughout his distinguished career—as a naval aviator, a U.S. Congressman, a top aide to four American presidents, a high-level diplomat, a CEO of two Fortune 500 companies, and the only twice-serving Secretary of Defense in American history—Donald Rumsfeld has collected hundreds of pithy, compelling, and often humorous observations about leadership, business, and life. When President Gerald Ford ordered these aphorisms distributed to his White House staff in 1974, the collection became known as ''Rumsfeld's Rules.'' First gathered as three-by-five cards in a shoebox and then typed up and circulated informally over the years, these eminently nonpartisan rules have amused and enlightened presidents, business executives, chiefs of staff, foreign officials, diplomats, and members of Congress.  They earned praise from the Wall Street Journal as ''Required reading,'' and from the New York Times which said: ''Rumsfeld's Rules can be profitably read in any organization…The best reading, though, are his sprightly tips on inoculating oneself against that dread White House disease, the inflated ego.'' Distilled from a career of unusual breadth and accomplishment, and organized under practical topics like hiring people, running a meeting, and dealing with the press, Rumsfeld's Rules can benefit people at every stage in their careers and in every walk of life, from aspiring politicos and industrialists to recent college graduates, teachers, and business leaders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rumsfeld's Rules: Leadership Lessons in Business, Politics, War, and Life Author: Donald Rumsfeld Narrator: Donald Rumsfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The man once named one of America’s ten “toughest” CEOs by Fortune magazine offers current and future leaders practical advice on how to make their companies and organizations more effective. Throughout his distinguished career—as a naval aviator, a U.S. Congressman, a top aide to four American presidents, a high-level diplomat, a CEO of two Fortune 500 companies, and the only twice-serving Secretary of Defense in American history—Donald Rumsfeld has collected hundreds of pithy, compelling, and often humorous observations about leadership, business, and life. When President Gerald Ford ordered these aphorisms distributed to his White House staff in 1974, the collection became known as ''Rumsfeld's Rules.'' First gathered as three-by-five cards in a shoebox and then typed up and circulated informally over the years, these eminently nonpartisan rules have amused and enlightened presidents, business executives, chiefs of staff, foreign officials, diplomats, and members of Congress.  They earned praise from the Wall Street Journal as ''Required reading,'' and from the New York Times which said: ''Rumsfeld's Rules can be profitably read in any organization…The best reading, though, are his sprightly tips on inoculating oneself against that dread White House disease, the inflated ego.'' Distilled from a career of unusual breadth and accomplishment, and organized under practical topics like hiring people, running a meeting, and dealing with the press, Rumsfeld's Rules can benefit people at every stage in their careers and in every walk of life, from aspiring politicos and industrialists to recent college graduates, teachers, and business leaders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stewardship: Choosing Service over Self-Interest Author: Peter Block Narrator: Sherman Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 20, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic first edition of this book argued that organizations that place service above self-interest and practice a far-reaching redistribution of power, privilege, and wealth stewardship will succeed far beyond those with a narrower, more selfish focus. As a successful managing strategy for corporate, governmental, and nonprofit organizations, 'stewardship' is, fundamentally, the spirit of partnership and service. Organizations that absorb the principles of stewardship will offer equity and partnership at all levels for its employees, and managers who identify themselves as 'stewards' will hold themselves accountable to all those over whom they exercise power. In this revised and updated edition, Block explores what has and has not changed in organizations and in the world in the twenty years since the first edition was published. He argues that the concept of stewardship is more relevant and necessary than ever, and shows how the idea of stewardship can and must be expanded out from organizations into our communities, societies, and nations. Peter Block is one of our most provocative and original thinkers. Here, he extends the scope of his insights to help us create not just productive and humane workplaces but vibrant communities, an engaged democracy, and a healthy planet. Peter Block Mon, 20 May 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175585 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stewardship: Choosing Service over Self-Interest Author: Peter Block Narrator: Sherman Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 20, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic first edition of this book argued that organizations that place service above self-interest and practice a far-reaching redistribution of power, privilege, and wealth stewardship will succeed far beyond those with a narrower, more selfish focus. As a successful managing strategy for corporate, governmental, and nonprofit organizations, 'stewardship' is, fundamentally, the spirit of partnership and service. Organizations that absorb the principles of stewardship will offer equity and partnership at all levels for its employees, and managers who identify themselves as 'stewards' will hold themselves accountable to all those over whom they exercise power. In this revised and updated edition, Block explores what has and has not changed in organizations and in the world in the twenty years since the first edition was published. He argues that the concept of stewardship is more relevant and necessary than ever, and shows how the idea of stewardship can and must be expanded out from organizations into our communities, societies, and nations. Peter Block is one of our most provocative and original thinkers. Here, he extends the scope of his insights to help us create not just productive and humane workplaces but vibrant communities, an engaged democracy, and a healthy planet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stewardship: Choosing Service over Self-Interest Author: Peter Block Narrator: Sherman Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 20, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic first edition of this book argued that organizations that place service above self-interest and practice a far-reaching redistribution of power, privilege, and wealth stewardship will succeed far beyond those with a narrower, more selfish focus. As a successful managing strategy for corporate, governmental, and nonprofit organizations, 'stewardship' is, fundamentally, the spirit of partnership and service. Organizations that absorb the principles of stewardship will offer equity and partnership at all levels for its employees, and managers who identify themselves as 'stewards' will hold themselves accountable to all those over whom they exercise power. In this revised and updated edition, Block explores what has and has not changed in organizations and in the world in the twenty years since the first edition was published. He argues that the concept of stewardship is more relevant and necessary than ever, and shows how the idea of stewardship can and must be expanded out from organizations into our communities, societies, and nations. Peter Block is one of our most provocative and original thinkers. Here, he extends the scope of his insights to help us create not just productive and humane workplaces but vibrant communities, an engaged democracy, and a healthy planet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opening Doors to Teamwork and Collaboration: 4 Keys That Change Everything Author: Judith H. Katz, Frederick A. Miller Narrator: Deanna Hurst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations are only as productive as the interactions that take place between individuals, teams, and divisions. This audiobook is a short, engaging guide for dramatically improving the quality of these interactions. The four 'keys' that Judith Katz and Frederick Miller provide offer a framework and a common language for creating an open, honest, and supportive workplace, one where people aren't afraid to speak up and where everyone feels respected. The four keys are: Lean into Discomfort—Be willing to move beyond your comfort zone and help create an environment in which others feel the same way. Listen as an Ally—Try to find ways you can support fellow employees' ideas. Share Your Intent and Intensity—Make it crystal clear how committed you feel to any idea you raise. Share Street Corners—Your perspective (your corner) is only one point of view. Actively encourage people from other 'corners' to offer their perspectives. Judith H. Katz, Frederick A. Miller Mon, 06 May 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175509 thebookvoice.com 2:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opening Doors to Teamwork and Collaboration: 4 Keys That Change Everything Author: Judith H. Katz, Frederick A. Miller Narrator: Deanna Hurst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations are only as productive as the interactions that take place between individuals, teams, and divisions. This audiobook is a short, engaging guide for dramatically improving the quality of these interactions. The four 'keys' that Judith Katz and Frederick Miller provide offer a framework and a common language for creating an open, honest, and supportive workplace, one where people aren't afraid to speak up and where everyone feels respected. The four keys are: Lean into Discomfort—Be willing to move beyond your comfort zone and help create an environment in which others feel the same way. Listen as an Ally—Try to find ways you can support fellow employees' ideas. Share Your Intent and Intensity—Make it crystal clear how committed you feel to any idea you raise. Share Street Corners—Your perspective (your corner) is only one point of view. Actively encourage people from other 'corners' to offer their perspectives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opening Doors to Teamwork and Collaboration: 4 Keys That Change Everything Author: Judith H. Katz, Frederick A. Miller Narrator: Deanna Hurst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations are only as productive as the interactions that take place between individuals, teams, and divisions. This audiobook is a short, engaging guide for dramatically improving the quality of these interactions. The four 'keys' that Judith Katz and Frederick Miller provide offer a framework and a common language for creating an open, honest, and supportive workplace, one where people aren't afraid to speak up and where everyone feels respected. The four keys are: Lean into Discomfort—Be willing to move beyond your comfort zone and help create an environment in which others feel the same way. Listen as an Ally—Try to find ways you can support fellow employees' ideas. Share Your Intent and Intensity—Make it crystal clear how committed you feel to any idea you raise. Share Street Corners—Your perspective (your corner) is only one point of view. Actively encourage people from other 'corners' to offer their perspectives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple: Conquering the Crisis of Complexity Author: Alan Siegel, Irene Etzkorn Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For decades, Alan Siegel and Irene Etzkorn have championed simplicity as a competitive advantage and a consumer right. Consulting with businesses and organizations around the world to streamline products, services, processes and communications, they have achieved dramatic results. In Simple, the culmination of their work together, Siegel and Etzkorn show us how having empathy, striving for clarity, and distilling your message can reduce the distance between company and customer, hospital and patient, government and citizen-and increase your bottom line. Examining the best and worst practices of an array of organizations big and small-including the IRS, Google, Philips, Trader Joe's, Chubb Insurance, and ING Direct, and many more-Siegel and Etzkorn recast simplicity as a mindset, a design aesthetic, and a writing technique. In these illuminating pages you will discover, among other things: - Why the Flip camera became roadkill in the wake of the iPhone - What SIMPLE idea allowed the Cleveland Clinic to improve care and increase revenue - How OXO designed a measuring cup that sold a million units in its first 18 months on the market - Where Target got the idea for their 'ClearRX' prescription system - How New York City simplified its unwieldy bureaucracy with three simple numbers By exposing the overly complex things we encounter every day, SIMPLE reveals the reasons we allow confusion to persist, inspires us to seek clarity, and explores how social media is empowering consumers to demand simplicity. The next big idea in business is Simple. Alan Siegel, Irene Etzkorn Tue, 02 Apr 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171248 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple: Conquering the Crisis of Complexity Author: Alan Siegel, Irene Etzkorn Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For decades, Alan Siegel and Irene Etzkorn have championed simplicity as a competitive advantage and a consumer right. Consulting with businesses and organizations around the world to streamline products, services, processes and communications, they have achieved dramatic results. In Simple, the culmination of their work together, Siegel and Etzkorn show us how having empathy, striving for clarity, and distilling your message can reduce the distance between company and customer, hospital and patient, government and citizen-and increase your bottom line. Examining the best and worst practices of an array of organizations big and small-including the IRS, Google, Philips, Trader Joe's, Chubb Insurance, and ING Direct, and many more-Siegel and Etzkorn recast simplicity as a mindset, a design aesthetic, and a writing technique. In these illuminating pages you will discover, among other things: - Why the Flip camera became roadkill in the wake of the iPhone - What SIMPLE idea allowed the Cleveland Clinic to improve care and increase revenue - How OXO designed a measuring cup that sold a million units in its first 18 months on the market - Where Target got the idea for their 'ClearRX' prescription system - How New York City simplified its unwieldy bureaucracy with three simple numbers By exposing the overly complex things we encounter every day, SIMPLE reveals the reasons we allow confusion to persist, inspires us to seek clarity, and explores how social media is empowering consumers to demand simplicity. The next big idea in business is Simple. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple: Conquering the Crisis of Complexity Author: Alan Siegel, Irene Etzkorn Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For decades, Alan Siegel and Irene Etzkorn have championed simplicity as a competitive advantage and a consumer right. Consulting with businesses and organizations around the world to streamline products, services, processes and communications, they have achieved dramatic results. In Simple, the culmination of their work together, Siegel and Etzkorn show us how having empathy, striving for clarity, and distilling your message can reduce the distance between company and customer, hospital and patient, government and citizen-and increase your bottom line. Examining the best and worst practices of an array of organizations big and small-including the IRS, Google, Philips, Trader Joe's, Chubb Insurance, and ING Direct, and many more-Siegel and Etzkorn recast simplicity as a mindset, a design aesthetic, and a writing technique. In these illuminating pages you will discover, among other things: - Why the Flip camera became roadkill in the wake of the iPhone - What SIMPLE idea allowed the Cleveland Clinic to improve care and increase revenue - How OXO designed a measuring cup that sold a million units in its first 18 months on the market - Where Target got the idea for their 'ClearRX' prescription system - How New York City simplified its unwieldy bureaucracy with three simple numbers By exposing the overly complex things we encounter every day, SIMPLE reveals the reasons we allow confusion to persist, inspires us to seek clarity, and explores how social media is empowering consumers to demand simplicity. The next big idea in business is Simple. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hear You: Repair Communication Breakdowns, Negotiate Successfully, and Build Consensus... in Three Easy Steps Author: Donny Ebenstein Narrator: Wes Talbot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Birth, death, and conflict—three things you truly can’t avoid. Whether it’s big or small, conflict eats into productivity and makes people feel stuck. Yet solutions exist for even the toughest situations with the most intractable people. The answer lies in better communication—not just using different words, but rather learning to think differently. I Hear You supplies proven techniques for stepping outside one’s point of view and seeing things from other perspectives. Sample dialogues show how this shift in thinking leads to better conversations and greatly improved outcomes. Listeners learn how to: • Tell the other person’s story—the cornerstone of real engagement • Look from the outside in and see themselves as others do • Recognize the role systemic factors play—and transform a conflict into a shared challenge • Overcome the defense mechanisms that derail dialogue For anyone trying to negotiate a difficult situation with a boss, colleague, employee, or client, I Hear You changes opposition into understanding and mere talk into real trust. Donny Ebenstein Thu, 01 Oct 2015 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167642 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hear You: Repair Communication Breakdowns, Negotiate Successfully, and Build Consensus... in Three Easy Steps Author: Donny Ebenstein Narrator: Wes Talbot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Birth, death, and conflict—three things you truly can’t avoid. Whether it’s big or small, conflict eats into productivity and makes people feel stuck. Yet solutions exist for even the toughest situations with the most intractable people. The answer lies in better communication—not just using different words, but rather learning to think differently. I Hear You supplies proven techniques for stepping outside one’s point of view and seeing things from other perspectives. Sample dialogues show how this shift in thinking leads to better conversations and greatly improved outcomes. Listeners learn how to: • Tell the other person’s story—the cornerstone of real engagement • Look from the outside in and see themselves as others do • Recognize the role systemic factors play—and transform a conflict into a shared challenge • Overcome the defense mechanisms that derail dialogue For anyone trying to negotiate a difficult situation with a boss, colleague, employee, or client, I Hear You changes opposition into understanding and mere talk into real trust. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hear You: Repair Communication Breakdowns, Negotiate Successfully, and Build Consensus... in Three Easy Steps Author: Donny Ebenstein Narrator: Wes Talbot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Birth, death, and conflict—three things you truly can’t avoid. Whether it’s big or small, conflict eats into productivity and makes people feel stuck. Yet solutions exist for even the toughest situations with the most intractable people. The answer lies in better communication—not just using different words, but rather learning to think differently. I Hear You supplies proven techniques for stepping outside one’s point of view and seeing things from other perspectives. Sample dialogues show how this shift in thinking leads to better conversations and greatly improved outcomes. Listeners learn how to: • Tell the other person’s story—the cornerstone of real engagement • Look from the outside in and see themselves as others do • Recognize the role systemic factors play—and transform a conflict into a shared challenge • Overcome the defense mechanisms that derail dialogue For anyone trying to negotiate a difficult situation with a boss, colleague, employee, or client, I Hear You changes opposition into understanding and mere talk into real trust. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166270 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generations at Work: Managing the Clash of Boomers, Gen Xers, and Gen Yers in the Workplace Author: Claire Raines, Bob Filipczak, Ron Zemke Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Annoyed with your workmates and flustered with your staff? Don’t understand how they think, act, and communicate—especially the twentysomethings who ask questions all the time and want confirmation that they’re doing great? All these difficult people may be nothing more than diverse demographics. Friction among Traditionalists, Boomers, Xers, and Millennials has spiked, as four distinct generations are tossed side by side, cubicle by cubicle—and nobody speaks the same language. Generations at Work offers a refreshing way to root out the causes of workplace clashes and bridge the generational gaps. Now updated to include the Millennial newcomers to the workplace, the book serves as both a sweeping overview of generational differences and a solutions-based managerial guide to molding each group into loyal employees who work effectively with everyone, from tech-savvy, high-needs young people to conformist, hardworking seniors. Packed with original research and eye-opening insights, you’ll find explanations of what makes each generation tick, key phrases and tactics for motivating each, best practices from companies with generations-friendly cultures, in-depth interviews highlighting problems and solutions, a field guide for mentoring Millennials—and many more valuable tools for turning today’s multigenerational workforce into an organizational asset. Claire Raines, Bob Filipczak, Ron Zemke Mon, 04 Feb 2013 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166270 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generations at Work: Managing the Clash of Boomers, Gen Xers, and Gen Yers in the Workplace Author: Claire Raines, Bob Filipczak, Ron Zemke Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Annoyed with your workmates and flustered with your staff? Don’t understand how they think, act, and communicate—especially the twentysomethings who ask questions all the time and want confirmation that they’re doing great? All these difficult people may be nothing more than diverse demographics. Friction among Traditionalists, Boomers, Xers, and Millennials has spiked, as four distinct generations are tossed side by side, cubicle by cubicle—and nobody speaks the same language. Generations at Work offers a refreshing way to root out the causes of workplace clashes and bridge the generational gaps. Now updated to include the Millennial newcomers to the workplace, the book serves as both a sweeping overview of generational differences and a solutions-based managerial guide to molding each group into loyal employees who work effectively with everyone, from tech-savvy, high-needs young people to conformist, hardworking seniors. Packed with original research and eye-opening insights, you’ll find explanations of what makes each generation tick, key phrases and tactics for motivating each, best practices from companies with generations-friendly cultures, in-depth interviews highlighting problems and solutions, a field guide for mentoring Millennials—and many more valuable tools for turning today’s multigenerational workforce into an organizational asset. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generations at Work: Managing the Clash of Boomers, Gen Xers, and Gen Yers in the Workplace Author: Claire Raines, Bob Filipczak, Ron Zemke Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Annoyed with your workmates and flustered with your staff? Don’t understand how they think, act, and communicate—especially the twentysomethings who ask questions all the time and want confirmation that they’re doing great? All these difficult people may be nothing more than diverse demographics. Friction among Traditionalists, Boomers, Xers, and Millennials has spiked, as four distinct generations are tossed side by side, cubicle by cubicle—and nobody speaks the same language. Generations at Work offers a refreshing way to root out the causes of workplace clashes and bridge the generational gaps. Now updated to include the Millennial newcomers to the workplace, the book serves as both a sweeping overview of generational differences and a solutions-based managerial guide to molding each group into loyal employees who work effectively with everyone, from tech-savvy, high-needs young people to conformist, hardworking seniors. Packed with original research and eye-opening insights, you’ll find explanations of what makes each generation tick, key phrases and tactics for motivating each, best practices from companies with generations-friendly cultures, in-depth interviews highlighting problems and solutions, a field guide for mentoring Millennials—and many more valuable tools for turning today’s multigenerational workforce into an organizational asset. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Change Author: Peter M. Senge Narrator: Peter M. Senge Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Since Peter Senge published his groundbreaking book The Fifth Discipline, he and his associates have frequently been asked by the business community: "How do we go beyond the first steps of corporate change? How do we sustain momentum?" They know that companies and organizations cannot thrive today without learning to adapt their attitudes and practices. But companies that establish change initiatives discover, after initial success, that even the most promising efforts to transform or revitalize organizations—despite interest, resources, and compelling business results—can fail to sustain themselves over time. That's because organizations have complex, well-developed immune systems, aimed at preserving the status quo. Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon twenty-five years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face. Then, in a down-to-earth and compellingly clear format, readers will learn how to build the personal and organizational capabilities needed to meet those challenges. These challenges are not imposed from the outside; they are the product of assumptions and practices that people take for granted—an inherent, natural part of the processes of change. And they can stop innovation cold, unless managers at all levels learn to anticipate them and recognize the hidden rewards in each challenge, and the potential to spur further growth. Within the frequently encountered challenge of "Not Enough Time," for example—the lack of control over time available for innovation and learning initiatives—lies a valuable opportunity to reframe the way people organize their workplaces. This book identifies universal challenges that organizations ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of "Fear and Anxiety"; the need to diffuse learning across organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between "true believers" and nonbelievers in a company. Filled with individual and team exercises, in-depth accounts of sustaining learning initiatives by managers and leaders in the field, and well-tested practical advice, The Dance of Change provides an insider's perspective on implementing learning and change initiatives at such corporations as British Petroleum, Chrysler, Dupont, Ford, General Electric, Harley-Davidson, Hewlett-Packard, Mitsubishi Electric, Royal DutchShell, Shell Oil Company, Toyota, the United States Army, and Xerox. It offers crucial advice for line-level managers, executive leaders, internal networkers, educators, and others who are struggling to put change initiatives into practice. Peter M. Senge Tue, 04 Jul 2000 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Change Author: Peter M. Senge Narrator: Peter M. Senge Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Since Peter Senge published his groundbreaking book The Fifth Discipline, he and his associates have frequently been asked by the business community: "How do we go beyond the first steps of corporate change? How do we sustain momentum?" They know that companies and organizations cannot thrive today without learning to adapt their attitudes and practices. But companies that establish change initiatives discover, after initial success, that even the most promising efforts to transform or revitalize organizations—despite interest, resources, and compelling business results—can fail to sustain themselves over time. That's because organizations have complex, well-developed immune systems, aimed at preserving the status quo. Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon twenty-five years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face. Then, in a down-to-earth and compellingly clear format, readers will learn how to build the personal and organizational capabilities needed to meet those challenges. These challenges are not imposed from the outside; they are the product of assumptions and practices that people take for granted—an inherent, natural part of the processes of change. And they can stop innovation cold, unless managers at all levels learn to anticipate them and recognize the hidden rewards in each challenge, and the potential to spur further growth. Within the frequently encountered challenge of "Not Enough Time," for example—the lack of control over time available for innovation and learning initiatives—lies a valuable opportunity to reframe the way people organize their workplaces. This book identifies universal challenges that organizations ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of "Fear and Anxiety"; the need to diffuse learning across organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between "true believers" and nonbelievers in a company. Filled with individual and team exercises, in-depth accounts of sustaining learning initiatives by managers and leaders in the field, and well-tested practical advice, The Dance of Change provides an insider's perspective on implementing learning and change initiatives at such corporations as British Petroleum, Chrysler, Dupont, Ford, General Electric, Harley-Davidson, Hewlett-Packard, Mitsubishi Electric, Royal DutchShell, Shell Oil Company, Toyota, the United States Army, and Xerox. It offers crucial advice for line-level managers, executive leaders, internal networkers, educators, and others who are struggling to put change initiatives into practice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Change Author: Peter M. Senge Narrator: Peter M. Senge Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Since Peter Senge published his groundbreaking book The Fifth Discipline, he and his associates have frequently been asked by the business community: "How do we go beyond the first steps of corporate change? How do we sustain momentum?" They know that companies and organizations cannot thrive today without learning to adapt their attitudes and practices. But companies that establish change initiatives discover, after initial success, that even the most promising efforts to transform or revitalize organizations—despite interest, resources, and compelling business results—can fail to sustain themselves over time. That's because organizations have complex, well-developed immune systems, aimed at preserving the status quo. Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon twenty-five years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face. Then, in a down-to-earth and compellingly clear format, readers will learn how to build the personal and organizational capabilities needed to meet those challenges. These challenges are not imposed from the outside; they are the product of assumptions and practices that people take for granted—an inherent, natural part of the processes of change. And they can stop innovation cold, unless managers at all levels learn to anticipate them and recognize the hidden rewards in each challenge, and the potential to spur further growth. Within the frequently encountered challenge of "Not Enough Time," for example—the lack of control over time available for innovation and learning initiatives—lies a valuable opportunity to reframe the way people organize their workplaces. This book identifies universal challenges that organizations ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of "Fear and Anxiety"; the need to diffuse learning across organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between "true believers" and nonbelievers in a company. Filled with individual and team exercises, in-depth accounts of sustaining learning initiatives by managers and leaders in the field, and well-tested practical advice, The Dance of Change provides an insider's perspective on implementing learning and change initiatives at such corporations as British Petroleum, Chrysler, Dupont, Ford, General Electric, Harley-Davidson, Hewlett-Packard, Mitsubishi Electric, Royal DutchShell, Shell Oil Company, Toyota, the United States Army, and Xerox. It offers crucial advice for line-level managers, executive leaders, internal networkers, educators, and others who are struggling to put change initiatives into practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hacker Ethic: A Radical Approach to the Philosophy of Business Author: Pekka Himanen Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 6, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You may be a hacker and not even know it. Being a hacker has nothing to do with cyberterrorism, and it doesn’t even necessarily relate to the open-source movement. Being a hacker has more to do with your underlying assumptions about stress, time management, work, and play. It’s about harmonizing the rhythms of your creative work with the rhythms of the rest of your life so that they amplify each other. It is a fundamentally new work ethic that is revolutionizing the way business is being done around the world. Without hackers there would be no universal access to e-mail, no Internet, no World Wide Web, but the hacker ethic has spread far beyond the world of computers. It is a mind-set, a philosophy, based on the values of play, passion, sharing, and creativity, that has the potential to enhance every individual’s and company’s productivity and competitiveness. Now there is a greater need than ever for entrepreneurial versatility of the sort that has made hackers the most important innovators of our day. Pekka Himanen shows how we all can make use of this ongoing transformation in the way we approach our working lives. Pekka Himanen Tue, 06 Feb 2001 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160801 thebookvoice.com 5:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hacker Ethic: A Radical Approach to the Philosophy of Business Author: Pekka Himanen Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 6, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You may be a hacker and not even know it. Being a hacker has nothing to do with cyberterrorism, and it doesn’t even necessarily relate to the open-source movement. Being a hacker has more to do with your underlying assumptions about stress, time management, work, and play. It’s about harmonizing the rhythms of your creative work with the rhythms of the rest of your life so that they amplify each other. It is a fundamentally new work ethic that is revolutionizing the way business is being done around the world. Without hackers there would be no universal access to e-mail, no Internet, no World Wide Web, but the hacker ethic has spread far beyond the world of computers. It is a mind-set, a philosophy, based on the values of play, passion, sharing, and creativity, that has the potential to enhance every individual’s and company’s productivity and competitiveness. Now there is a greater need than ever for entrepreneurial versatility of the sort that has made hackers the most important innovators of our day. Pekka Himanen shows how we all can make use of this ongoing transformation in the way we approach our working lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hacker Ethic: A Radical Approach to the Philosophy of Business Author: Pekka Himanen Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 6, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You may be a hacker and not even know it. Being a hacker has nothing to do with cyberterrorism, and it doesn’t even necessarily relate to the open-source movement. Being a hacker has more to do with your underlying assumptions about stress, time management, work, and play. It’s about harmonizing the rhythms of your creative work with the rhythms of the rest of your life so that they amplify each other. It is a fundamentally new work ethic that is revolutionizing the way business is being done around the world. Without hackers there would be no universal access to e-mail, no Internet, no World Wide Web, but the hacker ethic has spread far beyond the world of computers. It is a mind-set, a philosophy, based on the values of play, passion, sharing, and creativity, that has the potential to enhance every individual’s and company’s productivity and competitiveness. Now there is a greater need than ever for entrepreneurial versatility of the sort that has made hackers the most important innovators of our day. Pekka Himanen shows how we all can make use of this ongoing transformation in the way we approach our working lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Author: Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Narrator: Barbara Hateley Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This delightful corporate fable explores the challenge of managing the increasing diversity of the workforce and capturing the talent, energy, and commitment of all employees. This new, expanded edition includes self-quizzes, how-to's, resources, and strategies for peacocks and penguins alike. Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Tue, 13 Nov 2001 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Author: Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Narrator: Barbara Hateley Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This delightful corporate fable explores the challenge of managing the increasing diversity of the workforce and capturing the talent, energy, and commitment of all employees. This new, expanded edition includes self-quizzes, how-to's, resources, and strategies for peacocks and penguins alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Author: Barbara Hateley, Warren H. Schmid Narrator: Barbara Hateley Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This delightful corporate fable explores the challenge of managing the increasing diversity of the workforce and capturing the talent, energy, and commitment of all employees. This new, expanded edition includes self-quizzes, how-to's, resources, and strategies for peacocks and penguins alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Crowds: Why the Many Are Smarter Than the Few and How Collective Wisdom Shapes Business, Economies, Societies and Nations Author: James Surowiecki Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating book, New Yorker business columnist James Surowiecki explores a deceptively simple idea: Large groups of people are smarter than an elite few, no matter how brilliant–better at solving problems, fostering innovation, coming to wise decisions, even predicting the future.  With boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, ant biology, behavioral economics, artificial intelligence, military history, and politics to show how this simple idea offers important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, run our companies, and think about our world. James Surowiecki Mon, 09 Feb 2004 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Crowds: Why the Many Are Smarter Than the Few and How Collective Wisdom Shapes Business, Economies, Societies and Nations Author: James Surowiecki Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating book, New Yorker business columnist James Surowiecki explores a deceptively simple idea: Large groups of people are smarter than an elite few, no matter how brilliant–better at solving problems, fostering innovation, coming to wise decisions, even predicting the future.  With boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, ant biology, behavioral economics, artificial intelligence, military history, and politics to show how this simple idea offers important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, run our companies, and think about our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Crowds: Why the Many Are Smarter Than the Few and How Collective Wisdom Shapes Business, Economies, Societies and Nations Author: James Surowiecki Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating book, New Yorker business columnist James Surowiecki explores a deceptively simple idea: Large groups of people are smarter than an elite few, no matter how brilliant–better at solving problems, fostering innovation, coming to wise decisions, even predicting the future.  With boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, ant biology, behavioral economics, artificial intelligence, military history, and politics to show how this simple idea offers important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, run our companies, and think about our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159742 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Circle of Innovation: You Can't Shrink Your Way to Greatness Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 13, 2006 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 1982, business guru Tom Peters co-authored In Search of Excellence, one of the most influential business guides of all time. More recently, through 400 seminars in 47 states and 22 countries, Peters reexamined, refined and reinvented his views on innovation--the #1 survival strategy, he asserts, for businesses of the next millennium. The Circle of Innovation brings these seminars--and Peters' contagious passion--to the reader in a landmark book. Through astounding facts and figures, and quotes whose sources range from Émile Zola to Steve Jobs, Peters blows the lid off accepted management styles. Here is a book that will open your eyes to new ways of envisioning the challenges of today's world. Here, too, is a practical guide that will teach you how to: - reverse the rising tide of product and service "commoditization" and foster uniqueness - capitalize on the skyrocketing purchasing power of women - convert sluggish staff into vital centers of intellectual capital accumulation - build systems of elegance and beauty - liberate your creativity and individual leadership style Whether you manage a six-person department or a 60,000-body behemoth, The Circle of Innovation  empowers you to transform your organization, your career, yourself. Inspiring, timely, this blueprint for success is pure Peters--a handbook as energetic as it is profound. Tom Peters Tue, 13 Jun 2006 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159742 thebookvoice.com 2:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Circle of Innovation: You Can't Shrink Your Way to Greatness Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 13, 2006 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 1982, business guru Tom Peters co-authored In Search of Excellence, one of the most influential business guides of all time. More recently, through 400 seminars in 47 states and 22 countries, Peters reexamined, refined and reinvented his views on innovation--the #1 survival strategy, he asserts, for businesses of the next millennium. The Circle of Innovation brings these seminars--and Peters' contagious passion--to the reader in a landmark book. Through astounding facts and figures, and quotes whose sources range from Émile Zola to Steve Jobs, Peters blows the lid off accepted management styles. Here is a book that will open your eyes to new ways of envisioning the challenges of today's world. Here, too, is a practical guide that will teach you how to: - reverse the rising tide of product and service "commoditization" and foster uniqueness - capitalize on the skyrocketing purchasing power of women - convert sluggish staff into vital centers of intellectual capital accumulation - build systems of elegance and beauty - liberate your creativity and individual leadership style Whether you manage a six-person department or a 60,000-body behemoth, The Circle of Innovation  empowers you to transform your organization, your career, yourself. Inspiring, timely, this blueprint for success is pure Peters--a handbook as energetic as it is profound. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Circle of Innovation: You Can't Shrink Your Way to Greatness Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 13, 2006 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 1982, business guru Tom Peters co-authored In Search of Excellence, one of the most influential business guides of all time. More recently, through 400 seminars in 47 states and 22 countries, Peters reexamined, refined and reinvented his views on innovation--the #1 survival strategy, he asserts, for businesses of the next millennium. The Circle of Innovation brings these seminars--and Peters' contagious passion--to the reader in a landmark book. Through astounding facts and figures, and quotes whose sources range from Émile Zola to Steve Jobs, Peters blows the lid off accepted management styles. Here is a book that will open your eyes to new ways of envisioning the challenges of today's world. Here, too, is a practical guide that will teach you how to: - reverse the rising tide of product and service "commoditization" and foster uniqueness - capitalize on the skyrocketing purchasing power of women - convert sluggish staff into vital centers of intellectual capital accumulation - build systems of elegance and beauty - liberate your creativity and individual leadership style Whether you manage a six-person department or a 60,000-body behemoth, The Circle of Innovation  empowers you to transform your organization, your career, yourself. Inspiring, timely, this blueprint for success is pure Peters--a handbook as energetic as it is profound. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thriving on Chaos: Handbook for a Management Revolution Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: June 13, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A radical new plan of action for corporate managers from the co-author of In Search of Excellence and A Passion for Excellence. In this adaptation of his bold new book, Tom Peters delivers an urgent message: if American corporations are going to thrive in today's (and tomorrow's) turbulent economic/political world, a revolution in both management practices and organizational structure is required. The winning companies will be those (and only those) that are able to adapt quickly to rapidly changing customer needs and market conditions, creating new market niches and continually adding new value to every product and service. Combining trenchant analysis with a series of 45 prescriptions encompassing literally hundreds of concrete actions and examples, Thriving on Chaos shows what managers at every level must do -- and do now! -- if this revolution is to be accomplished. An essential tool for corporate survival. Tom Peters Tue, 13 Jun 2006 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159741 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thriving on Chaos: Handbook for a Management Revolution Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: June 13, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A radical new plan of action for corporate managers from the co-author of In Search of Excellence and A Passion for Excellence. In this adaptation of his bold new book, Tom Peters delivers an urgent message: if American corporations are going to thrive in today's (and tomorrow's) turbulent economic/political world, a revolution in both management practices and organizational structure is required. The winning companies will be those (and only those) that are able to adapt quickly to rapidly changing customer needs and market conditions, creating new market niches and continually adding new value to every product and service. Combining trenchant analysis with a series of 45 prescriptions encompassing literally hundreds of concrete actions and examples, Thriving on Chaos shows what managers at every level must do -- and do now! -- if this revolution is to be accomplished. An essential tool for corporate survival. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thriving on Chaos: Handbook for a Management Revolution Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: June 13, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A radical new plan of action for corporate managers from the co-author of In Search of Excellence and A Passion for Excellence. In this adaptation of his bold new book, Tom Peters delivers an urgent message: if American corporations are going to thrive in today's (and tomorrow's) turbulent economic/political world, a revolution in both management practices and organizational structure is required. The winning companies will be those (and only those) that are able to adapt quickly to rapidly changing customer needs and market conditions, creating new market niches and continually adding new value to every product and service. Combining trenchant analysis with a series of 45 prescriptions encompassing literally hundreds of concrete actions and examples, Thriving on Chaos shows what managers at every level must do -- and do now! -- if this revolution is to be accomplished. An essential tool for corporate survival. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159402 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the Shepherd: Seven Secrets to Managing Productive People Author: William Pentak, Kevin Leman Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover a fresh perspective on the art of leading in Dr. Kevin Leman's story about a young reporter who lands the meeting of a lifetime and walks away with the keys to exceptional leadership. The Way of the Shepherd points you beyond dated trends and out-of-touch management techniques to the strategies that will make you a truly outstanding leader. When William Pentak had the once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to interview Ted McBride, one of the most respected CEOs in America, he was shocked by what McBride was willing to share. McBride taught him the seven secrets he inherited long ago from his mentor--an eccentric but brilliant professor who passed on these time-tested management principles that, while ancient in their origin, are still applicable in today's fast-paced, high-tech world. Throughout The Way of the Shepherd, you'll learn how to infuse your work with meaning, no matter your role, title, industry, or the size of your team. Uncover the tried-and-true best practices for how to engage, energize, and ignite your workforce by: - Getting to know your team, one person at a time - Relentlessly communicating your values and your mission - Defining the cause for your people and showing them where they fit in - Having a heart for the people that you're leading - Understanding that great leadership isn't just professional, it's personal If you're ready to transform your team, create a culture of belonging, and truly learn to lead by example, it's time to discover The Way of the Shepherd. William Pentak, Kevin Leman Tue, 01 Jul 2008 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159402 thebookvoice.com 2:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the Shepherd: Seven Secrets to Managing Productive People Author: William Pentak, Kevin Leman Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover a fresh perspective on the art of leading in Dr. Kevin Leman's story about a young reporter who lands the meeting of a lifetime and walks away with the keys to exceptional leadership. The Way of the Shepherd points you beyond dated trends and out-of-touch management techniques to the strategies that will make you a truly outstanding leader. When William Pentak had the once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to interview Ted McBride, one of the most respected CEOs in America, he was shocked by what McBride was willing to share. McBride taught him the seven secrets he inherited long ago from his mentor--an eccentric but brilliant professor who passed on these time-tested management principles that, while ancient in their origin, are still applicable in today's fast-paced, high-tech world. Throughout The Way of the Shepherd, you'll learn how to infuse your work with meaning, no matter your role, title, industry, or the size of your team. Uncover the tried-and-true best practices for how to engage, energize, and ignite your workforce by: - Getting to know your team, one person at a time - Relentlessly communicating your values and your mission - Defining the cause for your people and showing them where they fit in - Having a heart for the people that you're leading - Understanding that great leadership isn't just professional, it's personal If you're ready to transform your team, create a culture of belonging, and truly learn to lead by example, it's time to discover The Way of the Shepherd. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the Shepherd: Seven Secrets to Managing Productive People Author: William Pentak, Kevin Leman Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 1, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover a fresh perspective on the art of leading in Dr. Kevin Leman's story about a young reporter who lands the meeting of a lifetime and walks away with the keys to exceptional leadership. The Way of the Shepherd points you beyond dated trends and out-of-touch management techniques to the strategies that will make you a truly outstanding leader. When William Pentak had the once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to interview Ted McBride, one of the most respected CEOs in America, he was shocked by what McBride was willing to share. McBride taught him the seven secrets he inherited long ago from his mentor--an eccentric but brilliant professor who passed on these time-tested management principles that, while ancient in their origin, are still applicable in today's fast-paced, high-tech world. Throughout The Way of the Shepherd, you'll learn how to infuse your work with meaning, no matter your role, title, industry, or the size of your team. Uncover the tried-and-true best practices for how to engage, energize, and ignite your workforce by: - Getting to know your team, one person at a time - Relentlessly communicating your values and your mission - Defining the cause for your people and showing them where they fit in - Having a heart for the people that you're leading - Understanding that great leadership isn't just professional, it's personal If you're ready to transform your team, create a culture of belonging, and truly learn to lead by example, it's time to discover The Way of the Shepherd. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twitter for Good: Change the World One Tweet at a Time Author: Claire Diaz-Ortiz Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 23, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Claire's work teaches you to use Twitter for the good you work so hard to achieve.'—From the Foreword by Biz Stone As recent events in Japan, the Middle East, and Haiti have shown, Twitter offers a unique platform to connect individuals and influence change in ways that were unthinkable only a short time ago. Twitter for Good is a groundbreaking book that contains the most effective tactics for tapping into the power of Twitter as a real-time information network. Claire DÍaz-Ortiz, Twitter's head of corporate social innovation and philanthropy, shares the same strategies she offers to organizations around the world. In her time at Twitter, DÍaz-Ortiz has worked with such forward-thinking organizations as Nike, Pepsi, the United Nations, the American Red Cross, charity:water, Room to Read, Partners in Health, the Skoll Foundation, National Wildlife Federation, Kiva, and many, many more. Filled with dynamic, global examples, Twitter for Good shows how the world's top organizations use the power of Twitter to make a difference. Through DÍaz-Ortiz's T.W.E.E.T. model, which she developed to teach organizations how to excel on Twitter, she lays out the exact framework she teaches around the world. Step by step, DÍaz-Ortiz walks you through a proven process, showing you: Why your organization needs a dedicated Twitter strategy The 5-step process that delivers results Best practices for using Twitter to catapult your organization's mission With more than 200 million users world wide, Twitter has established itself as a dynamic force, one that every business and nonprofit organization must understand how to use effectively. Claire Diaz-Ortiz Fri, 23 Dec 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158437 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twitter for Good: Change the World One Tweet at a Time Author: Claire Diaz-Ortiz Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 23, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Claire's work teaches you to use Twitter for the good you work so hard to achieve.'—From the Foreword by Biz Stone As recent events in Japan, the Middle East, and Haiti have shown, Twitter offers a unique platform to connect individuals and influence change in ways that were unthinkable only a short time ago. Twitter for Good is a groundbreaking book that contains the most effective tactics for tapping into the power of Twitter as a real-time information network. Claire DÍaz-Ortiz, Twitter's head of corporate social innovation and philanthropy, shares the same strategies she offers to organizations around the world. In her time at Twitter, DÍaz-Ortiz has worked with such forward-thinking organizations as Nike, Pepsi, the United Nations, the American Red Cross, charity:water, Room to Read, Partners in Health, the Skoll Foundation, National Wildlife Federation, Kiva, and many, many more. Filled with dynamic, global examples, Twitter for Good shows how the world's top organizations use the power of Twitter to make a difference. Through DÍaz-Ortiz's T.W.E.E.T. model, which she developed to teach organizations how to excel on Twitter, she lays out the exact framework she teaches around the world. Step by step, DÍaz-Ortiz walks you through a proven process, showing you: Why your organization needs a dedicated Twitter strategy The 5-step process that delivers results Best practices for using Twitter to catapult your organization's mission With more than 200 million users world wide, Twitter has established itself as a dynamic force, one that every business and nonprofit organization must understand how to use effectively. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twitter for Good: Change the World One Tweet at a Time Author: Claire Diaz-Ortiz Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 23, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Claire's work teaches you to use Twitter for the good you work so hard to achieve.'—From the Foreword by Biz Stone As recent events in Japan, the Middle East, and Haiti have shown, Twitter offers a unique platform to connect individuals and influence change in ways that were unthinkable only a short time ago. Twitter for Good is a groundbreaking book that contains the most effective tactics for tapping into the power of Twitter as a real-time information network. Claire DÍaz-Ortiz, Twitter's head of corporate social innovation and philanthropy, shares the same strategies she offers to organizations around the world. In her time at Twitter, DÍaz-Ortiz has worked with such forward-thinking organizations as Nike, Pepsi, the United Nations, the American Red Cross, charity:water, Room to Read, Partners in Health, the Skoll Foundation, National Wildlife Federation, Kiva, and many, many more. Filled with dynamic, global examples, Twitter for Good shows how the world's top organizations use the power of Twitter to make a difference. Through DÍaz-Ortiz's T.W.E.E.T. model, which she developed to teach organizations how to excel on Twitter, she lays out the exact framework she teaches around the world. Step by step, DÍaz-Ortiz walks you through a proven process, showing you: Why your organization needs a dedicated Twitter strategy The 5-step process that delivers results Best practices for using Twitter to catapult your organization's mission With more than 200 million users world wide, Twitter has established itself as a dynamic force, one that every business and nonprofit organization must understand how to use effectively. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're in Charge--Now What?: The 8 Point Plan Author: Thomas J. Neff, James M. Citrin Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 10, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Getting a new job or a big promotion is like building a house: You need to get the foundation right for both. With a job, the quick-drying cement is how well you do in your first hundred days, since they establish the foundation for long-term momentum and great performance. Tom Neff and Jim Citrin are two of the world’s leading experts on leadership and career success. As key figures at Spencer Stuart (hailed by the Wall Street Journal as the number one brand name in executive search), they must understand the criteria for success when they recruit top executives for new leadership positions. Through compelling, first-hand stories you will hear from people such as Jeffrey Immelt, CEO of GE, on how his career has been a series of successive first hundred days. Larry Summers, president of Harvard University, talks candidly about what he could have done differently in his early days to avoid dissipating goodwill among the diverse constituencies important for his future success. Gary Kusin of Kinko’s shares the specifics of the hundred-day action plan he crafted for himself before he started his new job. Paul Pressler of Gap Inc. shows how he developed a general strategic agenda that established fundamental principles and goals, waiting to prepare a more detailed strategic plan until later in his tenure. Tom Neff and Jim Citrin’s actionable eight-point plan will be the foundation for your success—whether you are moving to a new organization or being promoted—showing how to: • Prepare yourself mentally, physically, and emotionally from the time you accept until the time you begin • Manage others’ expectations of you—bosses, colleagues, and subordinates • Shape and build the team that will work with you • Learn the lay of the land and find out how things “really work around here” • Communicate your story effectively to people inside and outside the organization • Avoid the top ten traps that confront every new leader, such as disrespecting your predecessor, misreading the true sources of power in the organization, or succumbing to the “savior syndrome” When you start a new job you are in what AOL’s Jon Miller calls a “temporary state of incompetence,” faced with having to do the most when you know the least. But with the eight-point plan of You’re in Charge—Now What? you’ll understand and be able to take action on the patterns that will build your success. Also available as an eBook Thomas J. Neff, James M. Citrin Tue, 10 May 2005 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157909 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're in Charge--Now What?: The 8 Point Plan Author: Thomas J. Neff, James M. Citrin Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 10, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Getting a new job or a big promotion is like building a house: You need to get the foundation right for both. With a job, the quick-drying cement is how well you do in your first hundred days, since they establish the foundation for long-term momentum and great performance. Tom Neff and Jim Citrin are two of the world’s leading experts on leadership and career success. As key figures at Spencer Stuart (hailed by the Wall Street Journal as the number one brand name in executive search), they must understand the criteria for success when they recruit top executives for new leadership positions. Through compelling, first-hand stories you will hear from people such as Jeffrey Immelt, CEO of GE, on how his career has been a series of successive first hundred days. Larry Summers, president of Harvard University, talks candidly about what he could have done differently in his early days to avoid dissipating goodwill among the diverse constituencies important for his future success. Gary Kusin of Kinko’s shares the specifics of the hundred-day action plan he crafted for himself before he started his new job. Paul Pressler of Gap Inc. shows how he developed a general strategic agenda that established fundamental principles and goals, waiting to prepare a more detailed strategic plan until later in his tenure. Tom Neff and Jim Citrin’s actionable eight-point plan will be the foundation for your success—whether you are moving to a new organization or being promoted—showing how to: • Prepare yourself mentally, physically, and emotionally from the time you accept until the time you begin • Manage others’ expectations of you—bosses, colleagues, and subordinates • Shape and build the team that will work with you • Learn the lay of the land and find out how things “really work around here” • Communicate your story effectively to people inside and outside the organization • Avoid the top ten traps that confront every new leader, such as disrespecting your predecessor, misreading the true sources of power in the organization, or succumbing to the “savior syndrome” When you start a new job you are in what AOL’s Jon Miller calls a “temporary state of incompetence,” faced with having to do the most when you know the least. But with the eight-point plan of You’re in Charge—Now What? you’ll understand and be able to take action on the patterns that will build your success. Also available as an eBook Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're in Charge--Now What?: The 8 Point Plan Author: Thomas J. Neff, James M. Citrin Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 10, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Getting a new job or a big promotion is like building a house: You need to get the foundation right for both. With a job, the quick-drying cement is how well you do in your first hundred days, since they establish the foundation for long-term momentum and great performance. Tom Neff and Jim Citrin are two of the world’s leading experts on leadership and career success. As key figures at Spencer Stuart (hailed by the Wall Street Journal as the number one brand name in executive search), they must understand the criteria for success when they recruit top executives for new leadership positions. Through compelling, first-hand stories you will hear from people such as Jeffrey Immelt, CEO of GE, on how his career has been a series of successive first hundred days. Larry Summers, president of Harvard University, talks candidly about what he could have done differently in his early days to avoid dissipating goodwill among the diverse constituencies important for his future success. Gary Kusin of Kinko’s shares the specifics of the hundred-day action plan he crafted for himself before he started his new job. Paul Pressler of Gap Inc. shows how he developed a general strategic agenda that established fundamental principles and goals, waiting to prepare a more detailed strategic plan until later in his tenure. Tom Neff and Jim Citrin’s actionable eight-point plan will be the foundation for your success—whether you are moving to a new organization or being promoted—showing how to: • Prepare yourself mentally, physically, and emotionally from the time you accept until the time you begin • Manage others’ expectations of you—bosses, colleagues, and subordinates • Shape and build the team that will work with you • Learn the lay of the land and find out how things “really work around here” • Communicate your story effectively to people inside and outside the organization • Avoid the top ten traps that confront every new leader, such as disrespecting your predecessor, misreading the true sources of power in the organization, or succumbing to the “savior syndrome” When you start a new job you are in what AOL’s Jon Miller calls a “temporary state of incompetence,” faced with having to do the most when you know the least. But with the eight-point plan of You’re in Charge—Now What? you’ll understand and be able to take action on the patterns that will build your success. Also available as an eBook https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ape in the Corner Office: How to Make Friends, Win Fights and Work Smarter by Understanding Human Nature Author: Richard Conniff Narrator: Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 6, 2005 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tired of swimming with the sharks? Fed up with that big ape down the hall? Real animals can teach us better ways to thrive in the workplace jungle. You’re ambitious and want to get ahead, but what’s the best way to do it? Become the biggest, baddest predator? The proverbial 800-pound gorilla? Or does nature teach you to be more subtle and sophisticated? Richard Conniff, the acclaimed author of The Natural History of the Rich, has survived savage beasts in the workplace jungle, where he hooted and preened in the corner office as a publishing executive. He’s also spent time studying how animals operate in the real jungles of the Amazon and the African bush. What he shows in The Ape in the Corner Office is that nature built you to be nice. Doing favors, grooming coworkers with kind words, building coalitions—these tools for getting ahead come straight from the jungle. The stereotypical Darwinian hard-charger supposedly thinks only about accumulating resources. But highly effective apes know it’s often smarter to give them away. That doesn’t mean it’s a peaceable kingdom out there, however. Conniff shows that you can become more effective by understanding how other species negotiate the tricky balance between conflict and cooperation. Conniff quotes one biologist on a chimpanzee’s obsession with rank: “His attempts to maintain and achieve alpha status are cunning, persistent, energetic, and time-consuming. They affect whom he travels with, whom he grooms, where he glances, how often he scratches, where he goes, what times he gets up in the morning.” Sound familiar? It’s the same behavior you can find written up in any issue of BusinessWeek or The Wall Street Journal. The Ape in the Corner Office connects with the day-to-day of the workplace because it helps explain what people are really concerned about: How come he got the wing chair with the gold trim? How can I survive as that big ape’s subordinate without becoming a spineless yes-man? Why does being a lone wolf mean being a loser? And, yes, why is it that jerks seem to prosper—at least in the short run? Also available as a Random House AudioBook and an eBook Richard Conniff Tue, 06 Sep 2005 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345142 thebookvoice.com 13:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ape in the Corner Office: How to Make Friends, Win Fights and Work Smarter by Understanding Human Nature Author: Richard Conniff Narrator: Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 6, 2005 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tired of swimming with the sharks? Fed up with that big ape down the hall? Real animals can teach us better ways to thrive in the workplace jungle. You’re ambitious and want to get ahead, but what’s the best way to do it? Become the biggest, baddest predator? The proverbial 800-pound gorilla? Or does nature teach you to be more subtle and sophisticated? Richard Conniff, the acclaimed author of The Natural History of the Rich, has survived savage beasts in the workplace jungle, where he hooted and preened in the corner office as a publishing executive. He’s also spent time studying how animals operate in the real jungles of the Amazon and the African bush. What he shows in The Ape in the Corner Office is that nature built you to be nice. Doing favors, grooming coworkers with kind words, building coalitions—these tools for getting ahead come straight from the jungle. The stereotypical Darwinian hard-charger supposedly thinks only about accumulating resources. But highly effective apes know it’s often smarter to give them away. That doesn’t mean it’s a peaceable kingdom out there, however. Conniff shows that you can become more effective by understanding how other species negotiate the tricky balance between conflict and cooperation. Conniff quotes one biologist on a chimpanzee’s obsession with rank: “His attempts to maintain and achieve alpha status are cunning, persistent, energetic, and time-consuming. They affect whom he travels with, whom he grooms, where he glances, how often he scratches, where he goes, what times he gets up in the morning.” Sound familiar? It’s the same behavior you can find written up in any issue of BusinessWeek or The Wall Street Journal. The Ape in the Corner Office connects with the day-to-day of the workplace because it helps explain what people are really concerned about: How come he got the wing chair with the gold trim? How can I survive as that big ape’s subordinate without becoming a spineless yes-man? Why does being a lone wolf mean being a loser? And, yes, why is it that jerks seem to prosper—at least in the short run? Also available as a Random House AudioBook and an eBook Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ape in the Corner Office: How to Make Friends, Win Fights and Work Smarter by Understanding Human Nature Author: Richard Conniff Narrator: Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 6, 2005 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tired of swimming with the sharks? Fed up with that big ape down the hall? Real animals can teach us better ways to thrive in the workplace jungle. You’re ambitious and want to get ahead, but what’s the best way to do it? Become the biggest, baddest predator? The proverbial 800-pound gorilla? Or does nature teach you to be more subtle and sophisticated? Richard Conniff, the acclaimed author of The Natural History of the Rich, has survived savage beasts in the workplace jungle, where he hooted and preened in the corner office as a publishing executive. He’s also spent time studying how animals operate in the real jungles of the Amazon and the African bush. What he shows in The Ape in the Corner Office is that nature built you to be nice. Doing favors, grooming coworkers with kind words, building coalitions—these tools for getting ahead come straight from the jungle. The stereotypical Darwinian hard-charger supposedly thinks only about accumulating resources. But highly effective apes know it’s often smarter to give them away. That doesn’t mean it’s a peaceable kingdom out there, however. Conniff shows that you can become more effective by understanding how other species negotiate the tricky balance between conflict and cooperation. Conniff quotes one biologist on a chimpanzee’s obsession with rank: “His attempts to maintain and achieve alpha status are cunning, persistent, energetic, and time-consuming. They affect whom he travels with, whom he grooms, where he glances, how often he scratches, where he goes, what times he gets up in the morning.” Sound familiar? It’s the same behavior you can find written up in any issue of BusinessWeek or The Wall Street Journal. The Ape in the Corner Office connects with the day-to-day of the workplace because it helps explain what people are really concerned about: How come he got the wing chair with the gold trim? How can I survive as that big ape’s subordinate without becoming a spineless yes-man? Why does being a lone wolf mean being a loser? And, yes, why is it that jerks seem to prosper—at least in the short run? Also available as a Random House AudioBook and an eBook https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vital Friends: The People You Can't Afford to Live Without Author: Tom Rath Narrator: Tom Rath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 21, 2006 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What's the quickest way to ruin a friendship? Do great friendships have anything in common? Are close friendships in the workplace such a bad thing? These are just a few of the questions that bestselling author Tom Rath asked when he embarked on a massive study about the impact of friendships. His team's findings— including the landmark discovery that people who have a 'best friend at work' are seven times as likely to be engaged in their job—are sure to challenge long-held assumptions people have about their friendships. Vital Friends will help you better understand the eight vital friendship roles your friends play in your life and at work, and will help you develop these relationships into vital friendships that measurably improve your life. Each copy also provides access to the Vital Friends Assessment and website: (gx.gallup.com/vitalfriends.gx/)—a personalized, groundbreaking test that will help you see your coworkers, family, friends, and significant other in a whole new light. Tom Rath Tue, 21 Nov 2006 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154293 thebookvoice.com 2:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vital Friends: The People You Can't Afford to Live Without Author: Tom Rath Narrator: Tom Rath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 21, 2006 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What's the quickest way to ruin a friendship? Do great friendships have anything in common? Are close friendships in the workplace such a bad thing? These are just a few of the questions that bestselling author Tom Rath asked when he embarked on a massive study about the impact of friendships. His team's findings— including the landmark discovery that people who have a 'best friend at work' are seven times as likely to be engaged in their job—are sure to challenge long-held assumptions people have about their friendships. Vital Friends will help you better understand the eight vital friendship roles your friends play in your life and at work, and will help you develop these relationships into vital friendships that measurably improve your life. Each copy also provides access to the Vital Friends Assessment and website: (gx.gallup.com/vitalfriends.gx/)—a personalized, groundbreaking test that will help you see your coworkers, family, friends, and significant other in a whole new light. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vital Friends: The People You Can't Afford to Live Without Author: Tom Rath Narrator: Tom Rath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 21, 2006 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What's the quickest way to ruin a friendship? Do great friendships have anything in common? Are close friendships in the workplace such a bad thing? These are just a few of the questions that bestselling author Tom Rath asked when he embarked on a massive study about the impact of friendships. His team's findings— including the landmark discovery that people who have a 'best friend at work' are seven times as likely to be engaged in their job—are sure to challenge long-held assumptions people have about their friendships. Vital Friends will help you better understand the eight vital friendship roles your friends play in your life and at work, and will help you develop these relationships into vital friendships that measurably improve your life. Each copy also provides access to the Vital Friends Assessment and website: (gx.gallup.com/vitalfriends.gx/)—a personalized, groundbreaking test that will help you see your coworkers, family, friends, and significant other in a whole new light. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unleashing the Idea Virus Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Counter to traditional marketing wisdom, which tries to count, measure, and manipulate the spread of information, Seth Godin argues that information can spread most effectively from customer to customer, rather than from business to customer. Godin calls this powerful customer-to-customer dialogue the ideavirus. In Unleashing the Ideavirus, Godin examines how companies like Napster and Hotmail have successfuly launched ideaviruses. He offers a recipe for creating your own ideavirus, and shows how businesses can use ideavirus marketing to succeed in a world that doesn't want to hear it anymore from traditional marketers. Seth Godin Thu, 01 Mar 2001 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154292 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unleashing the Idea Virus Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Counter to traditional marketing wisdom, which tries to count, measure, and manipulate the spread of information, Seth Godin argues that information can spread most effectively from customer to customer, rather than from business to customer. Godin calls this powerful customer-to-customer dialogue the ideavirus. In Unleashing the Ideavirus, Godin examines how companies like Napster and Hotmail have successfuly launched ideaviruses. He offers a recipe for creating your own ideavirus, and shows how businesses can use ideavirus marketing to succeed in a world that doesn't want to hear it anymore from traditional marketers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/154292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unleashing the Idea Virus Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2001 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Counter to traditional marketing wisdom, which tries to count, measure, and manipulate the spread of information, Seth Godin argues that information can spread most effectively from customer to customer, rather than from business to customer. Godin calls this powerful customer-to-customer dialogue the ideavirus. In Unleashing the Ideavirus, Godin examines how companies like Napster and Hotmail have successfuly launched ideaviruses. He offers a recipe for creating your own ideavirus, and shows how businesses can use ideavirus marketing to succeed in a world that doesn't want to hear it anymore from traditional marketers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shadowbosses: Government Unions Control America and Rob Taxpayers Blind Author: Mallory Factor Narrator: Mallory Factor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The rise of unions is having a deep impact on the workers of America, and this brutally honest exposé serves as a warning to concerned Americans for what’s to come if this continues. SHADOWBOSSES reads like an organized crime novel, but it's actually a true story of how labor unions are infiltrating our government and corrupting our political process. This compelling and insightful book exposes how unions have organized federal, state, and local government employees without their consent, and how government employee unions are now a threat to our workers' freedoms, our free and fair elections, and even our American way of life. And, Mallory Factor reveals what's coming next: how unions are targeting millions of Americans--maybe even you--for forced unionization so that unions can collect billions more in forced dues and exert an even greater influence over American politics. A chilling expose, SHADOWBOSSES is also a call to citizen action against those who really hold power in America today. Mallory Factor Tue, 13 Nov 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153405 thebookvoice.com 9:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shadowbosses: Government Unions Control America and Rob Taxpayers Blind Author: Mallory Factor Narrator: Mallory Factor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The rise of unions is having a deep impact on the workers of America, and this brutally honest exposé serves as a warning to concerned Americans for what’s to come if this continues. SHADOWBOSSES reads like an organized crime novel, but it's actually a true story of how labor unions are infiltrating our government and corrupting our political process. This compelling and insightful book exposes how unions have organized federal, state, and local government employees without their consent, and how government employee unions are now a threat to our workers' freedoms, our free and fair elections, and even our American way of life. And, Mallory Factor reveals what's coming next: how unions are targeting millions of Americans--maybe even you--for forced unionization so that unions can collect billions more in forced dues and exert an even greater influence over American politics. A chilling expose, SHADOWBOSSES is also a call to citizen action against those who really hold power in America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shadowbosses: Government Unions Control America and Rob Taxpayers Blind Author: Mallory Factor Narrator: Mallory Factor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The rise of unions is having a deep impact on the workers of America, and this brutally honest exposé serves as a warning to concerned Americans for what’s to come if this continues. SHADOWBOSSES reads like an organized crime novel, but it's actually a true story of how labor unions are infiltrating our government and corrupting our political process. This compelling and insightful book exposes how unions have organized federal, state, and local government employees without their consent, and how government employee unions are now a threat to our workers' freedoms, our free and fair elections, and even our American way of life. And, Mallory Factor reveals what's coming next: how unions are targeting millions of Americans--maybe even you--for forced unionization so that unions can collect billions more in forced dues and exert an even greater influence over American politics. A chilling expose, SHADOWBOSSES is also a call to citizen action against those who really hold power in America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go: Career Conversations Employees Want Author: Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 17, 2012 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Study after study confirms that career development is the single most powerful tool managers have for driving retention, engagement, productivity, and results. Nevertheless, it’s frequently back-burnered. When asked why, managers say the number one reason is that they just don’t have time—for the meetings, the forms, the administrative hoops. But there’s a better way. And it’s surprisingly simple: frequent short conversations with employees about their career goals and options integrated seamlessly into the normal course of business. Beverly Kaye and Julie Winkle Giulioni identify three broad types of conversations that have the power to motivate employees more deeply than any well-intentioned development event or process. These conversations will increase employees’ awareness of their strengths, weaknesses, and interests; point out where their organization and their industry are headed; and help them pull all of that together to design their own up-to-the-minute, personalized career paths. Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go is filled with practical tips, guidelines, and templates, as well as nearly a hundred suggested conversation questions. Illuminated with the perspectives of real managers and employees, this audiobook proves that careers are best developed one conversation at a time. Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Mon, 17 Sep 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148131 thebookvoice.com 2:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go: Career Conversations Employees Want Author: Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 17, 2012 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Study after study confirms that career development is the single most powerful tool managers have for driving retention, engagement, productivity, and results. Nevertheless, it’s frequently back-burnered. When asked why, managers say the number one reason is that they just don’t have time—for the meetings, the forms, the administrative hoops. But there’s a better way. And it’s surprisingly simple: frequent short conversations with employees about their career goals and options integrated seamlessly into the normal course of business. Beverly Kaye and Julie Winkle Giulioni identify three broad types of conversations that have the power to motivate employees more deeply than any well-intentioned development event or process. These conversations will increase employees’ awareness of their strengths, weaknesses, and interests; point out where their organization and their industry are headed; and help them pull all of that together to design their own up-to-the-minute, personalized career paths. Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go is filled with practical tips, guidelines, and templates, as well as nearly a hundred suggested conversation questions. Illuminated with the perspectives of real managers and employees, this audiobook proves that careers are best developed one conversation at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go: Career Conversations Employees Want Author: Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 17, 2012 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Study after study confirms that career development is the single most powerful tool managers have for driving retention, engagement, productivity, and results. Nevertheless, it’s frequently back-burnered. When asked why, managers say the number one reason is that they just don’t have time—for the meetings, the forms, the administrative hoops. But there’s a better way. And it’s surprisingly simple: frequent short conversations with employees about their career goals and options integrated seamlessly into the normal course of business. Beverly Kaye and Julie Winkle Giulioni identify three broad types of conversations that have the power to motivate employees more deeply than any well-intentioned development event or process. These conversations will increase employees’ awareness of their strengths, weaknesses, and interests; point out where their organization and their industry are headed; and help them pull all of that together to design their own up-to-the-minute, personalized career paths. Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go is filled with practical tips, guidelines, and templates, as well as nearly a hundred suggested conversation questions. Illuminated with the perspectives of real managers and employees, this audiobook proves that careers are best developed one conversation at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green to Gold: How Smart Companies Use Environmental Strategy to Innovate, Create Value, and Build Competitive Advantage Author: Daniel C. Esty, Andrew S. Winston Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 12, 2009 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The essential guide for forward-thinking business leaders who see the Green Wave coming and want to profit from it. This book explores what every executive must know to manage the environmental challenges facing society and business. Based on the authors' years of experience and hundreds of interviews with corporate leaders around the world, Green to Gold shows how companies generate lasting value, cutting costs, reducing risk, increasing revenues, and creating strong brands, by building environmental thinking into their business strategies. Daniel C. Esty and Andrew S. Winston provide clear how-to advice and concrete examples from companies like BP, Toyota, IKEA, GE, and Nike that are achieving both environmental and business success. The authors show how these cutting-edge companies are establishing an 'eco-advantage' in the marketplace as traditional elements of competitive differentiation fade in importance. Esty and Winston not only highlight successful strategies but also make plain what does not work by describing why environmental initiatives sometimes fail despite the best intentions. Green to Gold is written for executives at every level and for businesses of all kinds and sizes. Esty and Winston guide leaders through a complex new world of resource shortfalls, regulatory restrictions, and growing pressure from customers and other stakeholders to strive for sustainability. With a sharp focus on execution, Esty and Winston offer a thoughtful, pragmatic, and inspiring road map that companies can use to cope with environmental pressures and responsibilities while sparking innovation that will drive long-term growth. Green to Gold is the new template for global CEOs who want to be good stewards of the Earth while simultaneously building the bottom line. Daniel C. Esty, Andrew S. Winston Mon, 12 Jan 2009 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146734 thebookvoice.com 10:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green to Gold: How Smart Companies Use Environmental Strategy to Innovate, Create Value, and Build Competitive Advantage Author: Daniel C. Esty, Andrew S. Winston Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 12, 2009 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The essential guide for forward-thinking business leaders who see the Green Wave coming and want to profit from it. This book explores what every executive must know to manage the environmental challenges facing society and business. Based on the authors' years of experience and hundreds of interviews with corporate leaders around the world, Green to Gold shows how companies generate lasting value, cutting costs, reducing risk, increasing revenues, and creating strong brands, by building environmental thinking into their business strategies. Daniel C. Esty and Andrew S. Winston provide clear how-to advice and concrete examples from companies like BP, Toyota, IKEA, GE, and Nike that are achieving both environmental and business success. The authors show how these cutting-edge companies are establishing an 'eco-advantage' in the marketplace as traditional elements of competitive differentiation fade in importance. Esty and Winston not only highlight successful strategies but also make plain what does not work by describing why environmental initiatives sometimes fail despite the best intentions. Green to Gold is written for executives at every level and for businesses of all kinds and sizes. Esty and Winston guide leaders through a complex new world of resource shortfalls, regulatory restrictions, and growing pressure from customers and other stakeholders to strive for sustainability. With a sharp focus on execution, Esty and Winston offer a thoughtful, pragmatic, and inspiring road map that companies can use to cope with environmental pressures and responsibilities while sparking innovation that will drive long-term growth. Green to Gold is the new template for global CEOs who want to be good stewards of the Earth while simultaneously building the bottom line. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green to Gold: How Smart Companies Use Environmental Strategy to Innovate, Create Value, and Build Competitive Advantage Author: Daniel C. Esty, Andrew S. Winston Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 12, 2009 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The essential guide for forward-thinking business leaders who see the Green Wave coming and want to profit from it. This book explores what every executive must know to manage the environmental challenges facing society and business. Based on the authors' years of experience and hundreds of interviews with corporate leaders around the world, Green to Gold shows how companies generate lasting value, cutting costs, reducing risk, increasing revenues, and creating strong brands, by building environmental thinking into their business strategies. Daniel C. Esty and Andrew S. Winston provide clear how-to advice and concrete examples from companies like BP, Toyota, IKEA, GE, and Nike that are achieving both environmental and business success. The authors show how these cutting-edge companies are establishing an 'eco-advantage' in the marketplace as traditional elements of competitive differentiation fade in importance. Esty and Winston not only highlight successful strategies but also make plain what does not work by describing why environmental initiatives sometimes fail despite the best intentions. Green to Gold is written for executives at every level and for businesses of all kinds and sizes. Esty and Winston guide leaders through a complex new world of resource shortfalls, regulatory restrictions, and growing pressure from customers and other stakeholders to strive for sustainability. With a sharp focus on execution, Esty and Winston offer a thoughtful, pragmatic, and inspiring road map that companies can use to cope with environmental pressures and responsibilities while sparking innovation that will drive long-term growth. Green to Gold is the new template for global CEOs who want to be good stewards of the Earth while simultaneously building the bottom line. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goal Setting: How to Create an Action Plan and Achieve Your Goals Author: Michael S. Dobson, Susan B. Wilson Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today’s hectic work environment, the chances are that you have way too much to do and too little time to get it done. No matter how accomplished and capable you are, achieving your goals can seem almost insurmountable. Why is it that some people consistently seem to get more done than others? The answer is that they know how to set specific, achievable goals for themselves...and then follow through on them.This revised and updated audio edition of Goal Setting offers listeners practical tools and powerful techniques on how to set a goal, make a plan, and achieve an objective. The audio book teaches you how to: - act upon your objectives in a precise, targeted way - recognize obstacles and overcome them - become more assertive - change counterproductive behavior - establish priorities - make the most of your time Achieving goals takes hard work and discipline, but it can be done. The worksheets and graphics found in the print and ebook editions of this book have been adapted for audio. Michael S. Dobson, Susan B. Wilson Tue, 21 Mar 2017 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290856 thebookvoice.com 3:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goal Setting: How to Create an Action Plan and Achieve Your Goals Author: Michael S. Dobson, Susan B. Wilson Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today’s hectic work environment, the chances are that you have way too much to do and too little time to get it done. No matter how accomplished and capable you are, achieving your goals can seem almost insurmountable. Why is it that some people consistently seem to get more done than others? The answer is that they know how to set specific, achievable goals for themselves...and then follow through on them.This revised and updated audio edition of Goal Setting offers listeners practical tools and powerful techniques on how to set a goal, make a plan, and achieve an objective. The audio book teaches you how to: - act upon your objectives in a precise, targeted way - recognize obstacles and overcome them - become more assertive - change counterproductive behavior - establish priorities - make the most of your time Achieving goals takes hard work and discipline, but it can be done. The worksheets and graphics found in the print and ebook editions of this book have been adapted for audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goal Setting: How to Create an Action Plan and Achieve Your Goals Author: Michael S. Dobson, Susan B. Wilson Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today’s hectic work environment, the chances are that you have way too much to do and too little time to get it done. No matter how accomplished and capable you are, achieving your goals can seem almost insurmountable. Why is it that some people consistently seem to get more done than others? The answer is that they know how to set specific, achievable goals for themselves...and then follow through on them.This revised and updated audio edition of Goal Setting offers listeners practical tools and powerful techniques on how to set a goal, make a plan, and achieve an objective. The audio book teaches you how to: - act upon your objectives in a precise, targeted way - recognize obstacles and overcome them - become more assertive - change counterproductive behavior - establish priorities - make the most of your time Achieving goals takes hard work and discipline, but it can be done. The worksheets and graphics found in the print and ebook editions of this book have been adapted for audio. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read This Before Our Next Meeting: How We Can Get More Done Author: Al Pittampalli Narrator: Al Pittampalli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 3, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Traditional meetings are a weapon of mass interruption. Long live the Modern Meeting! The average American office worker spends eleven hours in meetings every week. Yet all that time sitting around a conference table hasn’t made us more productive. If anything, meetings have made work worse. Traditional meetings reduce efficiency, kill urgency, and breed compromise and complacency. Worst of all, our dysfunctional meeting culture changes how we focus, what we focus on, and what decisions we make. But there is a solution, a way to have fewer, shorter, more purposeful meetings. It’s called the Modern Meeting Standard. By following its eight simple but radical principles you may never have to attend a useless meeting again. Read This Before Our Next Meeting is the call to action you (and your boss) need. Al Pittampalli Wed, 03 Aug 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read This Before Our Next Meeting: How We Can Get More Done Author: Al Pittampalli Narrator: Al Pittampalli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 3, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Traditional meetings are a weapon of mass interruption. Long live the Modern Meeting! The average American office worker spends eleven hours in meetings every week. Yet all that time sitting around a conference table hasn’t made us more productive. If anything, meetings have made work worse. Traditional meetings reduce efficiency, kill urgency, and breed compromise and complacency. Worst of all, our dysfunctional meeting culture changes how we focus, what we focus on, and what decisions we make. But there is a solution, a way to have fewer, shorter, more purposeful meetings. It’s called the Modern Meeting Standard. By following its eight simple but radical principles you may never have to attend a useless meeting again. Read This Before Our Next Meeting is the call to action you (and your boss) need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read This Before Our Next Meeting: How We Can Get More Done Author: Al Pittampalli Narrator: Al Pittampalli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 3, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Traditional meetings are a weapon of mass interruption. Long live the Modern Meeting! The average American office worker spends eleven hours in meetings every week. Yet all that time sitting around a conference table hasn’t made us more productive. If anything, meetings have made work worse. Traditional meetings reduce efficiency, kill urgency, and breed compromise and complacency. Worst of all, our dysfunctional meeting culture changes how we focus, what we focus on, and what decisions we make. But there is a solution, a way to have fewer, shorter, more purposeful meetings. It’s called the Modern Meeting Standard. By following its eight simple but radical principles you may never have to attend a useless meeting again. Read This Before Our Next Meeting is the call to action you (and your boss) need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141388 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love the Work, Hate the Job: Why America’s Best Workers Are More Unhappy than Ever Author: David Kusnet Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 30, 2008 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Over the years, American jobs have become more intellectually challenging and less physically exhausting. Yet more and more American workers—blue collar, white collar, and pink collar—are expressing dissatisfaction with their jobs. They love their careers, but not their working conditions. What turns a model employee into a malcontent? David Kusnet followed the workers at four companies in the Seattle area in the turning-point year of 2000: Microsoft, Boeing, Kaiser Aluminum, and Northwest Hospital. He tells the stories of skilled and dedicated workers battling not so much for better pay and benefits as for respect and a say in the future of the business. Indiscriminate cost-cutting and the pursuit of short-term profits prevent the best workers from doing their best work, fueling the workplace conflicts of the twenty-first century. David Kusnet Fri, 30 May 2008 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141388 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love the Work, Hate the Job: Why America’s Best Workers Are More Unhappy than Ever Author: David Kusnet Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 30, 2008 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Over the years, American jobs have become more intellectually challenging and less physically exhausting. Yet more and more American workers—blue collar, white collar, and pink collar—are expressing dissatisfaction with their jobs. They love their careers, but not their working conditions. What turns a model employee into a malcontent? David Kusnet followed the workers at four companies in the Seattle area in the turning-point year of 2000: Microsoft, Boeing, Kaiser Aluminum, and Northwest Hospital. He tells the stories of skilled and dedicated workers battling not so much for better pay and benefits as for respect and a say in the future of the business. Indiscriminate cost-cutting and the pursuit of short-term profits prevent the best workers from doing their best work, fueling the workplace conflicts of the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/141388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love the Work, Hate the Job: Why America’s Best Workers Are More Unhappy than Ever Author: David Kusnet Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 30, 2008 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Over the years, American jobs have become more intellectually challenging and less physically exhausting. Yet more and more American workers—blue collar, white collar, and pink collar—are expressing dissatisfaction with their jobs. They love their careers, but not their working conditions. What turns a model employee into a malcontent? David Kusnet followed the workers at four companies in the Seattle area in the turning-point year of 2000: Microsoft, Boeing, Kaiser Aluminum, and Northwest Hospital. He tells the stories of skilled and dedicated workers battling not so much for better pay and benefits as for respect and a say in the future of the business. Indiscriminate cost-cutting and the pursuit of short-term profits prevent the best workers from doing their best work, fueling the workplace conflicts of the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132895 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Other People: The Five Secrets to Human Behavior Series: Part of Your Coach in a Box Author: Beverly D Flaxington Narrator: Beverly D Flaxington, Mike Slemmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Find out why book reviewers have said: 'Everyone on planet earth should get this book' Listen, and you will find the tips and insights you need to: Understand what people are really saying when they talk to you Deal effectively with difficult people in your life Come across confidently in interviews Lead high performing teams Work effectively with almost anyone Take charge of your own actions and reactions Finally -- understand other people! Winner of the gold award by Readers Favorite for best book on relationships! Beverly D Flaxington Tue, 19 Jun 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132895 thebookvoice.com 2:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Other People: The Five Secrets to Human Behavior Series: Part of Your Coach in a Box Author: Beverly D Flaxington Narrator: Beverly D Flaxington, Mike Slemmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Find out why book reviewers have said: 'Everyone on planet earth should get this book' Listen, and you will find the tips and insights you need to: Understand what people are really saying when they talk to you Deal effectively with difficult people in your life Come across confidently in interviews Lead high performing teams Work effectively with almost anyone Take charge of your own actions and reactions Finally -- understand other people! Winner of the gold award by Readers Favorite for best book on relationships! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Other People: The Five Secrets to Human Behavior Series: Part of Your Coach in a Box Author: Beverly D Flaxington Narrator: Beverly D Flaxington, Mike Slemmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Find out why book reviewers have said: 'Everyone on planet earth should get this book' Listen, and you will find the tips and insights you need to: Understand what people are really saying when they talk to you Deal effectively with difficult people in your life Come across confidently in interviews Lead high performing teams Work effectively with almost anyone Take charge of your own actions and reactions Finally -- understand other people! Winner of the gold award by Readers Favorite for best book on relationships! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131575 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vegetarian Myth: Food, Justice, and Sustainability Author: Lierre Keith Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 8, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We’ve been told that a vegetarian diet can feed the hungry, honor the animals, and save the planet. Lierre Keith believed in that plant-based diet and spent twenty years as a vegan. But in The Vegetarian Myth, she argues that we’ve been led astray - not by our longings for a just and sustainable world, but by our ignorance. The truth is that agriculture is a relentless assault against the planet, and more of the same won’t save us. In service to annual grains, humans have devastated prairies and forests, driven countless species extinct, altered the climate, and destroyed the topsoil - the basis of life itself. Keith argues that if we are to save this planet, our food must be an act of profound and abiding repair: it must come from inside living communities, not be imposed across them. Part memoir, part nutritional primer, and part political manifesto, The Vegetarian Myth will challenge everything you thought you knew about food politics. 'Lierre Keith’s book is beyond fantastic.' -Dr. Michael Eades, author of Protein Power 'This book saved my life. Not only does The Vegetarian Myth make clear how we should be eating, but also how the dominant food system is killing the planet. This necessary book challenges many of the destructive myths we live by and offers us a way back into our bodies, and back into the fight to save the planet.' -Derrick Jensen, author of Endgame and A Language Older Than Words 'Everyone interested in healthy eating should be grateful to Lierre Keith.' -Sally Fallon Morell, President, The Weston A. Price Foundation 'Whether you are a vegan, vegetarian, or never gave up meat at all, you will benefit from this author's painful mistakes and her laser-like focus on the path to a sane diet and all that it entails.' -Peter Bane, Permaculture Activist Lierre Keith Wed, 08 Feb 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131575 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vegetarian Myth: Food, Justice, and Sustainability Author: Lierre Keith Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 8, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We’ve been told that a vegetarian diet can feed the hungry, honor the animals, and save the planet. Lierre Keith believed in that plant-based diet and spent twenty years as a vegan. But in The Vegetarian Myth, she argues that we’ve been led astray - not by our longings for a just and sustainable world, but by our ignorance. The truth is that agriculture is a relentless assault against the planet, and more of the same won’t save us. In service to annual grains, humans have devastated prairies and forests, driven countless species extinct, altered the climate, and destroyed the topsoil - the basis of life itself. Keith argues that if we are to save this planet, our food must be an act of profound and abiding repair: it must come from inside living communities, not be imposed across them. Part memoir, part nutritional primer, and part political manifesto, The Vegetarian Myth will challenge everything you thought you knew about food politics. 'Lierre Keith’s book is beyond fantastic.' -Dr. Michael Eades, author of Protein Power 'This book saved my life. Not only does The Vegetarian Myth make clear how we should be eating, but also how the dominant food system is killing the planet. This necessary book challenges many of the destructive myths we live by and offers us a way back into our bodies, and back into the fight to save the planet.' -Derrick Jensen, author of Endgame and A Language Older Than Words 'Everyone interested in healthy eating should be grateful to Lierre Keith.' -Sally Fallon Morell, President, The Weston A. Price Foundation 'Whether you are a vegan, vegetarian, or never gave up meat at all, you will benefit from this author's painful mistakes and her laser-like focus on the path to a sane diet and all that it entails.' -Peter Bane, Permaculture Activist Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/131575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vegetarian Myth: Food, Justice, and Sustainability Author: Lierre Keith Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 8, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We’ve been told that a vegetarian diet can feed the hungry, honor the animals, and save the planet. Lierre Keith believed in that plant-based diet and spent twenty years as a vegan. But in The Vegetarian Myth, she argues that we’ve been led astray - not by our longings for a just and sustainable world, but by our ignorance. The truth is that agriculture is a relentless assault against the planet, and more of the same won’t save us. In service to annual grains, humans have devastated prairies and forests, driven countless species extinct, altered the climate, and destroyed the topsoil - the basis of life itself. Keith argues that if we are to save this planet, our food must be an act of profound and abiding repair: it must come from inside living communities, not be imposed across them. Part memoir, part nutritional primer, and part political manifesto, The Vegetarian Myth will challenge everything you thought you knew about food politics. 'Lierre Keith’s book is beyond fantastic.' -Dr. Michael Eades, author of Protein Power 'This book saved my life. Not only does The Vegetarian Myth make clear how we should be eating, but also how the dominant food system is killing the planet. This necessary book challenges many of the destructive myths we live by and offers us a way back into our bodies, and back into the fight to save the planet.' -Derrick Jensen, author of Endgame and A Language Older Than Words 'Everyone interested in healthy eating should be grateful to Lierre Keith.' -Sally Fallon Morell, President, The Weston A. Price Foundation 'Whether you are a vegan, vegetarian, or never gave up meat at all, you will benefit from this author's painful mistakes and her laser-like focus on the path to a sane diet and all that it entails.' -Peter Bane, Permaculture Activist https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stepping Up: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything Author: John Izzo Narrator: John Izzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 1, 2012 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: More people need to step up. When we take responsibility for making change wherever we can, not only does it make our companies, communities, and the world better, but we are happier and more successful and have more fulfilling relationships. But all too often, we stop ourselves before we start. The problems seem too daunting, it's another department's responsibility, other people are the issue and we can't change them, and so on. And so nothing ever changes. With his distinctive mix of inspiring storytelling and practical advice, John Izzo compassionately demolishes the most typical excuses, helps us see a way through common roadblocks, and enables anyone, anywhere, anytime to effectively bring about positive change by simply stepping up. Through numerous examples, Izzo shows that when one person steps up, it creates a wave of energy that encourages others to join in. Rather than regaling us with stories of extraordinary people and extraordinary deeds, Izzo tells us about regular people who see problems and decide—sometimes hesitantly, often uncertainly—to take that first step. Like them, each one of us can claim our power to change the world. From the bestselling author of The Five Secrets You Must Discover Before You Die. John Izzo Wed, 01 Feb 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127692 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stepping Up: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything Author: John Izzo Narrator: John Izzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 1, 2012 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: More people need to step up. When we take responsibility for making change wherever we can, not only does it make our companies, communities, and the world better, but we are happier and more successful and have more fulfilling relationships. But all too often, we stop ourselves before we start. The problems seem too daunting, it's another department's responsibility, other people are the issue and we can't change them, and so on. And so nothing ever changes. With his distinctive mix of inspiring storytelling and practical advice, John Izzo compassionately demolishes the most typical excuses, helps us see a way through common roadblocks, and enables anyone, anywhere, anytime to effectively bring about positive change by simply stepping up. Through numerous examples, Izzo shows that when one person steps up, it creates a wave of energy that encourages others to join in. Rather than regaling us with stories of extraordinary people and extraordinary deeds, Izzo tells us about regular people who see problems and decide—sometimes hesitantly, often uncertainly—to take that first step. Like them, each one of us can claim our power to change the world. From the bestselling author of The Five Secrets You Must Discover Before You Die. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stepping Up: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything Author: John Izzo Narrator: John Izzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 1, 2012 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: More people need to step up. When we take responsibility for making change wherever we can, not only does it make our companies, communities, and the world better, but we are happier and more successful and have more fulfilling relationships. But all too often, we stop ourselves before we start. The problems seem too daunting, it's another department's responsibility, other people are the issue and we can't change them, and so on. And so nothing ever changes. With his distinctive mix of inspiring storytelling and practical advice, John Izzo compassionately demolishes the most typical excuses, helps us see a way through common roadblocks, and enables anyone, anywhere, anytime to effectively bring about positive change by simply stepping up. Through numerous examples, Izzo shows that when one person steps up, it creates a wave of energy that encourages others to join in. Rather than regaling us with stories of extraordinary people and extraordinary deeds, Izzo tells us about regular people who see problems and decide—sometimes hesitantly, often uncertainly—to take that first step. Like them, each one of us can claim our power to change the world. From the bestselling author of The Five Secrets You Must Discover Before You Die. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion: The Art of Getting What You Want Author: Dave Lakhani Narrator: Dave Lakhani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 87 Ratings of Narrator: 3.09 of Total 11 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The outcome of most persuasive events is determined before you ever say a word. People may know how to sell, but most were never taught how to persuade. Persuasion expert Dave Lakhani breaks down the process into easy-to-use steps, teaching the listener not only how to persuade, but the biology and psychology behind it as well. Persuasion is key to every aspect of sales, marketing, and negotiations. This audiobook reveals today's most effective persuasion techniques for business professionals, which can easily be applied to their personal lives as well. Though the techniques are similar, Lakhani draws a hard line between persuasion and manipulation, with the primary distinction being intent. True persuasion is based in truth, honesty and inquisitiveness, and the ability to tell a powerful story and to meet the expectations of those one is trying to persuade. Good persuasion is a practiced art - so Lakhani gives the listener: A map for the persuasive process Persuasion tools and instructions for use 17 persuasion tactics to instantly persuade The Persuasion Equation The Six Tenets of Persuasion Steps to becoming an expert in just 30 days Quick Persuaders: tools to use every day Citing the opinions of noted neuroscientists, psychologists, and influence professionals, and featuring examples of persuasion at work in sales, copywriting, advertising, negotiations, and personal interactions, this audiobook supports its theories and shows how to get a message through the electronic clutter facing decision-makers today. The listener will learn to layer on tactic after tactic to methodically and effectively break down natural resistance, increase the emotions of acceptance and desire, and move the prospect to the right outcome: the outcome the listener desires. Dave Lakhani Mon, 08 Aug 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125211 thebookvoice.com 4:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion: The Art of Getting What You Want Author: Dave Lakhani Narrator: Dave Lakhani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 87 Ratings of Narrator: 3.09 of Total 11 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The outcome of most persuasive events is determined before you ever say a word. People may know how to sell, but most were never taught how to persuade. Persuasion expert Dave Lakhani breaks down the process into easy-to-use steps, teaching the listener not only how to persuade, but the biology and psychology behind it as well. Persuasion is key to every aspect of sales, marketing, and negotiations. This audiobook reveals today's most effective persuasion techniques for business professionals, which can easily be applied to their personal lives as well. Though the techniques are similar, Lakhani draws a hard line between persuasion and manipulation, with the primary distinction being intent. True persuasion is based in truth, honesty and inquisitiveness, and the ability to tell a powerful story and to meet the expectations of those one is trying to persuade. Good persuasion is a practiced art - so Lakhani gives the listener: A map for the persuasive process Persuasion tools and instructions for use 17 persuasion tactics to instantly persuade The Persuasion Equation The Six Tenets of Persuasion Steps to becoming an expert in just 30 days Quick Persuaders: tools to use every day Citing the opinions of noted neuroscientists, psychologists, and influence professionals, and featuring examples of persuasion at work in sales, copywriting, advertising, negotiations, and personal interactions, this audiobook supports its theories and shows how to get a message through the electronic clutter facing decision-makers today. The listener will learn to layer on tactic after tactic to methodically and effectively break down natural resistance, increase the emotions of acceptance and desire, and move the prospect to the right outcome: the outcome the listener desires. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion: The Art of Getting What You Want Author: Dave Lakhani Narrator: Dave Lakhani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 87 Ratings of Narrator: 3.09 of Total 11 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The outcome of most persuasive events is determined before you ever say a word. People may know how to sell, but most were never taught how to persuade. Persuasion expert Dave Lakhani breaks down the process into easy-to-use steps, teaching the listener not only how to persuade, but the biology and psychology behind it as well. Persuasion is key to every aspect of sales, marketing, and negotiations. This audiobook reveals today's most effective persuasion techniques for business professionals, which can easily be applied to their personal lives as well. Though the techniques are similar, Lakhani draws a hard line between persuasion and manipulation, with the primary distinction being intent. True persuasion is based in truth, honesty and inquisitiveness, and the ability to tell a powerful story and to meet the expectations of those one is trying to persuade. Good persuasion is a practiced art - so Lakhani gives the listener: A map for the persuasive process Persuasion tools and instructions for use 17 persuasion tactics to instantly persuade The Persuasion Equation The Six Tenets of Persuasion Steps to becoming an expert in just 30 days Quick Persuaders: tools to use every day Citing the opinions of noted neuroscientists, psychologists, and influence professionals, and featuring examples of persuasion at work in sales, copywriting, advertising, negotiations, and personal interactions, this audiobook supports its theories and shows how to get a message through the electronic clutter facing decision-makers today. The listener will learn to layer on tactic after tactic to methodically and effectively break down natural resistance, increase the emotions of acceptance and desire, and move the prospect to the right outcome: the outcome the listener desires. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subliminal: How Your Unconscious Mind Rules Your Behavior (PEN Literary Award Winner) Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leonard Mlodinow, the best-selling author of The Drunkard’s Walk and coauthor of The Grand Design (with Stephen Hawking), gives us a startling and eye-opening examination of how the unconscious mind shapes our experience of the world and how, for instance, we often misperceive our relationships with family, friends, and business associates, misunderstand the reasons for our investment decisions, and misremember important events. Your preference in politicians, the amount you tip your waiter—all judgments and perceptions reflect the workings of our mind on two levels: the conscious, of which we are aware, and the unconscious, which is hidden from us. The latter has long been the subject of speculation, but over the past two decades researchers have developed remarkable new tools for probing the hidden, or subliminal, workings of the mind. The result of this explosion of research is a new science of the unconscious and a sea change in our understanding of how the subliminal mind affects the way we live. Employing his trademark wit and lucid, accessible explanations of the most obscure scientific subjects, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on a tour of this research, unraveling the complexities of the subliminal self and increasing our understanding of how the human mind works and how we interact with friends, strangers, spouses, and coworkers. In the process he changes our view of ourselves and the world around us. Includes a bonus PDF of diagrams and illustrations from the book Leonard Mlodinow Tue, 24 Apr 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124627 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subliminal: How Your Unconscious Mind Rules Your Behavior (PEN Literary Award Winner) Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leonard Mlodinow, the best-selling author of The Drunkard’s Walk and coauthor of The Grand Design (with Stephen Hawking), gives us a startling and eye-opening examination of how the unconscious mind shapes our experience of the world and how, for instance, we often misperceive our relationships with family, friends, and business associates, misunderstand the reasons for our investment decisions, and misremember important events. Your preference in politicians, the amount you tip your waiter—all judgments and perceptions reflect the workings of our mind on two levels: the conscious, of which we are aware, and the unconscious, which is hidden from us. The latter has long been the subject of speculation, but over the past two decades researchers have developed remarkable new tools for probing the hidden, or subliminal, workings of the mind. The result of this explosion of research is a new science of the unconscious and a sea change in our understanding of how the subliminal mind affects the way we live. Employing his trademark wit and lucid, accessible explanations of the most obscure scientific subjects, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on a tour of this research, unraveling the complexities of the subliminal self and increasing our understanding of how the human mind works and how we interact with friends, strangers, spouses, and coworkers. In the process he changes our view of ourselves and the world around us. Includes a bonus PDF of diagrams and illustrations from the book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subliminal: How Your Unconscious Mind Rules Your Behavior (PEN Literary Award Winner) Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leonard Mlodinow, the best-selling author of The Drunkard’s Walk and coauthor of The Grand Design (with Stephen Hawking), gives us a startling and eye-opening examination of how the unconscious mind shapes our experience of the world and how, for instance, we often misperceive our relationships with family, friends, and business associates, misunderstand the reasons for our investment decisions, and misremember important events. Your preference in politicians, the amount you tip your waiter—all judgments and perceptions reflect the workings of our mind on two levels: the conscious, of which we are aware, and the unconscious, which is hidden from us. The latter has long been the subject of speculation, but over the past two decades researchers have developed remarkable new tools for probing the hidden, or subliminal, workings of the mind. The result of this explosion of research is a new science of the unconscious and a sea change in our understanding of how the subliminal mind affects the way we live. Employing his trademark wit and lucid, accessible explanations of the most obscure scientific subjects, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on a tour of this research, unraveling the complexities of the subliminal self and increasing our understanding of how the human mind works and how we interact with friends, strangers, spouses, and coworkers. In the process he changes our view of ourselves and the world around us. Includes a bonus PDF of diagrams and illustrations from the book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flawless Consulting: A Guide to Getting Your Expertise Used, Third Edition Author: Peter Block Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When the landmark best-seller Flawless Consulting was first published more than three decades ago, it was quickly adopted as the 'consultant's bible.' With his legendary warmth and passion, Peter Block explained how to deal effectively with clients, peers, and others. The book continues to speak to people in a support function inside organizations as well as to external consultants. This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Peter Block's groundbreaking book explores the latest thinking on consultation. It includes new insights about how we can organize our consulting around discovering the strengths, positive examples, and gifts of the client organization or community. The book remains a practical and specific guide for anyone who needs to develop a capacity for deeper relatedness and partnership—which means it is for all who wish to make a real difference in the world. This new edition covers the consulting challenges that have arisen from the way we routinely communicate electronically and live in the virtual world. Block suggests ways to overcome the distancing and isolating effects inherent in electronic connects. The book also includes practical guidance on how to ask better questions, gives suggestions for dealing with difficult clients, and contains expanded guidelines on more engaging forms of implementation. Flawless Consulting includes two new examples, taken from health care and educational reform efforts, to show how consulting skills can be useful (and often transformative) in a broader context. These illustrative examples point the way for achieving changes for leadership in business, government, religion, human services, and more. Like the first two editions, Flawless Consulting affirms the notion that authentic behavior and personal relationships are the key to technical and business success. By demonstrating their ability to be truly authentic at each step in the process, consultants can aim toward creating workplaces that are more collaborative and ultimately more successful. Peter Block Tue, 17 Jan 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flawless Consulting: A Guide to Getting Your Expertise Used, Third Edition Author: Peter Block Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When the landmark best-seller Flawless Consulting was first published more than three decades ago, it was quickly adopted as the 'consultant's bible.' With his legendary warmth and passion, Peter Block explained how to deal effectively with clients, peers, and others. The book continues to speak to people in a support function inside organizations as well as to external consultants. This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Peter Block's groundbreaking book explores the latest thinking on consultation. It includes new insights about how we can organize our consulting around discovering the strengths, positive examples, and gifts of the client organization or community. The book remains a practical and specific guide for anyone who needs to develop a capacity for deeper relatedness and partnership—which means it is for all who wish to make a real difference in the world. This new edition covers the consulting challenges that have arisen from the way we routinely communicate electronically and live in the virtual world. Block suggests ways to overcome the distancing and isolating effects inherent in electronic connects. The book also includes practical guidance on how to ask better questions, gives suggestions for dealing with difficult clients, and contains expanded guidelines on more engaging forms of implementation. Flawless Consulting includes two new examples, taken from health care and educational reform efforts, to show how consulting skills can be useful (and often transformative) in a broader context. These illustrative examples point the way for achieving changes for leadership in business, government, religion, human services, and more. Like the first two editions, Flawless Consulting affirms the notion that authentic behavior and personal relationships are the key to technical and business success. By demonstrating their ability to be truly authentic at each step in the process, consultants can aim toward creating workplaces that are more collaborative and ultimately more successful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flawless Consulting: A Guide to Getting Your Expertise Used, Third Edition Author: Peter Block Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When the landmark best-seller Flawless Consulting was first published more than three decades ago, it was quickly adopted as the 'consultant's bible.' With his legendary warmth and passion, Peter Block explained how to deal effectively with clients, peers, and others. The book continues to speak to people in a support function inside organizations as well as to external consultants. This thoroughly revised and updated third edition of Peter Block's groundbreaking book explores the latest thinking on consultation. It includes new insights about how we can organize our consulting around discovering the strengths, positive examples, and gifts of the client organization or community. The book remains a practical and specific guide for anyone who needs to develop a capacity for deeper relatedness and partnership—which means it is for all who wish to make a real difference in the world. This new edition covers the consulting challenges that have arisen from the way we routinely communicate electronically and live in the virtual world. Block suggests ways to overcome the distancing and isolating effects inherent in electronic connects. The book also includes practical guidance on how to ask better questions, gives suggestions for dealing with difficult clients, and contains expanded guidelines on more engaging forms of implementation. Flawless Consulting includes two new examples, taken from health care and educational reform efforts, to show how consulting skills can be useful (and often transformative) in a broader context. These illustrative examples point the way for achieving changes for leadership in business, government, religion, human services, and more. Like the first two editions, Flawless Consulting affirms the notion that authentic behavior and personal relationships are the key to technical and business success. By demonstrating their ability to be truly authentic at each step in the process, consultants can aim toward creating workplaces that are more collaborative and ultimately more successful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117360 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hug Your People: The Proven Way to Hire, Inspire and Recognize Your Employees and Achieve Remarkable Results Author: Jack Mitchell Narrator: James Boles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Giving great personalized customer service has always been the foremost goal in my family, but one thing we never lose sight of is that you can't possibly deliver great service if you don't treat your own associates right.' So says Jack Mitchell, CEO of his family's astoundingly successful chain of clothing stores. In Hug Your People, he shares his secrets for creating happy employees, secrets as simple as they are revolutionary: —Be NICE to them (and hire nice people to begin with) —TRUST them (they deserve it and will work even harder and smarter to continue to earn that trust) —Instill PRIDE in them (they are more productive when they are proud of their work) —INCLUDE them (since you can't do it alone) —Generously RECOGNIZE them (and not only with money—but don't be chintzy, either) Hug Your People is filled with real stories about real people. Jack offers his principles on 'hugging' your associates—whether they are the sales team, the cleaning staff, the delivery people, the backroom financial wizards, the marketing and advertising departments, or outsourced staff. Hug Your People is just what today's employees and managers need. Jack Mitchell Mon, 14 Apr 2008 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117360 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hug Your People: The Proven Way to Hire, Inspire and Recognize Your Employees and Achieve Remarkable Results Author: Jack Mitchell Narrator: James Boles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Giving great personalized customer service has always been the foremost goal in my family, but one thing we never lose sight of is that you can't possibly deliver great service if you don't treat your own associates right.' So says Jack Mitchell, CEO of his family's astoundingly successful chain of clothing stores. In Hug Your People, he shares his secrets for creating happy employees, secrets as simple as they are revolutionary: —Be NICE to them (and hire nice people to begin with) —TRUST them (they deserve it and will work even harder and smarter to continue to earn that trust) —Instill PRIDE in them (they are more productive when they are proud of their work) —INCLUDE them (since you can't do it alone) —Generously RECOGNIZE them (and not only with money—but don't be chintzy, either) Hug Your People is filled with real stories about real people. Jack offers his principles on 'hugging' your associates—whether they are the sales team, the cleaning staff, the delivery people, the backroom financial wizards, the marketing and advertising departments, or outsourced staff. Hug Your People is just what today's employees and managers need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hug Your People: The Proven Way to Hire, Inspire and Recognize Your Employees and Achieve Remarkable Results Author: Jack Mitchell Narrator: James Boles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Giving great personalized customer service has always been the foremost goal in my family, but one thing we never lose sight of is that you can't possibly deliver great service if you don't treat your own associates right.' So says Jack Mitchell, CEO of his family's astoundingly successful chain of clothing stores. In Hug Your People, he shares his secrets for creating happy employees, secrets as simple as they are revolutionary: —Be NICE to them (and hire nice people to begin with) —TRUST them (they deserve it and will work even harder and smarter to continue to earn that trust) —Instill PRIDE in them (they are more productive when they are proud of their work) —INCLUDE them (since you can't do it alone) —Generously RECOGNIZE them (and not only with money—but don't be chintzy, either) Hug Your People is filled with real stories about real people. Jack offers his principles on 'hugging' your associates—whether they are the sales team, the cleaning staff, the delivery people, the backroom financial wizards, the marketing and advertising departments, or outsourced staff. Hug Your People is just what today's employees and managers need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115903 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A System for Managing Work Related Stress Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Made For Success Narrator: Jeff Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: While the challenges and level of stress you face at work may be mounting, a variety of techniques at your disposal can help diminish the effects of stress. In this session, mega-author and professional speaker Jeff Davidson discusses thirty-six techniques, including twelve physical, twelve mental, and twelve mental and physical, to help diminish any feelings of stress you might be experiencing during the work day. Some techniques can be applied right on the spot, some are best done before work or after work, some are good in a particular moment, and some have a cumulative effect. After listening to this session, you will be armed with a variety of tested and proven techniques that you can put into practice; some have been with us for centuries, some newly developed. Don’t suffer through the workday, and don’t become chemically dependent. Develop your own system for keeping stress in the workplace at bay and reap the benefits day after day. Made For Success Tue, 25 Oct 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115903 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A System for Managing Work Related Stress Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Made For Success Narrator: Jeff Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: While the challenges and level of stress you face at work may be mounting, a variety of techniques at your disposal can help diminish the effects of stress. In this session, mega-author and professional speaker Jeff Davidson discusses thirty-six techniques, including twelve physical, twelve mental, and twelve mental and physical, to help diminish any feelings of stress you might be experiencing during the work day. Some techniques can be applied right on the spot, some are best done before work or after work, some are good in a particular moment, and some have a cumulative effect. After listening to this session, you will be armed with a variety of tested and proven techniques that you can put into practice; some have been with us for centuries, some newly developed. Don’t suffer through the workday, and don’t become chemically dependent. Develop your own system for keeping stress in the workplace at bay and reap the benefits day after day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A System for Managing Work Related Stress Series: Part of The Made for Success Series Author: Made For Success Narrator: Jeff Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: While the challenges and level of stress you face at work may be mounting, a variety of techniques at your disposal can help diminish the effects of stress. In this session, mega-author and professional speaker Jeff Davidson discusses thirty-six techniques, including twelve physical, twelve mental, and twelve mental and physical, to help diminish any feelings of stress you might be experiencing during the work day. Some techniques can be applied right on the spot, some are best done before work or after work, some are good in a particular moment, and some have a cumulative effect. After listening to this session, you will be armed with a variety of tested and proven techniques that you can put into practice; some have been with us for centuries, some newly developed. Don’t suffer through the workday, and don’t become chemically dependent. Develop your own system for keeping stress in the workplace at bay and reap the benefits day after day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Beyond Your Feelings: Controlling Emotions So They Don't Control You Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Sandra McCollom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The average person has 70,000 thoughts every day, and many of those thoughts trigger a corresponding emotion. No wonder so many of us often feel like we're controlled by our emotions. Our lives would be much improved if we controlled them. In LIVING BEYOND YOUR FEELINGS, Joyce Meyer examines the gamut of feelings that human beings experience. She discusses the way that the brain processes and stores memories and thoughts, and then - emotion by emotion - she explains how we can manage our reactions to those emotions. By doing that, she gives the reader a toolbox for managing the way we react to the onslaught of feelings that can wreak havoc on our lives. In this book, Meyer blends the wisdom of the Bible with the latest psychological research and discusses: the 4 personality types and their influence on one's outlook, the impact of stress on physical and emotional health, the power of memories, the influence of words on emotions, anger & resentment, sadness, loss & grief, fear, guilt & regret, the power of replacing reactions with pro-actions, and the benefits of happiness. Joyce Meyer Tue, 06 Sep 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Beyond Your Feelings: Controlling Emotions So They Don't Control You Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Sandra McCollom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The average person has 70,000 thoughts every day, and many of those thoughts trigger a corresponding emotion. No wonder so many of us often feel like we're controlled by our emotions. Our lives would be much improved if we controlled them. In LIVING BEYOND YOUR FEELINGS, Joyce Meyer examines the gamut of feelings that human beings experience. She discusses the way that the brain processes and stores memories and thoughts, and then - emotion by emotion - she explains how we can manage our reactions to those emotions. By doing that, she gives the reader a toolbox for managing the way we react to the onslaught of feelings that can wreak havoc on our lives. In this book, Meyer blends the wisdom of the Bible with the latest psychological research and discusses: the 4 personality types and their influence on one's outlook, the impact of stress on physical and emotional health, the power of memories, the influence of words on emotions, anger & resentment, sadness, loss & grief, fear, guilt & regret, the power of replacing reactions with pro-actions, and the benefits of happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Beyond Your Feelings: Controlling Emotions So They Don't Control You Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Sandra McCollom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The average person has 70,000 thoughts every day, and many of those thoughts trigger a corresponding emotion. No wonder so many of us often feel like we're controlled by our emotions. Our lives would be much improved if we controlled them. In LIVING BEYOND YOUR FEELINGS, Joyce Meyer examines the gamut of feelings that human beings experience. She discusses the way that the brain processes and stores memories and thoughts, and then - emotion by emotion - she explains how we can manage our reactions to those emotions. By doing that, she gives the reader a toolbox for managing the way we react to the onslaught of feelings that can wreak havoc on our lives. In this book, Meyer blends the wisdom of the Bible with the latest psychological research and discusses: the 4 personality types and their influence on one's outlook, the impact of stress on physical and emotional health, the power of memories, the influence of words on emotions, anger & resentment, sadness, loss & grief, fear, guilt & regret, the power of replacing reactions with pro-actions, and the benefits of happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We: How to Increase Performance and Profits Through Full Engagement Author: Rudy Karsan, Kevin Kruse Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 16, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We live in a new world where work and life are blended as opposed to balanced, and feelings of financial security and entitlement are a thing of the past. Job satisfaction is at a record low, a crisis with far-reaching impact. For businesses, a disengaged workforce means lower levels of productivity and service, and ultimately lower growth and profits. For individuals, our emotions at work spill over to the other areas of our lives and take a toll on our health and relationships. In We, Rudy Karsan and Kevin Kruse dig deep to reveal the nature of work in the modern organization and share the secrets for achieving full engagement at work, based on findings from over ten million worker surveys in 150 countries and also on their own experiences leading fast-growth companies. They show the inevitable linkage between the success of the individual and the success of the organization, and how both must come together to succeed. For managers and all professionals, We details the leadership behaviors that generate emotional buy-in and commitment from team members. Karsan and Kruse highlight the three factors that drive one's level of engagement the most: —Growth: Team members feel they are growing in their careers and learning new things. —Recognition: Team members feel that their ideas and accomplishments are appreciated. —Trust: Team members trust senior leadership and feel confident about the future. We is an indispensable guide packed with solid research, case studies from innovative companies, individual stories of personal growth and achievement, and actionable steps that will both enhance your own engagement at work and transform your approach to leadership. Rudy Karsan, Kevin Kruse Wed, 16 Mar 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100409 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We: How to Increase Performance and Profits Through Full Engagement Author: Rudy Karsan, Kevin Kruse Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 16, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We live in a new world where work and life are blended as opposed to balanced, and feelings of financial security and entitlement are a thing of the past. Job satisfaction is at a record low, a crisis with far-reaching impact. For businesses, a disengaged workforce means lower levels of productivity and service, and ultimately lower growth and profits. For individuals, our emotions at work spill over to the other areas of our lives and take a toll on our health and relationships. In We, Rudy Karsan and Kevin Kruse dig deep to reveal the nature of work in the modern organization and share the secrets for achieving full engagement at work, based on findings from over ten million worker surveys in 150 countries and also on their own experiences leading fast-growth companies. They show the inevitable linkage between the success of the individual and the success of the organization, and how both must come together to succeed. For managers and all professionals, We details the leadership behaviors that generate emotional buy-in and commitment from team members. Karsan and Kruse highlight the three factors that drive one's level of engagement the most: —Growth: Team members feel they are growing in their careers and learning new things. —Recognition: Team members feel that their ideas and accomplishments are appreciated. —Trust: Team members trust senior leadership and feel confident about the future. We is an indispensable guide packed with solid research, case studies from innovative companies, individual stories of personal growth and achievement, and actionable steps that will both enhance your own engagement at work and transform your approach to leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We: How to Increase Performance and Profits Through Full Engagement Author: Rudy Karsan, Kevin Kruse Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 16, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We live in a new world where work and life are blended as opposed to balanced, and feelings of financial security and entitlement are a thing of the past. Job satisfaction is at a record low, a crisis with far-reaching impact. For businesses, a disengaged workforce means lower levels of productivity and service, and ultimately lower growth and profits. For individuals, our emotions at work spill over to the other areas of our lives and take a toll on our health and relationships. In We, Rudy Karsan and Kevin Kruse dig deep to reveal the nature of work in the modern organization and share the secrets for achieving full engagement at work, based on findings from over ten million worker surveys in 150 countries and also on their own experiences leading fast-growth companies. They show the inevitable linkage between the success of the individual and the success of the organization, and how both must come together to succeed. For managers and all professionals, We details the leadership behaviors that generate emotional buy-in and commitment from team members. Karsan and Kruse highlight the three factors that drive one's level of engagement the most: —Growth: Team members feel they are growing in their careers and learning new things. —Recognition: Team members feel that their ideas and accomplishments are appreciated. —Trust: Team members trust senior leadership and feel confident about the future. We is an indispensable guide packed with solid research, case studies from innovative companies, individual stories of personal growth and achievement, and actionable steps that will both enhance your own engagement at work and transform your approach to leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93254 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bingsop's Fables Author: Stanley Bing Narrator: Gil Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 26, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “A masterful curmudgeon who causes laugh-out-loud moments.”—USA Today “Bing delivers his works smoothly, projecting tones of deadpan sarcasm and animated mockery befitting the often irreverent content.” —Publishers Weekly From celebrated business writer and Fortune columnist Stanley Bing, the bestselling author of What Would Machiavelli Do?, Throwing The Elephant, Sun Tzu is a Sissy, and more, comes a collection of playful fables poking fun at corporate archetypes while imparting useful and humorous lessons for anyone striving to make it big in big business. Illustrated throughout by New Yorker artist Steve Brodner, Bingsop’s Fables is the perfect addition to any executive bookshelf in need of a little humor—and a lot of excellent advice. Stanley Bing Tue, 26 Apr 2011 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93254 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bingsop's Fables Author: Stanley Bing Narrator: Gil Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 26, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “A masterful curmudgeon who causes laugh-out-loud moments.”—USA Today “Bing delivers his works smoothly, projecting tones of deadpan sarcasm and animated mockery befitting the often irreverent content.” —Publishers Weekly From celebrated business writer and Fortune columnist Stanley Bing, the bestselling author of What Would Machiavelli Do?, Throwing The Elephant, Sun Tzu is a Sissy, and more, comes a collection of playful fables poking fun at corporate archetypes while imparting useful and humorous lessons for anyone striving to make it big in big business. Illustrated throughout by New Yorker artist Steve Brodner, Bingsop’s Fables is the perfect addition to any executive bookshelf in need of a little humor—and a lot of excellent advice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bingsop's Fables Author: Stanley Bing Narrator: Gil Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 26, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “A masterful curmudgeon who causes laugh-out-loud moments.”—USA Today “Bing delivers his works smoothly, projecting tones of deadpan sarcasm and animated mockery befitting the often irreverent content.” —Publishers Weekly From celebrated business writer and Fortune columnist Stanley Bing, the bestselling author of What Would Machiavelli Do?, Throwing The Elephant, Sun Tzu is a Sissy, and more, comes a collection of playful fables poking fun at corporate archetypes while imparting useful and humorous lessons for anyone striving to make it big in big business. Illustrated throughout by New Yorker artist Steve Brodner, Bingsop’s Fables is the perfect addition to any executive bookshelf in need of a little humor—and a lot of excellent advice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Talent Masters: Why Smart Leaders Put People Before Numbers Author: Bill Conaty, Ram Charan Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If talent is the leading indicator of whether a business is up or down, a success or a failure (and it is) . . . do you know how to accurately judge raw human talent? Understand a person's unique combination of traits? Develop that talent? Convert what supposedly are 'soft' subjective judgments about people into objective criteria that are as specific, verifiable, and concrete as the contents of a financial statement?      The talent masters do. They put people before numbers for the simple reason that it is talent that delivers the numbers. Success comes from those who are able to extract meaning from events and the forces affecting a business, and are able to look at the world and assess the risks to take and the risks to avoid.      The Talent Masters itself stems from a unique combination of talent: During a forty-year career at General Electric, Bill Conaty worked closely with CEOs Jack Welch and Jeff Immelt to build that company's worldrenowned talent machine. Ram Charan is the legendary advisor to companies around the world. Together they use their unparalleled experience and insight to write the definitive book on talent—a breakthrough in how to take a business to the next level: • Secrets of the masters. The specifics on how companies regarded as world-class—GE, P&G, Hindustan Unilever (and others)—base their stellar performance decade after decade on their systems for finding and nurturing leadership talent. • Intimate and systemic. Why deep knowledge and intimacy with your talent and a systemic rhythm of reviews are the foundation for creating a steady, selfrenewing stream of leaders for all levels of an organization—from first-line supervisors to the CEO. • The competency that lasts. Financial results, market share, brand, and legacy products all have a half-life that seems to grow shorter by the year. Talent is the only competency that endures. • What to do Monday morning. The Talent Masters tool kit provides the specific guidelines for assessing and improving your company’s talent mastery capabilities. Bill Conaty, Ram Charan Tue, 09 Nov 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83767 thebookvoice.com 10:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Talent Masters: Why Smart Leaders Put People Before Numbers Author: Bill Conaty, Ram Charan Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If talent is the leading indicator of whether a business is up or down, a success or a failure (and it is) . . . do you know how to accurately judge raw human talent? Understand a person's unique combination of traits? Develop that talent? Convert what supposedly are 'soft' subjective judgments about people into objective criteria that are as specific, verifiable, and concrete as the contents of a financial statement?      The talent masters do. They put people before numbers for the simple reason that it is talent that delivers the numbers. Success comes from those who are able to extract meaning from events and the forces affecting a business, and are able to look at the world and assess the risks to take and the risks to avoid.      The Talent Masters itself stems from a unique combination of talent: During a forty-year career at General Electric, Bill Conaty worked closely with CEOs Jack Welch and Jeff Immelt to build that company's worldrenowned talent machine. Ram Charan is the legendary advisor to companies around the world. Together they use their unparalleled experience and insight to write the definitive book on talent—a breakthrough in how to take a business to the next level: • Secrets of the masters. The specifics on how companies regarded as world-class—GE, P&G, Hindustan Unilever (and others)—base their stellar performance decade after decade on their systems for finding and nurturing leadership talent. • Intimate and systemic. Why deep knowledge and intimacy with your talent and a systemic rhythm of reviews are the foundation for creating a steady, selfrenewing stream of leaders for all levels of an organization—from first-line supervisors to the CEO. • The competency that lasts. Financial results, market share, brand, and legacy products all have a half-life that seems to grow shorter by the year. Talent is the only competency that endures. • What to do Monday morning. The Talent Masters tool kit provides the specific guidelines for assessing and improving your company’s talent mastery capabilities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Talent Masters: Why Smart Leaders Put People Before Numbers Author: Bill Conaty, Ram Charan Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If talent is the leading indicator of whether a business is up or down, a success or a failure (and it is) . . . do you know how to accurately judge raw human talent? Understand a person's unique combination of traits? Develop that talent? Convert what supposedly are 'soft' subjective judgments about people into objective criteria that are as specific, verifiable, and concrete as the contents of a financial statement?      The talent masters do. They put people before numbers for the simple reason that it is talent that delivers the numbers. Success comes from those who are able to extract meaning from events and the forces affecting a business, and are able to look at the world and assess the risks to take and the risks to avoid.      The Talent Masters itself stems from a unique combination of talent: During a forty-year career at General Electric, Bill Conaty worked closely with CEOs Jack Welch and Jeff Immelt to build that company's worldrenowned talent machine. Ram Charan is the legendary advisor to companies around the world. Together they use their unparalleled experience and insight to write the definitive book on talent—a breakthrough in how to take a business to the next level: • Secrets of the masters. The specifics on how companies regarded as world-class—GE, P&G, Hindustan Unilever (and others)—base their stellar performance decade after decade on their systems for finding and nurturing leadership talent. • Intimate and systemic. Why deep knowledge and intimacy with your talent and a systemic rhythm of reviews are the foundation for creating a steady, selfrenewing stream of leaders for all levels of an organization—from first-line supervisors to the CEO. • The competency that lasts. Financial results, market share, brand, and legacy products all have a half-life that seems to grow shorter by the year. Talent is the only competency that endures. • What to do Monday morning. The Talent Masters tool kit provides the specific guidelines for assessing and improving your company’s talent mastery capabilities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2020 Workplace: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow's Employees Today Author: Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What companies need to know—and do—to win and hold on to tomorrow's best employees The workplace of the future is being shaped today by Web 2.0—a collection of breakthrough social media technologies—and by the Millennial Generation, people born between 1977 and 1997. The convergence of these emerging workplace trends has created a generation of hyperconnected workers who are placing increased pressure on employers to overhaul their approach to talent management. In The 2020 Workplace, human resources experts Jeanne C. Meister and Karie Willyerd offer a practical game plan companies can use to attract and keep these employees, and, in doing so, transform their organizations; achieve compelling business results, such as increased innovation and improved customer connectedness; and compete more effectively in the global marketplace. Based on key findings from two surveys of global professionals, as well as case studies from organizations such as Deloitte, Cisco, Bell Canada, JetBlue, Nokia, and NASA, this book shows how the social technologies that are used outside the company in marketing to connect with customers can be adapted for use inside the company to connect with employees. Meister and Willyerd bolster their thought-provoking research with real-world examples of these practices in action, including a YouTube new-hire orientation contest, the use of Twitter for sourcing job candidates, and a video game for new hires. With twenty predictions for the 2020 workplace and a glossary for those who have never texted, posted to Facebook, or Tweeted, this book is a must-read guide to what companies should do—and are already doing—to create tomorrow's workplace of choice. Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Tue, 19 Oct 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83654 thebookvoice.com 9:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2020 Workplace: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow's Employees Today Author: Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What companies need to know—and do—to win and hold on to tomorrow's best employees The workplace of the future is being shaped today by Web 2.0—a collection of breakthrough social media technologies—and by the Millennial Generation, people born between 1977 and 1997. The convergence of these emerging workplace trends has created a generation of hyperconnected workers who are placing increased pressure on employers to overhaul their approach to talent management. In The 2020 Workplace, human resources experts Jeanne C. Meister and Karie Willyerd offer a practical game plan companies can use to attract and keep these employees, and, in doing so, transform their organizations; achieve compelling business results, such as increased innovation and improved customer connectedness; and compete more effectively in the global marketplace. Based on key findings from two surveys of global professionals, as well as case studies from organizations such as Deloitte, Cisco, Bell Canada, JetBlue, Nokia, and NASA, this book shows how the social technologies that are used outside the company in marketing to connect with customers can be adapted for use inside the company to connect with employees. Meister and Willyerd bolster their thought-provoking research with real-world examples of these practices in action, including a YouTube new-hire orientation contest, the use of Twitter for sourcing job candidates, and a video game for new hires. With twenty predictions for the 2020 workplace and a glossary for those who have never texted, posted to Facebook, or Tweeted, this book is a must-read guide to what companies should do—and are already doing—to create tomorrow's workplace of choice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2020 Workplace: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow's Employees Today Author: Jeanne C. Meister, Karie Willyerd Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What companies need to know—and do—to win and hold on to tomorrow's best employees The workplace of the future is being shaped today by Web 2.0—a collection of breakthrough social media technologies—and by the Millennial Generation, people born between 1977 and 1997. The convergence of these emerging workplace trends has created a generation of hyperconnected workers who are placing increased pressure on employers to overhaul their approach to talent management. In The 2020 Workplace, human resources experts Jeanne C. Meister and Karie Willyerd offer a practical game plan companies can use to attract and keep these employees, and, in doing so, transform their organizations; achieve compelling business results, such as increased innovation and improved customer connectedness; and compete more effectively in the global marketplace. Based on key findings from two surveys of global professionals, as well as case studies from organizations such as Deloitte, Cisco, Bell Canada, JetBlue, Nokia, and NASA, this book shows how the social technologies that are used outside the company in marketing to connect with customers can be adapted for use inside the company to connect with employees. Meister and Willyerd bolster their thought-provoking research with real-world examples of these practices in action, including a YouTube new-hire orientation contest, the use of Twitter for sourcing job candidates, and a video game for new hires. With twenty predictions for the 2020 workplace and a glossary for those who have never texted, posted to Facebook, or Tweeted, this book is a must-read guide to what companies should do—and are already doing—to create tomorrow's workplace of choice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose Author: Tony Hsieh Narrator: Tony Hsieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Successfully grow your business and improve customer and employee happiness with this New York Times bestseller book written by the CEO of Zappos. As the CEO of one of Fortune Magazine's "Best Companies to Work For," Tony Hsieh knows that keeping people happy is the key to professional growth and harmony. It might sound crazy, but Hsieh believes that we can prioritize company culture, make money, and change the world. In Delivering Happiness, he shares the tools of the trade he's learned in business and life, from starting a worm farm to running a pizza business, to working at Zappos–a company so impressive that Amazon acquired it for over $1.2 billion. Fast-paced and down-to-earth, Delivering Happiness shows how a different kind of corporate culture is a powerful model for achieving success, and concentrating on the happiness of those around you can dramatically increase your own. Tony Hsieh Mon, 07 Jun 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose Author: Tony Hsieh Narrator: Tony Hsieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Successfully grow your business and improve customer and employee happiness with this New York Times bestseller book written by the CEO of Zappos. As the CEO of one of Fortune Magazine's "Best Companies to Work For," Tony Hsieh knows that keeping people happy is the key to professional growth and harmony. It might sound crazy, but Hsieh believes that we can prioritize company culture, make money, and change the world. In Delivering Happiness, he shares the tools of the trade he's learned in business and life, from starting a worm farm to running a pizza business, to working at Zappos–a company so impressive that Amazon acquired it for over $1.2 billion. Fast-paced and down-to-earth, Delivering Happiness shows how a different kind of corporate culture is a powerful model for achieving success, and concentrating on the happiness of those around you can dramatically increase your own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose Author: Tony Hsieh Narrator: Tony Hsieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Successfully grow your business and improve customer and employee happiness with this New York Times bestseller book written by the CEO of Zappos. As the CEO of one of Fortune Magazine's "Best Companies to Work For," Tony Hsieh knows that keeping people happy is the key to professional growth and harmony. It might sound crazy, but Hsieh believes that we can prioritize company culture, make money, and change the world. In Delivering Happiness, he shares the tools of the trade he's learned in business and life, from starting a worm farm to running a pizza business, to working at Zappos–a company so impressive that Amazon acquired it for over $1.2 billion. Fast-paced and down-to-earth, Delivering Happiness shows how a different kind of corporate culture is a powerful model for achieving success, and concentrating on the happiness of those around you can dramatically increase your own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ubuntu!: An Inspiring Story About an African Tradition of Teamwork and Collaboration Author: Stephen Lundin, Bob Nelson Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A powerful story about the African philosophy of teamwork and collaboration that has the power to reshape our workplaces, our relationships with our coworkers, and our personal lives, written by the bestselling coauthor of Fish! and the bestselling author of 1001 Ways to Reward Employees. John Peterson, a new manager in the credit department at a major big-box retailer, is struggling in his job. The people under him are not working as well or effectively as they need to, and his department is falling behind in meeting its goals. His only solution is to take on more work himself, burning the midnight oil and coming in most weekends to pick up the slack and keep his department above water. When one of the employees stays behind to help him—a young man who came to America from a small village in Africa—he learns of the ancient wisdom and hidden power of the African philosophy of Ubuntu. Before long, it begins to change the way he thinks about the people he works with, about himself, and about how he runs his department and his life. In an engaging and completely fresh narrative that holds a unique message for today’s business world, Ubuntu! shows us a way to overcome our fears, insecurities, and the “me-ism” that so often permeates our workplaces, and replace it with a culture of genuine respect and collaboration. It promises to take its place alongside Fish! and other business parables as the next bestselling classic in the business category. Stephen Lundin, Bob Nelson Tue, 30 Mar 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61244 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ubuntu!: An Inspiring Story About an African Tradition of Teamwork and Collaboration Author: Stephen Lundin, Bob Nelson Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A powerful story about the African philosophy of teamwork and collaboration that has the power to reshape our workplaces, our relationships with our coworkers, and our personal lives, written by the bestselling coauthor of Fish! and the bestselling author of 1001 Ways to Reward Employees. John Peterson, a new manager in the credit department at a major big-box retailer, is struggling in his job. The people under him are not working as well or effectively as they need to, and his department is falling behind in meeting its goals. His only solution is to take on more work himself, burning the midnight oil and coming in most weekends to pick up the slack and keep his department above water. When one of the employees stays behind to help him—a young man who came to America from a small village in Africa—he learns of the ancient wisdom and hidden power of the African philosophy of Ubuntu. Before long, it begins to change the way he thinks about the people he works with, about himself, and about how he runs his department and his life. In an engaging and completely fresh narrative that holds a unique message for today’s business world, Ubuntu! shows us a way to overcome our fears, insecurities, and the “me-ism” that so often permeates our workplaces, and replace it with a culture of genuine respect and collaboration. It promises to take its place alongside Fish! and other business parables as the next bestselling classic in the business category. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ubuntu!: An Inspiring Story About an African Tradition of Teamwork and Collaboration Author: Stephen Lundin, Bob Nelson Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A powerful story about the African philosophy of teamwork and collaboration that has the power to reshape our workplaces, our relationships with our coworkers, and our personal lives, written by the bestselling coauthor of Fish! and the bestselling author of 1001 Ways to Reward Employees. John Peterson, a new manager in the credit department at a major big-box retailer, is struggling in his job. The people under him are not working as well or effectively as they need to, and his department is falling behind in meeting its goals. His only solution is to take on more work himself, burning the midnight oil and coming in most weekends to pick up the slack and keep his department above water. When one of the employees stays behind to help him—a young man who came to America from a small village in Africa—he learns of the ancient wisdom and hidden power of the African philosophy of Ubuntu. Before long, it begins to change the way he thinks about the people he works with, about himself, and about how he runs his department and his life. In an engaging and completely fresh narrative that holds a unique message for today’s business world, Ubuntu! shows us a way to overcome our fears, insecurities, and the “me-ism” that so often permeates our workplaces, and replace it with a culture of genuine respect and collaboration. It promises to take its place alongside Fish! and other business parables as the next bestselling classic in the business category. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Organized in the Google Era: How to Get Stuff out of Your Head, Find It When You Need It, and Get It Done Right Author: Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Narrator: Douglas Merrill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Whether it's a faulty memory, a tendency to multitask, or difficulty managing our time, every one of us has limitations conspiring to keep us from being organized. But, as organizational guru and former Google CIO Douglas C. Merrill points out, it isn't our fault. Our brains simply aren't designed to deal with the pressures and competing demands on our attention in today's fast-paced, information-saturated, digital world. What's more, he says, many of the ways in which our society is structured are outdated, imposing additional chaos that makes us feel stressed, scattered, and disorganized. But it doesn't have to be this way. Luckily, we have a myriad of amazing new digital tools and technologies at our fingertips to help us manage the strains on our brains and on our lives; the trick is knowing when and how to use them. This is why Merrill, who helped spearhead Google's effort to 'organize the world's information,' offers a wealth of tips and strategies for how to use these new tools to become more organized, efficient, and successful than ever. But if you're looking for traditional, rigid, one-size-fits-all strategies for organization, this isn't the book for you. Instead, Merrill draws on his intimate knowledge of how the brain works to help us develop fresh, innovative, and flexible systems of organization tailored to our individual goals, constraints, and lifestyles.      From how to harness the amazing power of search, to how to get the most out of cloud computing, to techniques for filtering through the enormous avalanche of information that assaults us at every turn, to tips for minimizing distractions and better integrating work and life, Getting Organized in the Google Era is chock-full of practical, invaluable, and often counterintuitive advice for anyone who wants to be more organized and productive–and less stressed--in our 21st-century world. Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Tue, 16 Mar 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Organized in the Google Era: How to Get Stuff out of Your Head, Find It When You Need It, and Get It Done Right Author: Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Narrator: Douglas Merrill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Whether it's a faulty memory, a tendency to multitask, or difficulty managing our time, every one of us has limitations conspiring to keep us from being organized. But, as organizational guru and former Google CIO Douglas C. Merrill points out, it isn't our fault. Our brains simply aren't designed to deal with the pressures and competing demands on our attention in today's fast-paced, information-saturated, digital world. What's more, he says, many of the ways in which our society is structured are outdated, imposing additional chaos that makes us feel stressed, scattered, and disorganized. But it doesn't have to be this way. Luckily, we have a myriad of amazing new digital tools and technologies at our fingertips to help us manage the strains on our brains and on our lives; the trick is knowing when and how to use them. This is why Merrill, who helped spearhead Google's effort to 'organize the world's information,' offers a wealth of tips and strategies for how to use these new tools to become more organized, efficient, and successful than ever. But if you're looking for traditional, rigid, one-size-fits-all strategies for organization, this isn't the book for you. Instead, Merrill draws on his intimate knowledge of how the brain works to help us develop fresh, innovative, and flexible systems of organization tailored to our individual goals, constraints, and lifestyles.      From how to harness the amazing power of search, to how to get the most out of cloud computing, to techniques for filtering through the enormous avalanche of information that assaults us at every turn, to tips for minimizing distractions and better integrating work and life, Getting Organized in the Google Era is chock-full of practical, invaluable, and often counterintuitive advice for anyone who wants to be more organized and productive–and less stressed--in our 21st-century world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Organized in the Google Era: How to Get Stuff out of Your Head, Find It When You Need It, and Get It Done Right Author: Douglas Merrill, James A. Martin Narrator: Douglas Merrill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Whether it's a faulty memory, a tendency to multitask, or difficulty managing our time, every one of us has limitations conspiring to keep us from being organized. But, as organizational guru and former Google CIO Douglas C. Merrill points out, it isn't our fault. Our brains simply aren't designed to deal with the pressures and competing demands on our attention in today's fast-paced, information-saturated, digital world. What's more, he says, many of the ways in which our society is structured are outdated, imposing additional chaos that makes us feel stressed, scattered, and disorganized. But it doesn't have to be this way. Luckily, we have a myriad of amazing new digital tools and technologies at our fingertips to help us manage the strains on our brains and on our lives; the trick is knowing when and how to use them. This is why Merrill, who helped spearhead Google's effort to 'organize the world's information,' offers a wealth of tips and strategies for how to use these new tools to become more organized, efficient, and successful than ever. But if you're looking for traditional, rigid, one-size-fits-all strategies for organization, this isn't the book for you. Instead, Merrill draws on his intimate knowledge of how the brain works to help us develop fresh, innovative, and flexible systems of organization tailored to our individual goals, constraints, and lifestyles.      From how to harness the amazing power of search, to how to get the most out of cloud computing, to techniques for filtering through the enormous avalanche of information that assaults us at every turn, to tips for minimizing distractions and better integrating work and life, Getting Organized in the Google Era is chock-full of practical, invaluable, and often counterintuitive advice for anyone who wants to be more organized and productive–and less stressed--in our 21st-century world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Charles Kahlenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 3.69 of Total 13 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • ONE MILLION COPIES SOLD! The ultimate guide to making changes and following through, from the authors of Made to Stick and Decisive—hailed as “witty and instructive” (The Wall Street Journal), “packed with examples and hands-on tools that will get you moving right away” (BusinessWeek) Why is it so hard to make lasting changes in our companies, in our communities, and in our own lives? The primary obstacle is a conflict that's built into our brains, say Chip and Dan Heath. Psychologists have discovered that our minds are ruled by two different systems—the rational mind and the emotional mind—that compete for control. The rational mind wants a great beach body; the emotional mind wants that Oreo cookie. The rational mind wants to change something at work; the emotional mind loves the comfort of the existing routine. This tension can doom a change effort—but if it is overcome, change can come quickly. In Switch, the Heaths show how everyday people—employees and managers, parents and nurses—have united both minds and, as a result, achieved dramatic results: • the lowly medical interns who managed to defeat an entrenched, decades-old medical practice that was endangering patients • the home-organizing guru who developed a simple technique for overcoming the dread of housekeeping  • the manager who transformed a lackadaisical customer-support team into service zealots by removing a standard tool of customer service  In a compelling, story-driven narrative, the Heaths bring together decades of counterintuitive research in psychology, sociology, and other fields to shed new light on how we can effect transformative change. Switch shows that successful changes follow a pattern, a pattern you can use to make the changes that matter to you. Dan Heath, Chip Heath Tue, 16 Feb 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60652 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Charles Kahlenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 3.69 of Total 13 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • ONE MILLION COPIES SOLD! The ultimate guide to making changes and following through, from the authors of Made to Stick and Decisive—hailed as “witty and instructive” (The Wall Street Journal), “packed with examples and hands-on tools that will get you moving right away” (BusinessWeek) Why is it so hard to make lasting changes in our companies, in our communities, and in our own lives? The primary obstacle is a conflict that's built into our brains, say Chip and Dan Heath. Psychologists have discovered that our minds are ruled by two different systems—the rational mind and the emotional mind—that compete for control. The rational mind wants a great beach body; the emotional mind wants that Oreo cookie. The rational mind wants to change something at work; the emotional mind loves the comfort of the existing routine. This tension can doom a change effort—but if it is overcome, change can come quickly. In Switch, the Heaths show how everyday people—employees and managers, parents and nurses—have united both minds and, as a result, achieved dramatic results: • the lowly medical interns who managed to defeat an entrenched, decades-old medical practice that was endangering patients • the home-organizing guru who developed a simple technique for overcoming the dread of housekeeping  • the manager who transformed a lackadaisical customer-support team into service zealots by removing a standard tool of customer service  In a compelling, story-driven narrative, the Heaths bring together decades of counterintuitive research in psychology, sociology, and other fields to shed new light on how we can effect transformative change. Switch shows that successful changes follow a pattern, a pattern you can use to make the changes that matter to you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Charles Kahlenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 3.69 of Total 13 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • ONE MILLION COPIES SOLD! The ultimate guide to making changes and following through, from the authors of Made to Stick and Decisive—hailed as “witty and instructive” (The Wall Street Journal), “packed with examples and hands-on tools that will get you moving right away” (BusinessWeek) Why is it so hard to make lasting changes in our companies, in our communities, and in our own lives? The primary obstacle is a conflict that's built into our brains, say Chip and Dan Heath. Psychologists have discovered that our minds are ruled by two different systems—the rational mind and the emotional mind—that compete for control. The rational mind wants a great beach body; the emotional mind wants that Oreo cookie. The rational mind wants to change something at work; the emotional mind loves the comfort of the existing routine. This tension can doom a change effort—but if it is overcome, change can come quickly. In Switch, the Heaths show how everyday people—employees and managers, parents and nurses—have united both minds and, as a result, achieved dramatic results: • the lowly medical interns who managed to defeat an entrenched, decades-old medical practice that was endangering patients • the home-organizing guru who developed a simple technique for overcoming the dread of housekeeping  • the manager who transformed a lackadaisical customer-support team into service zealots by removing a standard tool of customer service  In a compelling, story-driven narrative, the Heaths bring together decades of counterintuitive research in psychology, sociology, and other fields to shed new light on how we can effect transformative change. Switch shows that successful changes follow a pattern, a pattern you can use to make the changes that matter to you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Naked: A Business Fable About Shedding the Three Fears That Sabotage Client Loyalty Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: After focusing on topics ranging from teamwork and leadership to employee engagement and meetings  New York Times best-selling author Patrick Lencioni has finally turned his attention toward his own craft—consulting and client service. Tapping into the simple but powerful model that his firm, The Table Group, has been built on, Lencioni presents what may be his most engaging, humorous audiobook yet.             Getting Naked tells the remarkable story of a management consultant who is trying desperately to merge two firms with very different approaches to serving clients. One relies on vulnerability and complete transparency; the other focuses on proving its competence and protecting its reputation for intellectual prowess. In the process of managing the merger, the consultant is forced to learn life-changing lessons that prove to be as relevant as they are painful.             As he does in his other audiobooks, Lencioni provides readers with concepts that are accessible and compelling. He explains the three fears that provoke service providers to unknowingly sabotage their ability to build trust and loyalty. And, as always, Lencioni provides a practical approach for overcoming those fears. Patrick Lencioni Tue, 23 Feb 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Naked: A Business Fable About Shedding the Three Fears That Sabotage Client Loyalty Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: After focusing on topics ranging from teamwork and leadership to employee engagement and meetings  New York Times best-selling author Patrick Lencioni has finally turned his attention toward his own craft—consulting and client service. Tapping into the simple but powerful model that his firm, The Table Group, has been built on, Lencioni presents what may be his most engaging, humorous audiobook yet.             Getting Naked tells the remarkable story of a management consultant who is trying desperately to merge two firms with very different approaches to serving clients. One relies on vulnerability and complete transparency; the other focuses on proving its competence and protecting its reputation for intellectual prowess. In the process of managing the merger, the consultant is forced to learn life-changing lessons that prove to be as relevant as they are painful.             As he does in his other audiobooks, Lencioni provides readers with concepts that are accessible and compelling. He explains the three fears that provoke service providers to unknowingly sabotage their ability to build trust and loyalty. And, as always, Lencioni provides a practical approach for overcoming those fears. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Naked: A Business Fable About Shedding the Three Fears That Sabotage Client Loyalty Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: After focusing on topics ranging from teamwork and leadership to employee engagement and meetings  New York Times best-selling author Patrick Lencioni has finally turned his attention toward his own craft—consulting and client service. Tapping into the simple but powerful model that his firm, The Table Group, has been built on, Lencioni presents what may be his most engaging, humorous audiobook yet.             Getting Naked tells the remarkable story of a management consultant who is trying desperately to merge two firms with very different approaches to serving clients. One relies on vulnerability and complete transparency; the other focuses on proving its competence and protecting its reputation for intellectual prowess. In the process of managing the merger, the consultant is forced to learn life-changing lessons that prove to be as relevant as they are painful.             As he does in his other audiobooks, Lencioni provides readers with concepts that are accessible and compelling. He explains the three fears that provoke service providers to unknowingly sabotage their ability to build trust and loyalty. And, as always, Lencioni provides a practical approach for overcoming those fears. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60735 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Linchpin: Are You Indispensable? Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 26, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There used to be two teams in every workplace: management and labor. Now there’s a third team, the linchpins. These people invent, lead (regardless of title), connect others, make things happen, and create order out of chaos. They figure out what to do when there’s no rule book. They delight and challenge their customers and peers.  They love their work, pour their best selves into it, and turn each day into a kind of art.                 Linchpins are the essential building blocks of great organizations. Like the small piece of hardware that keeps a wheel from falling off its axle, they may not be famous but they’re indispensable. And in today’s world, they get the best jobs and the most freedom. Have you ever found a shortcut that others missed? Seen a new way to resolve a conflict? Made a connection with someone others couldn’t reach? Even once? Then you have what it takes to become indispensable, by overcoming the resistance that holds people back.              As Godin writes, “Every day I meet people who have so much to give but have been bullied enough or frightened enough to hold it back. It’s time to stop complying with the system and draw your own map. You have brilliance in you, your contribution is essential, and the art you create is precious. Only you can do it, and you must.” Seth Godin Tue, 26 Jan 2010 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60735 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Linchpin: Are You Indispensable? Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 26, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There used to be two teams in every workplace: management and labor. Now there’s a third team, the linchpins. These people invent, lead (regardless of title), connect others, make things happen, and create order out of chaos. They figure out what to do when there’s no rule book. They delight and challenge their customers and peers.  They love their work, pour their best selves into it, and turn each day into a kind of art.                 Linchpins are the essential building blocks of great organizations. Like the small piece of hardware that keeps a wheel from falling off its axle, they may not be famous but they’re indispensable. And in today’s world, they get the best jobs and the most freedom. Have you ever found a shortcut that others missed? Seen a new way to resolve a conflict? Made a connection with someone others couldn’t reach? Even once? Then you have what it takes to become indispensable, by overcoming the resistance that holds people back.              As Godin writes, “Every day I meet people who have so much to give but have been bullied enough or frightened enough to hold it back. It’s time to stop complying with the system and draw your own map. You have brilliance in you, your contribution is essential, and the art you create is precious. Only you can do it, and you must.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Linchpin: Are You Indispensable? Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 26, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There used to be two teams in every workplace: management and labor. Now there’s a third team, the linchpins. These people invent, lead (regardless of title), connect others, make things happen, and create order out of chaos. They figure out what to do when there’s no rule book. They delight and challenge their customers and peers.  They love their work, pour their best selves into it, and turn each day into a kind of art.                 Linchpins are the essential building blocks of great organizations. Like the small piece of hardware that keeps a wheel from falling off its axle, they may not be famous but they’re indispensable. And in today’s world, they get the best jobs and the most freedom. Have you ever found a shortcut that others missed? Seen a new way to resolve a conflict? Made a connection with someone others couldn’t reach? Even once? Then you have what it takes to become indispensable, by overcoming the resistance that holds people back.              As Godin writes, “Every day I meet people who have so much to give but have been bullied enough or frightened enough to hold it back. It’s time to stop complying with the system and draw your own map. You have brilliance in you, your contribution is essential, and the art you create is precious. Only you can do it, and you must.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60161 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Velocity: Combining Lean, Six Sigma and the Theory of Constraints to Achieve Breakthrough Performance - A Business Novel Author: Suzan Bergland, Dee Jacob Narrator: Linda Weber Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Millions of readers remember The Goal, the landmark business novel that sets forth by way of story the essential principles of Eliyahu Goldratt's innovative methods of production. Now, from the AGI-Goldratt Institute and Jeff Cox, the same creative writer who co-authored The Goal, comes VELOCITY, the book that reveals how to achieve outstanding bottom-line results by integrating the world's three most powerful continuous improvement disciplines: Lean, Six Sigma, and Goldratt's Theory of Constraints. Used by the United States Navy and United States Marine Corps to dramatically improve some of the most complex, logistically vast supply chains in the world, the VELOCITY APPROACH draws on the strengths of all three disciplines to deliver breakthrough performance gains. In physics, speed with direction is velocity; in business, the application of VELOCITY means your organization can achieve operational speed with strategic direction to outmaneuver competitors, gain loyalty with customers, and rapidly build sustainable earnings growth -- in as little as one or two business quarters. Dee Jacob and Suzan Bergland, two princi-pals of AGI, have been teaching the concepts, techniques, and tools of VELOCITY to major corporations, including Procter & Gamble, ITT, and Northrop Grumman, for years. Now they unlock the door for you to see how to apply their insights and methods to your organization -- be it business, not-for-profit, manufacturing, or service based -- in order to shorten lead times, slash inventories, reduce production variability, and increase sales. Writer Jeff Cox returns with the vivid, realistic style that made The Goal so readable yet so edifying. Thrust into the presidency of the subsidiary company where she has managed sales and marketing, Amy Cieolara is mandated by her corporate superiors to implement Lean Six Sigma (LSS) in order to appease a key customer. Assigned to help her is LSS Master Black Belt Wayne Reese, installed as her operations manager. But as time goes on and corporate pressure mounts, Amy finds she has to start thinking for herself -- and learning from everyone around her -- and she arrives at the series of steps that form the core of the VELOCITY APPROACH. VELOCITY offers keen insight into the human and organizational factors that so often derail growth while teaching you proven, practical techniques for restarting and revving up the internal engines of your company to reach new levels of success. Colorful characters, believable situations, and everything from dice games to AGI's 'reality tree' techniques make this business novel a vital resource for everyone seeking to deliver business improvement in these challenging economic times -- and far into the future. Suzan Bergland, Dee Jacob Tue, 29 Dec 2009 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60161 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Velocity: Combining Lean, Six Sigma and the Theory of Constraints to Achieve Breakthrough Performance - A Business Novel Author: Suzan Bergland, Dee Jacob Narrator: Linda Weber Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Millions of readers remember The Goal, the landmark business novel that sets forth by way of story the essential principles of Eliyahu Goldratt's innovative methods of production. Now, from the AGI-Goldratt Institute and Jeff Cox, the same creative writer who co-authored The Goal, comes VELOCITY, the book that reveals how to achieve outstanding bottom-line results by integrating the world's three most powerful continuous improvement disciplines: Lean, Six Sigma, and Goldratt's Theory of Constraints. Used by the United States Navy and United States Marine Corps to dramatically improve some of the most complex, logistically vast supply chains in the world, the VELOCITY APPROACH draws on the strengths of all three disciplines to deliver breakthrough performance gains. In physics, speed with direction is velocity; in business, the application of VELOCITY means your organization can achieve operational speed with strategic direction to outmaneuver competitors, gain loyalty with customers, and rapidly build sustainable earnings growth -- in as little as one or two business quarters. Dee Jacob and Suzan Bergland, two princi-pals of AGI, have been teaching the concepts, techniques, and tools of VELOCITY to major corporations, including Procter & Gamble, ITT, and Northrop Grumman, for years. Now they unlock the door for you to see how to apply their insights and methods to your organization -- be it business, not-for-profit, manufacturing, or service based -- in order to shorten lead times, slash inventories, reduce production variability, and increase sales. Writer Jeff Cox returns with the vivid, realistic style that made The Goal so readable yet so edifying. Thrust into the presidency of the subsidiary company where she has managed sales and marketing, Amy Cieolara is mandated by her corporate superiors to implement Lean Six Sigma (LSS) in order to appease a key customer. Assigned to help her is LSS Master Black Belt Wayne Reese, installed as her operations manager. But as time goes on and corporate pressure mounts, Amy finds she has to start thinking for herself -- and learning from everyone around her -- and she arrives at the series of steps that form the core of the VELOCITY APPROACH. VELOCITY offers keen insight into the human and organizational factors that so often derail growth while teaching you proven, practical techniques for restarting and revving up the internal engines of your company to reach new levels of success. Colorful characters, believable situations, and everything from dice games to AGI's 'reality tree' techniques make this business novel a vital resource for everyone seeking to deliver business improvement in these challenging economic times -- and far into the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Velocity: Combining Lean, Six Sigma and the Theory of Constraints to Achieve Breakthrough Performance - A Business Novel Author: Suzan Bergland, Dee Jacob Narrator: Linda Weber Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Millions of readers remember The Goal, the landmark business novel that sets forth by way of story the essential principles of Eliyahu Goldratt's innovative methods of production. Now, from the AGI-Goldratt Institute and Jeff Cox, the same creative writer who co-authored The Goal, comes VELOCITY, the book that reveals how to achieve outstanding bottom-line results by integrating the world's three most powerful continuous improvement disciplines: Lean, Six Sigma, and Goldratt's Theory of Constraints. Used by the United States Navy and United States Marine Corps to dramatically improve some of the most complex, logistically vast supply chains in the world, the VELOCITY APPROACH draws on the strengths of all three disciplines to deliver breakthrough performance gains. In physics, speed with direction is velocity; in business, the application of VELOCITY means your organization can achieve operational speed with strategic direction to outmaneuver competitors, gain loyalty with customers, and rapidly build sustainable earnings growth -- in as little as one or two business quarters. Dee Jacob and Suzan Bergland, two princi-pals of AGI, have been teaching the concepts, techniques, and tools of VELOCITY to major corporations, including Procter & Gamble, ITT, and Northrop Grumman, for years. Now they unlock the door for you to see how to apply their insights and methods to your organization -- be it business, not-for-profit, manufacturing, or service based -- in order to shorten lead times, slash inventories, reduce production variability, and increase sales. Writer Jeff Cox returns with the vivid, realistic style that made The Goal so readable yet so edifying. Thrust into the presidency of the subsidiary company where she has managed sales and marketing, Amy Cieolara is mandated by her corporate superiors to implement Lean Six Sigma (LSS) in order to appease a key customer. Assigned to help her is LSS Master Black Belt Wayne Reese, installed as her operations manager. But as time goes on and corporate pressure mounts, Amy finds she has to start thinking for herself -- and learning from everyone around her -- and she arrives at the series of steps that form the core of the VELOCITY APPROACH. VELOCITY offers keen insight into the human and organizational factors that so often derail growth while teaching you proven, practical techniques for restarting and revving up the internal engines of your company to reach new levels of success. Colorful characters, believable situations, and everything from dice games to AGI's 'reality tree' techniques make this business novel a vital resource for everyone seeking to deliver business improvement in these challenging economic times -- and far into the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59434 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fierce Leadership: A Bold Alternative to the Worst 'Best' Business Practices of Today Author: Susan Scott Narrator: Susan Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 15, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the author of the acclaimed book Fierce Conversations comes the antidote to some of the most wrongheaded practices of business today. · “Provide anonymous feedback.” · “Hire smart people.” · “Hold people accountable.” These are all sound, business practices, right? Not so fast, says leadership visionary and bestselling author Susan Scott. In fact, these mantras — despite being long-accepted and adopted by business leaders everywhere — are completely wrongheaded. Worse, they are costing companies billions of dollars, driving away valuable employees and profitable customers, limiting performance, and stalling careers. Yet they are so deeply ingrained in organizational cultures that no one has questioned them. Until now. In Fierce Leadership, Scott teaches us how to spot the worst “best” practices in our organizations using a technique she calls “squid eye”–the ability to see the “tells” or signs that we have fallen prey to disastrous behaviors by knowing what to look for. Only then, she says, can we apply the antidote.. Informed by over a decade of conversations with Fortune 500 executives, this book is that antidote. With fierce new approaches to everything from employee feedback to corporate diversity to customer relations, Scott offers fresh and surprising alternatives to six of the so-called “best” practices permeating today’s businesses. This refreshingly candid book is a must-read for any manager or leader at any level who is ready to take a long hard look at what trouble might be lurking in their organization - and do something about it. Susan Scott Tue, 15 Sep 2009 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59434 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fierce Leadership: A Bold Alternative to the Worst 'Best' Business Practices of Today Author: Susan Scott Narrator: Susan Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 15, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the author of the acclaimed book Fierce Conversations comes the antidote to some of the most wrongheaded practices of business today. · “Provide anonymous feedback.” · “Hire smart people.” · “Hold people accountable.” These are all sound, business practices, right? Not so fast, says leadership visionary and bestselling author Susan Scott. In fact, these mantras — despite being long-accepted and adopted by business leaders everywhere — are completely wrongheaded. Worse, they are costing companies billions of dollars, driving away valuable employees and profitable customers, limiting performance, and stalling careers. Yet they are so deeply ingrained in organizational cultures that no one has questioned them. Until now. In Fierce Leadership, Scott teaches us how to spot the worst “best” practices in our organizations using a technique she calls “squid eye”–the ability to see the “tells” or signs that we have fallen prey to disastrous behaviors by knowing what to look for. Only then, she says, can we apply the antidote.. Informed by over a decade of conversations with Fortune 500 executives, this book is that antidote. With fierce new approaches to everything from employee feedback to corporate diversity to customer relations, Scott offers fresh and surprising alternatives to six of the so-called “best” practices permeating today’s businesses. This refreshingly candid book is a must-read for any manager or leader at any level who is ready to take a long hard look at what trouble might be lurking in their organization - and do something about it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fierce Leadership: A Bold Alternative to the Worst 'Best' Business Practices of Today Author: Susan Scott Narrator: Susan Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 15, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the author of the acclaimed book Fierce Conversations comes the antidote to some of the most wrongheaded practices of business today. · “Provide anonymous feedback.” · “Hire smart people.” · “Hold people accountable.” These are all sound, business practices, right? Not so fast, says leadership visionary and bestselling author Susan Scott. In fact, these mantras — despite being long-accepted and adopted by business leaders everywhere — are completely wrongheaded. Worse, they are costing companies billions of dollars, driving away valuable employees and profitable customers, limiting performance, and stalling careers. Yet they are so deeply ingrained in organizational cultures that no one has questioned them. Until now. In Fierce Leadership, Scott teaches us how to spot the worst “best” practices in our organizations using a technique she calls “squid eye”–the ability to see the “tells” or signs that we have fallen prey to disastrous behaviors by knowing what to look for. Only then, she says, can we apply the antidote.. Informed by over a decade of conversations with Fortune 500 executives, this book is that antidote. With fierce new approaches to everything from employee feedback to corporate diversity to customer relations, Scott offers fresh and surprising alternatives to six of the so-called “best” practices permeating today’s businesses. This refreshingly candid book is a must-read for any manager or leader at any level who is ready to take a long hard look at what trouble might be lurking in their organization - and do something about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58366 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Inc.: How Corporatism Conquered the World, and How We Can Take It Back Author: Douglas Rushkoff Narrator: Douglas Rushkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This didn’t just happen. In Life Inc., award-winning writer, documentary filmmaker, and scholar Douglas Rushkoff traces how corporations went from being convenient legal fictions to being the dominant fact of contemporary life. Indeed, as Rushkoff shows, most Americans have so willingly adopted the values of corporations that they’re no longer even aware of it. This fascinating journey, from the late Middle Ages to today, reveals the roots of our debacle. From the founding of the first chartered monopoly to the branding of the self; from the invention of central currency to the privatization of banking; from the birth of the modern, self-interested individual to his exploitation through the false ideal of the single-family home; from the Victorian Great Exhibition to the solipsism of MySpace–the corporation has infiltrated all aspects of our daily lives. Life Inc. exposes why we see our homes as investments rather than places to live, our 401(k) plans as the ultimate measure of success, and the Internet as just another place to do business. Most of all, Life Inc. shows how the current financial crisis is actually an opportunity to reverse this six-hundred-year-old trend and to begin to create, invest, and transact directly rather than outsource all this activity to institutions that exist solely for their own sakes. Corporatism didn’t evolve naturally. The landscape on which we are living–the operating system on which we are now running our social software–was invented by people, sold to us as a better way of life, supported by myths, and ultimately allowed to develop into a self-sustaining reality. It is a map that has replaced the territory. Rushkoff illuminates both how we’ve become disconnected from our world and how we can reconnect to our towns, to the value we can create, and, mostly, to one another. As the speculative economy collapses under its own weight, Life Inc. shows us how to build a real and human-scaled society to take its place. Douglas Rushkoff Tue, 02 Jun 2009 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58366 thebookvoice.com 11:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Inc.: How Corporatism Conquered the World, and How We Can Take It Back Author: Douglas Rushkoff Narrator: Douglas Rushkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This didn’t just happen. In Life Inc., award-winning writer, documentary filmmaker, and scholar Douglas Rushkoff traces how corporations went from being convenient legal fictions to being the dominant fact of contemporary life. Indeed, as Rushkoff shows, most Americans have so willingly adopted the values of corporations that they’re no longer even aware of it. This fascinating journey, from the late Middle Ages to today, reveals the roots of our debacle. From the founding of the first chartered monopoly to the branding of the self; from the invention of central currency to the privatization of banking; from the birth of the modern, self-interested individual to his exploitation through the false ideal of the single-family home; from the Victorian Great Exhibition to the solipsism of MySpace–the corporation has infiltrated all aspects of our daily lives. Life Inc. exposes why we see our homes as investments rather than places to live, our 401(k) plans as the ultimate measure of success, and the Internet as just another place to do business. Most of all, Life Inc. shows how the current financial crisis is actually an opportunity to reverse this six-hundred-year-old trend and to begin to create, invest, and transact directly rather than outsource all this activity to institutions that exist solely for their own sakes. Corporatism didn’t evolve naturally. The landscape on which we are living–the operating system on which we are now running our social software–was invented by people, sold to us as a better way of life, supported by myths, and ultimately allowed to develop into a self-sustaining reality. It is a map that has replaced the territory. Rushkoff illuminates both how we’ve become disconnected from our world and how we can reconnect to our towns, to the value we can create, and, mostly, to one another. As the speculative economy collapses under its own weight, Life Inc. shows us how to build a real and human-scaled society to take its place. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Inc.: How Corporatism Conquered the World, and How We Can Take It Back Author: Douglas Rushkoff Narrator: Douglas Rushkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This didn’t just happen. In Life Inc., award-winning writer, documentary filmmaker, and scholar Douglas Rushkoff traces how corporations went from being convenient legal fictions to being the dominant fact of contemporary life. Indeed, as Rushkoff shows, most Americans have so willingly adopted the values of corporations that they’re no longer even aware of it. This fascinating journey, from the late Middle Ages to today, reveals the roots of our debacle. From the founding of the first chartered monopoly to the branding of the self; from the invention of central currency to the privatization of banking; from the birth of the modern, self-interested individual to his exploitation through the false ideal of the single-family home; from the Victorian Great Exhibition to the solipsism of MySpace–the corporation has infiltrated all aspects of our daily lives. Life Inc. exposes why we see our homes as investments rather than places to live, our 401(k) plans as the ultimate measure of success, and the Internet as just another place to do business. Most of all, Life Inc. shows how the current financial crisis is actually an opportunity to reverse this six-hundred-year-old trend and to begin to create, invest, and transact directly rather than outsource all this activity to institutions that exist solely for their own sakes. Corporatism didn’t evolve naturally. The landscape on which we are living–the operating system on which we are now running our social software–was invented by people, sold to us as a better way of life, supported by myths, and ultimately allowed to develop into a self-sustaining reality. It is a map that has replaced the territory. Rushkoff illuminates both how we’ve become disconnected from our world and how we can reconnect to our towns, to the value we can create, and, mostly, to one another. As the speculative economy collapses under its own weight, Life Inc. shows us how to build a real and human-scaled society to take its place. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Business Practices for Dummies Author: Lisa Swallow Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 24, 2009 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Green Business Practices For Dummies provides readers with the information they need to reduce the environmental impact of the business with out reducing their bottom line. The practical and expert advice and tips presented in this title benefits business owners at all levels, from large corporations to small, family-run stores. The only resource with specific hands-on guidance for greening your business Want to take advantage of profit-enhancing opportunities while minimizing negative environmental and social impact? This practical guide shows you how to implement green business practices and gain competitive advantage through reduced costs, product and process innovation, increased productivity, and more. You'll cultivate an eco-minded workforce and manage environmental opportunities and threats at every level of your organization. - Develop your sustainability plan—establish your goals, choose key performance indicators, and share your plan with stakeholders - Embark on your green journey—get started by altering daily office practices, re-evaluating products and processes, and adapting your physical facilities - Get internal and external stakeholders involved—stimulate buy-in from employees, develop community relationships, and collaborate with nonprofits - Assess and measure your progress—identify greening standards to meet, accumulate data, and design and distribute a sustainability report to inform stakeholders of your progress - Learn by example—discover how numerous green corporate visionaries met their sustainable business goals - Reap the benefits of going green—improve employee morale, increase stakeholder engagement, stand out in the marketplace, and reduce your eco-footprint Open the book and find: - Explanations about why sustainability is a profitable business model - Common frameworks that guide most sustainability efforts - Ways to create an eco-conscious work environment - Guidance on working with regulatory pressures and policymakers - Ways to link community support with your corporate message - Success stories of green businesses, small and large - Checklists, frameworks, and action items to transform your organization Lisa Swallow Tue, 24 Feb 2009 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54496 thebookvoice.com 3:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Business Practices for Dummies Author: Lisa Swallow Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 24, 2009 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Green Business Practices For Dummies provides readers with the information they need to reduce the environmental impact of the business with out reducing their bottom line. The practical and expert advice and tips presented in this title benefits business owners at all levels, from large corporations to small, family-run stores. The only resource with specific hands-on guidance for greening your business Want to take advantage of profit-enhancing opportunities while minimizing negative environmental and social impact? This practical guide shows you how to implement green business practices and gain competitive advantage through reduced costs, product and process innovation, increased productivity, and more. You'll cultivate an eco-minded workforce and manage environmental opportunities and threats at every level of your organization. - Develop your sustainability plan—establish your goals, choose key performance indicators, and share your plan with stakeholders - Embark on your green journey—get started by altering daily office practices, re-evaluating products and processes, and adapting your physical facilities - Get internal and external stakeholders involved—stimulate buy-in from employees, develop community relationships, and collaborate with nonprofits - Assess and measure your progress—identify greening standards to meet, accumulate data, and design and distribute a sustainability report to inform stakeholders of your progress - Learn by example—discover how numerous green corporate visionaries met their sustainable business goals - Reap the benefits of going green—improve employee morale, increase stakeholder engagement, stand out in the marketplace, and reduce your eco-footprint Open the book and find: - Explanations about why sustainability is a profitable business model - Common frameworks that guide most sustainability efforts - Ways to create an eco-conscious work environment - Guidance on working with regulatory pressures and policymakers - Ways to link community support with your corporate message - Success stories of green businesses, small and large - Checklists, frameworks, and action items to transform your organization Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Business Practices for Dummies Author: Lisa Swallow Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 24, 2009 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Green Business Practices For Dummies provides readers with the information they need to reduce the environmental impact of the business with out reducing their bottom line. The practical and expert advice and tips presented in this title benefits business owners at all levels, from large corporations to small, family-run stores. The only resource with specific hands-on guidance for greening your business Want to take advantage of profit-enhancing opportunities while minimizing negative environmental and social impact? This practical guide shows you how to implement green business practices and gain competitive advantage through reduced costs, product and process innovation, increased productivity, and more. You'll cultivate an eco-minded workforce and manage environmental opportunities and threats at every level of your organization. - Develop your sustainability plan—establish your goals, choose key performance indicators, and share your plan with stakeholders - Embark on your green journey—get started by altering daily office practices, re-evaluating products and processes, and adapting your physical facilities - Get internal and external stakeholders involved—stimulate buy-in from employees, develop community relationships, and collaborate with nonprofits - Assess and measure your progress—identify greening standards to meet, accumulate data, and design and distribute a sustainability report to inform stakeholders of your progress - Learn by example—discover how numerous green corporate visionaries met their sustainable business goals - Reap the benefits of going green—improve employee morale, increase stakeholder engagement, stand out in the marketplace, and reduce your eco-footprint Open the book and find: - Explanations about why sustainability is a profitable business model - Common frameworks that guide most sustainability efforts - Ways to create an eco-conscious work environment - Guidance on working with regulatory pressures and policymakers - Ways to link community support with your corporate message - Success stories of green businesses, small and large - Checklists, frameworks, and action items to transform your organization https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Execution: The Discipline of Getting Things Done Author: Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd, Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 11, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 97 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The book that shows how to get the job done and deliver results . . . whether you’re running an entire company or in your first management job Larry Bossidy is one of the world’s most acclaimed CEOs, a man with few peers who has a track record for delivering results. Ram Charan is a legendary advisor to senior executives and boards of directors, a man with unparalleled insight into why some companies are successful and others are not. Together they’ve pooled their knowledge and experience into the one book on how to close the gap between results promised and results delivered that people in business need today. After a long, stellar career with General Electric, Larry Bossidy transformed AlliedSignal into one of the world’s most admired companies and was named CEO of the year in 1998 by Chief Executive magazine. Accomplishments such as 31 consecutive quarters of earnings-per-share growth of 13 percent or more didn’t just happen; they resulted from the consistent practice of the discipline of execution: understanding how to link together people, strategy, and operations, the three core processes of every business. Leading these processes is the real job of running a business, not formulating a “vision” and leaving the work of carrying it out to others. Bossidy and Charan show the importance of being deeply and passionately engaged in an organization and why robust dialogues about people, strategy, and operations result in a business based on intellectual honesty and realism. The leader’s most important job—selecting and appraising people—is one that should never be delegated. As a CEO, Larry Bossidy personally makes the calls to check references for key hires. Why? With the right people in the right jobs, there’s a leadership gene pool that conceives and selects strategies that can be executed. People then work together to create a strategy building block by building block, a strategy in sync with the realities of the marketplace, the economy, and the competition. Once the right people and strategy are in place, they are then linked to an operating process that results in the implementation of specific programs and actions and that assigns accountability. This kind of effective operating process goes way beyond the typical budget exercise that looks into a rearview mirror to set its goals. It puts reality behind the numbers and is where the rubber meets the road. Putting an execution culture in place is hard, but losing it is easy. In July 2001 Larry Bossidy was asked by the board of directors of Honeywell International (it had merged with AlliedSignal) to return and get the company back on track. He’s been putting the ideas he writes about in Execution to work in real time. Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Tue, 11 Jun 2002 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52692 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Execution: The Discipline of Getting Things Done Author: Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd, Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 11, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 97 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The book that shows how to get the job done and deliver results . . . whether you’re running an entire company or in your first management job Larry Bossidy is one of the world’s most acclaimed CEOs, a man with few peers who has a track record for delivering results. Ram Charan is a legendary advisor to senior executives and boards of directors, a man with unparalleled insight into why some companies are successful and others are not. Together they’ve pooled their knowledge and experience into the one book on how to close the gap between results promised and results delivered that people in business need today. After a long, stellar career with General Electric, Larry Bossidy transformed AlliedSignal into one of the world’s most admired companies and was named CEO of the year in 1998 by Chief Executive magazine. Accomplishments such as 31 consecutive quarters of earnings-per-share growth of 13 percent or more didn’t just happen; they resulted from the consistent practice of the discipline of execution: understanding how to link together people, strategy, and operations, the three core processes of every business. Leading these processes is the real job of running a business, not formulating a “vision” and leaving the work of carrying it out to others. Bossidy and Charan show the importance of being deeply and passionately engaged in an organization and why robust dialogues about people, strategy, and operations result in a business based on intellectual honesty and realism. The leader’s most important job—selecting and appraising people—is one that should never be delegated. As a CEO, Larry Bossidy personally makes the calls to check references for key hires. Why? With the right people in the right jobs, there’s a leadership gene pool that conceives and selects strategies that can be executed. People then work together to create a strategy building block by building block, a strategy in sync with the realities of the marketplace, the economy, and the competition. Once the right people and strategy are in place, they are then linked to an operating process that results in the implementation of specific programs and actions and that assigns accountability. This kind of effective operating process goes way beyond the typical budget exercise that looks into a rearview mirror to set its goals. It puts reality behind the numbers and is where the rubber meets the road. Putting an execution culture in place is hard, but losing it is easy. In July 2001 Larry Bossidy was asked by the board of directors of Honeywell International (it had merged with AlliedSignal) to return and get the company back on track. He’s been putting the ideas he writes about in Execution to work in real time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Execution: The Discipline of Getting Things Done Author: Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd, Ram Charan, Larry Bossidy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 11, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 97 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The book that shows how to get the job done and deliver results . . . whether you’re running an entire company or in your first management job Larry Bossidy is one of the world’s most acclaimed CEOs, a man with few peers who has a track record for delivering results. Ram Charan is a legendary advisor to senior executives and boards of directors, a man with unparalleled insight into why some companies are successful and others are not. Together they’ve pooled their knowledge and experience into the one book on how to close the gap between results promised and results delivered that people in business need today. After a long, stellar career with General Electric, Larry Bossidy transformed AlliedSignal into one of the world’s most admired companies and was named CEO of the year in 1998 by Chief Executive magazine. Accomplishments such as 31 consecutive quarters of earnings-per-share growth of 13 percent or more didn’t just happen; they resulted from the consistent practice of the discipline of execution: understanding how to link together people, strategy, and operations, the three core processes of every business. Leading these processes is the real job of running a business, not formulating a “vision” and leaving the work of carrying it out to others. Bossidy and Charan show the importance of being deeply and passionately engaged in an organization and why robust dialogues about people, strategy, and operations result in a business based on intellectual honesty and realism. The leader’s most important job—selecting and appraising people—is one that should never be delegated. As a CEO, Larry Bossidy personally makes the calls to check references for key hires. Why? With the right people in the right jobs, there’s a leadership gene pool that conceives and selects strategies that can be executed. People then work together to create a strategy building block by building block, a strategy in sync with the realities of the marketplace, the economy, and the competition. Once the right people and strategy are in place, they are then linked to an operating process that results in the implementation of specific programs and actions and that assigns accountability. This kind of effective operating process goes way beyond the typical budget exercise that looks into a rearview mirror to set its goals. It puts reality behind the numbers and is where the rubber meets the road. Putting an execution culture in place is hard, but losing it is easy. In July 2001 Larry Bossidy was asked by the board of directors of Honeywell International (it had merged with AlliedSignal) to return and get the company back on track. He’s been putting the ideas he writes about in Execution to work in real time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Necessary Revolution: How Individuals And Organizations Are Working Together to Create a Sustainable World Author: Joe Laur, Nina Kruschwitz, Bryan Smith, Peter M. Senge Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 10, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Imagine a world in which the excess energy from one business would be used to heat another. Where buildings need less and less energy around the world, and where “regenerative” commercial buildings – ones that create more energy than they use – are being designed. A world in which environmentally sound products and processes would be more cost-effective than wasteful ones. A world in which corporations such as Costco, Nike, BP, and countless others are forming partnerships with environmental and social justice organizations to ensure better stewardship of the earth and better livelihoods in the developing world. Now, stop imagining – that world is already emerging. A revolution is underway in today’s organizations. As Peter Senge and his co-authors reveal in The Necessary Revolution, companies around the world are boldly leading the change from dead-end “business as usual” tactics to transformative strategies that are essential for creating a flourishing, sustainable world. There is a long way to go, but the era of denial has ended. Today’s most innovative leaders are recognizing that for the sake of our companies and our world, we must implement revolutionary—not just incremental—changes in the way we live and work. Brimming with inspiring stories from individuals and organizations tackling social and environmental problems around the globe, THE NECESSARY REVOLUTION reveals how ordinary people at every level are transforming their businesses and communities. By working collaboratively across boundaries, they are exploring and putting into place unprecedented solutions that move beyond just being “less bad” to creating pathways that will enable us to flourish in an increasingly interdependent world. Among the stories in these pages are the evolution of Sweden’s “Green Zone,” Alcoa’s water use reduction goals, GE’s ecoimagination initiative, and Seventh Generation’s decision to shift some of their advertising to youth-led social change programs. At its heart, THE NECESSARY REVOLUTION contains a wealth of strategies that individuals and organizations can use — specific tools and ways of thinking — to help us build the confidence and competence to respond effectively to the greatest challenge of our time. It is an essential guidebook for all of us who recognize the need to act and work together—now—to create a sustainable world, both for ourselves and for the generations to follow. Joe Laur, Nina Kruschwitz, Bryan Smith, Peter M. Senge Tue, 10 Jun 2008 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52646 thebookvoice.com 13:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Necessary Revolution: How Individuals And Organizations Are Working Together to Create a Sustainable World Author: Joe Laur, Nina Kruschwitz, Bryan Smith, Peter M. Senge Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 10, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Imagine a world in which the excess energy from one business would be used to heat another. Where buildings need less and less energy around the world, and where “regenerative” commercial buildings – ones that create more energy than they use – are being designed. A world in which environmentally sound products and processes would be more cost-effective than wasteful ones. A world in which corporations such as Costco, Nike, BP, and countless others are forming partnerships with environmental and social justice organizations to ensure better stewardship of the earth and better livelihoods in the developing world. Now, stop imagining – that world is already emerging. A revolution is underway in today’s organizations. As Peter Senge and his co-authors reveal in The Necessary Revolution, companies around the world are boldly leading the change from dead-end “business as usual” tactics to transformative strategies that are essential for creating a flourishing, sustainable world. There is a long way to go, but the era of denial has ended. Today’s most innovative leaders are recognizing that for the sake of our companies and our world, we must implement revolutionary—not just incremental—changes in the way we live and work. Brimming with inspiring stories from individuals and organizations tackling social and environmental problems around the globe, THE NECESSARY REVOLUTION reveals how ordinary people at every level are transforming their businesses and communities. By working collaboratively across boundaries, they are exploring and putting into place unprecedented solutions that move beyond just being “less bad” to creating pathways that will enable us to flourish in an increasingly interdependent world. Among the stories in these pages are the evolution of Sweden’s “Green Zone,” Alcoa’s water use reduction goals, GE’s ecoimagination initiative, and Seventh Generation’s decision to shift some of their advertising to youth-led social change programs. At its heart, THE NECESSARY REVOLUTION contains a wealth of strategies that individuals and organizations can use — specific tools and ways of thinking — to help us build the confidence and competence to respond effectively to the greatest challenge of our time. It is an essential guidebook for all of us who recognize the need to act and work together—now—to create a sustainable world, both for ourselves and for the generations to follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Necessary Revolution: How Individuals And Organizations Are Working Together to Create a Sustainable World Author: Joe Laur, Nina Kruschwitz, Bryan Smith, Peter M. Senge Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 10, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Imagine a world in which the excess energy from one business would be used to heat another. Where buildings need less and less energy around the world, and where “regenerative” commercial buildings – ones that create more energy than they use – are being designed. A world in which environmentally sound products and processes would be more cost-effective than wasteful ones. A world in which corporations such as Costco, Nike, BP, and countless others are forming partnerships with environmental and social justice organizations to ensure better stewardship of the earth and better livelihoods in the developing world. Now, stop imagining – that world is already emerging. A revolution is underway in today’s organizations. As Peter Senge and his co-authors reveal in The Necessary Revolution, companies around the world are boldly leading the change from dead-end “business as usual” tactics to transformative strategies that are essential for creating a flourishing, sustainable world. There is a long way to go, but the era of denial has ended. Today’s most innovative leaders are recognizing that for the sake of our companies and our world, we must implement revolutionary—not just incremental—changes in the way we live and work. Brimming with inspiring stories from individuals and organizations tackling social and environmental problems around the globe, THE NECESSARY REVOLUTION reveals how ordinary people at every level are transforming their businesses and communities. By working collaboratively across boundaries, they are exploring and putting into place unprecedented solutions that move beyond just being “less bad” to creating pathways that will enable us to flourish in an increasingly interdependent world. Among the stories in these pages are the evolution of Sweden’s “Green Zone,” Alcoa’s water use reduction goals, GE’s ecoimagination initiative, and Seventh Generation’s decision to shift some of their advertising to youth-led social change programs. At its heart, THE NECESSARY REVOLUTION contains a wealth of strategies that individuals and organizations can use — specific tools and ways of thinking — to help us build the confidence and competence to respond effectively to the greatest challenge of our time. It is an essential guidebook for all of us who recognize the need to act and work together—now—to create a sustainable world, both for ourselves and for the generations to follow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/47610 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/47610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Three Signs of a Miserable Job: A Fable for Managers (and their employees) Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this, his sixth and most anticipated fable, New York Times bestselling author Patrick Lencioni takes on his most universal and human topic to date: misery at work. In doing so, Lencioni presents a revolutionary yet simple model for making any job more rewarding and fulfilling. Lencioni tells the unforgettable story of Brian Bailey, an abruptly retired executive searching for meaning in his career and his life. Through a series of twists and turns, Brian discovers the three universal causes of anguish and frustration at work, and the keys to overcoming them. Whether he’s trying to convince an investment banker that job satisfaction matters, or motivating a pizza delivery driver to be friendlier to customers, Brian is forced to confront aspects of himself and others, that make job misery a painful reality in so many organizations. Whether you’re an executive looking to establish a cultural competitive advantage, a manager trying to engage and motivate your people, or an employee searching for fulfillment in your work, The Three Signs of a Miserable Job will provide you with immediate relief–and hope. Patrick Lencioni Fri, 17 Aug 2007 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/47610 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/47610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Three Signs of a Miserable Job: A Fable for Managers (and their employees) Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this, his sixth and most anticipated fable, New York Times bestselling author Patrick Lencioni takes on his most universal and human topic to date: misery at work. In doing so, Lencioni presents a revolutionary yet simple model for making any job more rewarding and fulfilling. Lencioni tells the unforgettable story of Brian Bailey, an abruptly retired executive searching for meaning in his career and his life. Through a series of twists and turns, Brian discovers the three universal causes of anguish and frustration at work, and the keys to overcoming them. Whether he’s trying to convince an investment banker that job satisfaction matters, or motivating a pizza delivery driver to be friendlier to customers, Brian is forced to confront aspects of himself and others, that make job misery a painful reality in so many organizations. Whether you’re an executive looking to establish a cultural competitive advantage, a manager trying to engage and motivate your people, or an employee searching for fulfillment in your work, The Three Signs of a Miserable Job will provide you with immediate relief–and hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/47610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Three Signs of a Miserable Job: A Fable for Managers (and their employees) Author: Patrick Lencioni Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this, his sixth and most anticipated fable, New York Times bestselling author Patrick Lencioni takes on his most universal and human topic to date: misery at work. In doing so, Lencioni presents a revolutionary yet simple model for making any job more rewarding and fulfilling. Lencioni tells the unforgettable story of Brian Bailey, an abruptly retired executive searching for meaning in his career and his life. Through a series of twists and turns, Brian discovers the three universal causes of anguish and frustration at work, and the keys to overcoming them. Whether he’s trying to convince an investment banker that job satisfaction matters, or motivating a pizza delivery driver to be friendlier to customers, Brian is forced to confront aspects of himself and others, that make job misery a painful reality in so many organizations. Whether you’re an executive looking to establish a cultural competitive advantage, a manager trying to engage and motivate your people, or an employee searching for fulfillment in your work, The Three Signs of a Miserable Job will provide you with immediate relief–and hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/46386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/46386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eleadership: Proven Techniques For Creating An Environment Of Speed And Flexibility In The Ne Author: Susan Annunzio Narrator: Susan Annunzio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 1, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if the rules that made you successful were the cause of your current problems? What if the name of the game was personal fulfillment rather than power and wealth? What if the biggest threat to your company's future was employee dissatisfaction? What if success in the digital economy depended on refreshing your work environment? What if you could eliminate friction between baby boomers and younger workers? What if the answer was eLeadership? From one of the world's leading management consultants comes a dynamic new style of leadership that will enlighten and inspire executives to rethink and retool their companies for the eWorld. Transforming today's overwhelmed corporate executive into an eLeader requires launching a revolution in the workplace. But the payoffs -- personal and professional -- can be extraordinary. With business practices changing on a daily basis, companies must create environments of speed and flexibility that will engage today's employees and allow radical ideas to thrive, because only those companies that move first and innovate fast will reap the financial rewards the digital economy has to offer. In eLeadership, author and consultant Susan Annunzio takes you beyond typical management-speak, offering a real blueprint for leading this revolution. Readers will learn to inspire, encourage, and retain staff at all levels. Annunzio teaches new ways to: - Create a twenty-first-century vision for your company - Promote environments that succeed in the eWorld - Think about what a company is and what it should look like - Ignite passion for saving America's traditional businesses Through dozens of real-world examples of eLeadership in action, Annunzio shares the five critical steps to heroic leadership, and shows how to close the gap between the baby boomers and the younger Generations X and Y to create a more productive working environment. As this timely book shows, the greatest opportunity to make a difference in corporate America today may be in attacking traditional priorities in unconventional ways. Susan Annunzio Thu, 01 Feb 2001 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/46386 thebookvoice.com 2:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/46386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eleadership: Proven Techniques For Creating An Environment Of Speed And Flexibility In The Ne Author: Susan Annunzio Narrator: Susan Annunzio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 1, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if the rules that made you successful were the cause of your current problems? What if the name of the game was personal fulfillment rather than power and wealth? What if the biggest threat to your company's future was employee dissatisfaction? What if success in the digital economy depended on refreshing your work environment? What if you could eliminate friction between baby boomers and younger workers? What if the answer was eLeadership? From one of the world's leading management consultants comes a dynamic new style of leadership that will enlighten and inspire executives to rethink and retool their companies for the eWorld. Transforming today's overwhelmed corporate executive into an eLeader requires launching a revolution in the workplace. But the payoffs -- personal and professional -- can be extraordinary. With business practices changing on a daily basis, companies must create environments of speed and flexibility that will engage today's employees and allow radical ideas to thrive, because only those companies that move first and innovate fast will reap the financial rewards the digital economy has to offer. In eLeadership, author and consultant Susan Annunzio takes you beyond typical management-speak, offering a real blueprint for leading this revolution. Readers will learn to inspire, encourage, and retain staff at all levels. Annunzio teaches new ways to: - Create a twenty-first-century vision for your company - Promote environments that succeed in the eWorld - Think about what a company is and what it should look like - Ignite passion for saving America's traditional businesses Through dozens of real-world examples of eLeadership in action, Annunzio shares the five critical steps to heroic leadership, and shows how to close the gap between the baby boomers and the younger Generations X and Y to create a more productive working environment. As this timely book shows, the greatest opportunity to make a difference in corporate America today may be in attacking traditional priorities in unconventional ways. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/46386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eleadership: Proven Techniques For Creating An Environment Of Speed And Flexibility In The Ne Author: Susan Annunzio Narrator: Susan Annunzio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 1, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if the rules that made you successful were the cause of your current problems? What if the name of the game was personal fulfillment rather than power and wealth? What if the biggest threat to your company's future was employee dissatisfaction? What if success in the digital economy depended on refreshing your work environment? What if you could eliminate friction between baby boomers and younger workers? What if the answer was eLeadership? From one of the world's leading management consultants comes a dynamic new style of leadership that will enlighten and inspire executives to rethink and retool their companies for the eWorld. Transforming today's overwhelmed corporate executive into an eLeader requires launching a revolution in the workplace. But the payoffs -- personal and professional -- can be extraordinary. With business practices changing on a daily basis, companies must create environments of speed and flexibility that will engage today's employees and allow radical ideas to thrive, because only those companies that move first and innovate fast will reap the financial rewards the digital economy has to offer. In eLeadership, author and consultant Susan Annunzio takes you beyond typical management-speak, offering a real blueprint for leading this revolution. Readers will learn to inspire, encourage, and retain staff at all levels. Annunzio teaches new ways to: - Create a twenty-first-century vision for your company - Promote environments that succeed in the eWorld - Think about what a company is and what it should look like - Ignite passion for saving America's traditional businesses Through dozens of real-world examples of eLeadership in action, Annunzio shares the five critical steps to heroic leadership, and shows how to close the gap between the baby boomers and the younger Generations X and Y to create a more productive working environment. As this timely book shows, the greatest opportunity to make a difference in corporate America today may be in attacking traditional priorities in unconventional ways. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/44870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/44870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Asshole Rule: Building a Civilized Workplace and Surviving One That Isn't Author: Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Robert I. Sutton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 22, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to working with -- and surviving -- bullies, creeps, jerks, tyrants, tormentors, despots, backstabbers, egomaniacs, and all the other assholes who do their best to destroy you at work. 'What an asshole!' How many times have you said that about someone at work? You're not alone! In this groundbreaking book, Stanford University professor Robert I. Sutton builds on his acclaimed Harvard Business Review article to show you the best ways to deal with assholes...and why they can be so destructive to your company. Practical, compassionate, and in places downright funny, this guide offers: - Strategies on how to pinpoint and eliminate negative influences for good - Illuminating case histories from major organizations - A self-diagnostic test and a program to identify and keep your own 'inner jerk' from coming out The No Asshole Rule is a New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today and Business Week bestseller. Robert I. Sutton Thu, 22 Feb 2007 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/44870 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/44870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Asshole Rule: Building a Civilized Workplace and Surviving One That Isn't Author: Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Robert I. Sutton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 22, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to working with -- and surviving -- bullies, creeps, jerks, tyrants, tormentors, despots, backstabbers, egomaniacs, and all the other assholes who do their best to destroy you at work. 'What an asshole!' How many times have you said that about someone at work? You're not alone! In this groundbreaking book, Stanford University professor Robert I. Sutton builds on his acclaimed Harvard Business Review article to show you the best ways to deal with assholes...and why they can be so destructive to your company. Practical, compassionate, and in places downright funny, this guide offers: - Strategies on how to pinpoint and eliminate negative influences for good - Illuminating case histories from major organizations - A self-diagnostic test and a program to identify and keep your own 'inner jerk' from coming out The No Asshole Rule is a New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today and Business Week bestseller. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/44870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Asshole Rule: Building a Civilized Workplace and Surviving One That Isn't Author: Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Robert I. Sutton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 22, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to working with -- and surviving -- bullies, creeps, jerks, tyrants, tormentors, despots, backstabbers, egomaniacs, and all the other assholes who do their best to destroy you at work. 'What an asshole!' How many times have you said that about someone at work? You're not alone! In this groundbreaking book, Stanford University professor Robert I. Sutton builds on his acclaimed Harvard Business Review article to show you the best ways to deal with assholes...and why they can be so destructive to your company. Practical, compassionate, and in places downright funny, this guide offers: - Strategies on how to pinpoint and eliminate negative influences for good - Illuminating case histories from major organizations - A self-diagnostic test and a program to identify and keep your own 'inner jerk' from coming out The No Asshole Rule is a New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today and Business Week bestseller. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 491 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 67 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: *New York Times bestseller—over 40 million copies sold* *The #1 Most Influential Business Book of the Twentieth Century* One of the most inspiring and impactful books ever written, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has captivated readers for nearly three decades. It has transformed the lives of presidents and CEOs, educators and parents—millions of people of all ages and occupations. Now, this 30th anniversary edition of the timeless classic commemorates the wisdom of the 7 Habits with modern additions from Sean Covey. The 7 Habits have become famous and are integrated into everyday thinking by millions and millions of people. Why? Because they work! With Sean Covey’s added takeaways on how the habits can be used in our modern age, the wisdom of the 7 Habits will be refreshed for a new generation of leaders. They include: Habit 1: Be Proactive Habit 2: Begin with the End in Mind Habit 3: Put First Things First Habit 4: Think Win/Win Habit 5: Seek First to Understand, Then to Be Understood Habit 6: Synergize Habit 7: Sharpen the Saw This beloved classic presents a principle-centered approach for solving both personal and professional problems. With penetrating insights and practical anecdotes, Stephen R. Covey reveals a step-by-step pathway for living with fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity—principles that give us the security to adapt to change and the wisdom and power to take advantage of the opportunities that change creates. Stephen R. Covey Sun, 01 Jan 2012 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135319 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 491 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 67 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: *New York Times bestseller—over 40 million copies sold* *The #1 Most Influential Business Book of the Twentieth Century* One of the most inspiring and impactful books ever written, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has captivated readers for nearly three decades. It has transformed the lives of presidents and CEOs, educators and parents—millions of people of all ages and occupations. Now, this 30th anniversary edition of the timeless classic commemorates the wisdom of the 7 Habits with modern additions from Sean Covey. The 7 Habits have become famous and are integrated into everyday thinking by millions and millions of people. Why? Because they work! With Sean Covey’s added takeaways on how the habits can be used in our modern age, the wisdom of the 7 Habits will be refreshed for a new generation of leaders. They include: Habit 1: Be Proactive Habit 2: Begin with the End in Mind Habit 3: Put First Things First Habit 4: Think Win/Win Habit 5: Seek First to Understand, Then to Be Understood Habit 6: Synergize Habit 7: Sharpen the Saw This beloved classic presents a principle-centered approach for solving both personal and professional problems. With penetrating insights and practical anecdotes, Stephen R. Covey reveals a step-by-step pathway for living with fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity—principles that give us the security to adapt to change and the wisdom and power to take advantage of the opportunities that change creates. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 491 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 67 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: *New York Times bestseller—over 40 million copies sold* *The #1 Most Influential Business Book of the Twentieth Century* One of the most inspiring and impactful books ever written, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has captivated readers for nearly three decades. It has transformed the lives of presidents and CEOs, educators and parents—millions of people of all ages and occupations. Now, this 30th anniversary edition of the timeless classic commemorates the wisdom of the 7 Habits with modern additions from Sean Covey. The 7 Habits have become famous and are integrated into everyday thinking by millions and millions of people. Why? Because they work! With Sean Covey’s added takeaways on how the habits can be used in our modern age, the wisdom of the 7 Habits will be refreshed for a new generation of leaders. They include: Habit 1: Be Proactive Habit 2: Begin with the End in Mind Habit 3: Put First Things First Habit 4: Think Win/Win Habit 5: Seek First to Understand, Then to Be Understood Habit 6: Synergize Habit 7: Sharpen the Saw This beloved classic presents a principle-centered approach for solving both personal and professional problems. With penetrating insights and practical anecdotes, Stephen R. Covey reveals a step-by-step pathway for living with fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity—principles that give us the security to adapt to change and the wisdom and power to take advantage of the opportunities that change creates. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/32945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/32945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Bing Author: Stanley Bing Narrator: Stanley Bing Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 27, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.68 of Total 19 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The definitive collection of thoughts, assaults, and hilarious observations from America’s premier business humorist and bestselling author of Throwing the Elephant and What Would Machiavelli Do? The Big Bing will be a mandatory addition to the library of everyone who works for a living, or would like to. For nearly 20 years, Stanley Bing’s funny, wise, pleasantly mean-spirited, and at times even useful columns have delighted readers in the pages of Esquire, Fortune and a variety of other national publications. Bing has lived the last two decades inside the belly of the corporate beast, clawing his way to the top of one of the great multinational companies in the cosmos. And he has seen it all: the high body count after many a gruesome deal, the machine that grinds up the bones of those who stood in its way, the birth and death of executive dinosaurs (and he’s had quite a few lunches with some of them, too). The result is storytelling at its best—sophisticated, amusing, and driven by the kind of insight that only a true insider can possess. The Big Bing provides a mole’s-eye-view of the society in which we all live and work, creating one of the most entertaining, thought-provoking, and just plain funny bodies of work in contemporary letters. Stanley Bing Tue, 27 Jan 2004 02:08:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/32945 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/32945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Bing Author: Stanley Bing Narrator: Stanley Bing Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 27, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.68 of Total 19 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The definitive collection of thoughts, assaults, and hilarious observations from America’s premier business humorist and bestselling author of Throwing the Elephant and What Would Machiavelli Do? The Big Bing will be a mandatory addition to the library of everyone who works for a living, or would like to. For nearly 20 years, Stanley Bing’s funny, wise, pleasantly mean-spirited, and at times even useful columns have delighted readers in the pages of Esquire, Fortune and a variety of other national publications. Bing has lived the last two decades inside the belly of the corporate beast, clawing his way to the top of one of the great multinational companies in the cosmos. And he has seen it all: the high body count after many a gruesome deal, the machine that grinds up the bones of those who stood in its way, the birth and death of executive dinosaurs (and he’s had quite a few lunches with some of them, too). The result is storytelling at its best—sophisticated, amusing, and driven by the kind of insight that only a true insider can possess. The Big Bing provides a mole’s-eye-view of the society in which we all live and work, creating one of the most entertaining, thought-provoking, and just plain funny bodies of work in contemporary letters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/32945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Bing Author: Stanley Bing Narrator: Stanley Bing Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 27, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.68 of Total 19 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The definitive collection of thoughts, assaults, and hilarious observations from America’s premier business humorist and bestselling author of Throwing the Elephant and What Would Machiavelli Do? The Big Bing will be a mandatory addition to the library of everyone who works for a living, or would like to. For nearly 20 years, Stanley Bing’s funny, wise, pleasantly mean-spirited, and at times even useful columns have delighted readers in the pages of Esquire, Fortune and a variety of other national publications. Bing has lived the last two decades inside the belly of the corporate beast, clawing his way to the top of one of the great multinational companies in the cosmos. And he has seen it all: the high body count after many a gruesome deal, the machine that grinds up the bones of those who stood in its way, the birth and death of executive dinosaurs (and he’s had quite a few lunches with some of them, too). The result is storytelling at its best—sophisticated, amusing, and driven by the kind of insight that only a true insider can possess. The Big Bing provides a mole’s-eye-view of the society in which we all live and work, creating one of the most entertaining, thought-provoking, and just plain funny bodies of work in contemporary letters.